latex2e-help-texinfo (16oct18)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@48918 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

14 files changed, 7343 insertions, 6054 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info
index 36a89bb59e9..c2e873d5587 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ This is latex2e.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.5 from
 latex2e.texi.
 
 This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
-preparation system, version of July 2018.
+preparation system, version of October 2018.
 
    This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by George D.
@@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ by Torsten Martinsen.  Karl Berry made further updates and additions,
 and gratefully acknowledges using 'Hypertext Help with LaTeX', by
 Sheldon Green, and 'LaTeX Command Summary' (for LaTeX 2.09) by L. Botway
 and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as 'TeXniques'
-number 10), as reference material (no text was directly copied).
+number 10), as reference material.  We also gratefully acknowledge
+additional material appearing in latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert
+Dietze.  (From these references no text was directly copied.)
 
    Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016,
 2017, 2018 Karl Berry.
@@ -42,8 +44,8 @@ File: latex2e.info,  Node: Top,  Next: About this document,  Up: (dir)
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2018)
-for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October
+2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 * Menu:
 
@@ -86,10 +88,18 @@ File: latex2e.info,  Node: About this document,  Next: Overview,  Prev: Top,  Up
 
 This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document
 preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting
-program (*note Overview::).  This document's home page is
-<puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>.  That page has links to the
-current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and
-subscriptions, and other infrastructure.
+program (*note Overview::).
+
+   This document's home page is
+<https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>.  There you can get
+the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its archives, see
+other infrastructure, and get the current output in various formats.  In
+particular, the output comes in two web formats.  Probably the most
+convenient one, shown at <http://latexref.xyz/>, has pages for each
+topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the note there about
+easy-to-remember links.  The other, shown at
+<http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co>,
+has all the information on single page.
 
    In this document, we will mostly just use 'LaTeX' rather than
 'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades
@@ -155,10 +165,11 @@ plain text, write it as 'LaTeX'.
 
 * Menu:
 
-* Starting and ending::    The standard beginning and end of a document.
+* Starting and ending::     The standard beginning and end of a document.
 * Output files::            Files produced.
 * TeX engines::          Programs that can compile TeX and  LaTeX.
 * LaTeX command syntax:: General syntax of LaTeX commands.
+* Environment::             Area of the source giving distinct behavior.
 * CTAN::                    Our repository.
 
 
@@ -300,7 +311,7 @@ support for Japanese and other languages ([u]pTeX,
 <http://ctan.org/pkg/ptex>, <http://ctan.org/pkg/uptex>).
 
 
-File: latex2e.info,  Node: LaTeX command syntax,  Next: CTAN,  Prev: TeX engines,  Up: Overview
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: LaTeX command syntax,  Next: Environment,  Prev: TeX engines,  Up: Overview
 
 2.4 LaTeX command syntax
 ========================
@@ -327,6 +338,12 @@ bracket (']') hide it inside curly braces, as in '\item[closing bracket
 argument after it, then to make the first character of the following
 text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces.
 
+   Some of LaTeX's commands are a "declaration".  Such a command changes
+the value the meaning of some other command or parameter.  For instance,
+the '\mainmatter' declaration changes the typesetting of page numbers
+from roman numerals to arabic (*note \frontmatter & \mainmatter &
+\backmatter::).
+
    LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a '*' form that is
 related to the form without a '*', such as '\chapter' and '\chapter*'.
 The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command.
@@ -334,17 +351,11 @@ The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command.
    This manual describes all accepted options and '*'-forms for the
 commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs).
 
-* Menu:
-
-* Environment::          Area of the source with distinct behavior.
-* Declaration::          Change the value or meaning of a command.
-* \makeatletter & \makeatother::  Change the status of the at-sign character.
-
 
-File: latex2e.info,  Node: Environment,  Next: Declaration,  Up: LaTeX command syntax
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Environment,  Next: CTAN,  Prev: LaTeX command syntax,  Up: Overview
 
-2.4.1 Environments
-------------------
+2.5 Environment
+===============
 
 Synopsis:
 
@@ -361,7 +372,9 @@ behavior.  For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between
        ...
      \end{verse}
 
-   *Note Environments:: for a list of environments.
+   *Note Environments:: for a list of environments.  Particularly
+notable is that every LaTeX document must have a 'document' environment,
+a '\begin{document} ... \end{document}' pair.
 
    The ENVIRONMENT NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the
 end.  This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT NAME ends in a
@@ -377,135 +390,10 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns).
      \end{tabular}
 
 
-File: latex2e.info,  Node: Declaration,  Next: \makeatletter & \makeatother,  Prev: Environment,  Up: LaTeX command syntax
-
-2.4.2 Command declarations
---------------------------
-
-A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other
-command or parameter.  For instance, the '\mainmatter' command changes
-the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info,  Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother,  Prev: Declaration,  Up: LaTeX command syntax
-
-2.4.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
---------------------------------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
-     \makeatletter
-       ... definition of commands with @ in their name ..
-     \makeatother
-
-   Used to redefine internal LaTeX commands.  '\makeatletter' makes the
-at-sign character '@' have the category code of a letter, 11.
-'\makeatother' sets the category code of '@' to 12, its original value.
-
-   As each character is read by TeX for LaTeX, it is assigned a
-character category code, or "catcode" for short.  For instance, the
-backslash '\' is assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a
-command.  These two commands alter the catcode assigned to '@'.
-
-   The alteration is needed because many of LaTeX's commands use '@' in
-their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a command that
-replaces one of LaTeX's own.  Command names consist of a category 0
-character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, category 11
-characters (except that a command name can also consist of a category 0
-character followed by a single non-letter symbol).  So under the default
-category codes, user-defined commands cannot contain an '@'.  But
-'\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' allow users to define or redefine
-commands named with '@'.
-
-   Use these two commands inside a '.tex' file, in the preamble, when
-defining or redefining a command with '@' in its name.  Don't use them
-inside '.sty' or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and
-'\documentclass' commands set the at sign to have the character code of
-a letter.
-
-   For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
-<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>.  These macros are mainly intended to
-package or class authors.
-
-   In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname'
-that the user wants to change.  These three lines should go in the
-preamble, before the '\begin{document}'.
-
-     \makeatletter
-     \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
-     \makeatother
-
-* Menu:
-
-* \@ifstar:: Define your own commands with *-variants.
-
-
-File: latex2e.info,  Node: \@ifstar,  Up: \makeatletter & \makeatother
-
-2.4.3.1 '\@ifstar'
-..................
-
-Synopsis:
-
-     \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
-     \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY}
-     \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY}
-
-   Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the
-same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk.  Examples
-are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and
-'\section*' commands.
-
-   When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
-because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment
-name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more complex.  As
-in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above
-as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star.  For
-instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the
-'\section' command peeks ahead.  This command does not accept arguments
-but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In
-the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'.  They
-could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no
-arguments at all.  As always, in a LaTeX document a command using
-at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother'
-block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::).
-
-   This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant
-'\ciel*'.  Both have one required argument.  A call to '\ciel{night}'
-will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry
-not blue sky".
-
-     \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky}
-     \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky}
-     \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
-
-   In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
-arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007's
-'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is
-equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond},
-\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.'''
-
-     \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
-     \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
-     \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
-       \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
-
-   There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work
-of '\@ifstar'.  The 'suffix' package allows the construct
-'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by
-'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'.  And LaTeX3 has
-the 'xparse' package that allows this code.
-
-     \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
-       {STARRED VERSION}%
-       {UNSTARRED VERSION}%
-       }
-
-
-File: latex2e.info,  Node: CTAN,  Prev: LaTeX command syntax,  Up: Overview
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: CTAN,  Prev: Environment,  Up: Overview
 
-2.5 CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
-===========================================
+2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
+===============================================
 
 The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX
 community's repository of free material.  It is a set of Internet sites
@@ -732,23 +620,26 @@ File: latex2e.info,  Node: Class and package structure,  Next: Class and package
 ---------------------------------
 
 A class file or package file typically has four parts.
-     In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX
+  1. In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX
      package or class and describes itself, using the '\NeedsTeXFormat'
      and '\ProvidesClass' or '\ProvidesPackage' commands.
-  1. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can
+
+  2. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can
      also load other files.  Usually these commands will be those needed
      for the code used in the next part.  For example, an 'smcmemo'
      class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list
      of people for the to-head, as '\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}',
      and therefore needs to define a command
      '\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}' used in that file.
-  2. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and
+
+  3. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and
      processes its options.  Class options allow a user to start their
      document as '\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}', to modify
      the behavior of the class.  An example is when you declare
      '\documentclass[11pt]{article}' to set the default document font
      size.
-  3. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package
+
+  4. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package
      usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands
      and fonts, and loading other files.
 
@@ -4066,7 +3957,7 @@ or
 default depends on the list type.
 
    Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets '[...]',
-if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to to hide the
+if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to hide the
 bracket inside curly braces, as in: '\item {[} is an open square
 bracket'; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional
 label.
@@ -4235,10 +4126,9 @@ is the value of POSITION).
      Stretch CONTENTS out vertically; it must contain vertically
      stretchable space.
 
-   The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT options is set to
-a value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height.  To see the effect
-of the options, run this example with the various choices in place of
-'b'.
+   The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT option is set to a
+value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height.  To see the effect of
+the options, run this example with the various choices in place of 'b'.
 
      Text before
      \begin{center}
@@ -5183,8 +5073,8 @@ between them.  This is specified in 'tabular''s argument '{l|l}'.  Put
 the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand,
 '&'.  The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, '\\'.  Put
 a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with '\hline'.
-This '\\' is optional after the last row unless an '\hline' command
-follows, to put a rule below the table.
+After the last row the '\\' is optional, unless an '\hline' command
+follows to put a rule below the table.
 
    The required and optional arguments to 'tabular' consist of:
 
@@ -5236,10 +5126,9 @@ COLS
           space yourself, as in '@{\hspace{1em}}'.
 
           An empty expression '@{}' will eliminate the space.  In
-          particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space
-          before the first column or after the last one, as in the
-          example below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left
-          margin.
+          particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before
+          the first column or after the last one, as in the example
+          below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.
 
                \begin{flushleft}
                  \begin{tabular}{@{}l}
@@ -5415,10 +5304,10 @@ center those two columns on the page range en-dash.
        Impressionistic  &1875           &1925
      \end{tabular}
 
-Note that although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a
-vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no
-vertical bar in the COLS of either of the first row's '\multicolumn'
-commands, no rule appears in the first row.
+Although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a vertical rule
+between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears in
+the first row here.  That's because there is no vertical bar in the COLS
+part of the first row's first '\multicolumn' command.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \vline,  Next: \cline,  Prev: \multicolumn,  Up: tabular
@@ -5648,12 +5537,20 @@ citation keys (*note \bibitem::).
        Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
      \end{thebibliography}
 
-produces the output '... source is [1]'.
+produces output like '... source is [1]'.  (You can change the
+appearance of the citation with bibliography styles.  More is in *note
+Using BibTeX::.)
 
    The optional argument SUBCITE is appended to the citation.  For
 example, 'See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}' might produce 'See 14.3 in
 [1, p. 314]'.
 
+   In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information
+to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'.  For instance, '\cite{latexdps}'
+writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file.  This information is used by
+BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have
+actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also.
+
    If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get 'LaTeX
 Warning: There were undefined references', and in the output the
 citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets.
@@ -5661,13 +5558,7 @@ There are two possible causes.  If you have mistyped something, as in
 '\cite{texbok}' then you need to correct the spelling.  On the other
 hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information
 and so changed the '.aux' file (*note \bibitem::) then the fix may be to
-just run LaTeX again.
-
-   In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information
-to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'.  For instance, '\cite{latexdps}'
-writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file.  This information is used by
-BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have
-actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also.
+run LaTeX again.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \nocite,  Next: Using BibTeX,  Prev: \cite,  Up: thebibliography
@@ -6788,15 +6679,17 @@ LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
 
 * Menu:
 
-* \newcommand & \renewcommand::           (Re)define a new command.
-* \providecommand::                       Define a new command, if name not used.
-* \newcounter::                           Define a new counter.
-* \newlength::                            Define a new length.
-* \newsavebox::                           Define a new box.
+* \newcommand & \renewcommand::    (Re)define a new command.
+* \providecommand::                Define a new command, if name not used.
+* \makeatletter & \makeatother::   Change the status of the at-sign character.
+* \@ifstar::                      Define your own commands with *-variants.
+* \newcounter::                    Define a new counter.
+* \newlength::                     Define a new length.
+* \newsavebox::                    Define a new box.
 * \newenvironment & \renewenvironment::   Define a new environment.
-* \newtheorem::                           Define a new theorem-like environment.
-* \newfont::                              Define a new font name.
-* \protect::                              Using tricky commands.
+* \newtheorem::                    Define a new theorem-like environment.
+* \newfont::                       Define a new font name.
+* \protect::                       Using tricky commands.
 * \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend:: Discard extra spaces.
 
 
@@ -6928,7 +6821,7 @@ put another pair of braces inside the definition:
 '\newcommand{\shipname}[1]{{\it #1}}'.
 
 
-File: latex2e.info,  Node: \providecommand,  Next: \newcounter,  Prev: \newcommand & \renewcommand,  Up: Definitions
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \providecommand,  Next: \makeatletter & \makeatother,  Prev: \newcommand & \renewcommand,  Up: Definitions
 
 12.2 '\providecommand'
 ======================
@@ -6959,9 +6852,121 @@ outputs 'From Saint Michael's College'.  Unlike '\newcommand', the
 repeated use of '\providecommand' does not give an error.
 
 
-File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newcounter,  Next: \newlength,  Prev: \providecommand,  Up: Definitions
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother,  Next: \@ifstar,  Prev: \providecommand,  Up: Definitions
+
+12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
+=====================================
+
+Synopsis:
 
-12.3 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
+     \makeatletter
+       ... definition of commands with @ in their name ..
+     \makeatother
+
+   Use this pair when you redefine LaTeX commands that are named with an
+at-sign character ''@''.  The '\makeatletter' declaration makes the
+at-sign character have the category code of a letter, code 11.  The
+'\makeatother' declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to
+code 12, its default value.
+
+   As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
+"catcode".  For instance, it assigns the backslash character ''\'' the
+catcode 0.  Command names consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily
+backslash, followed by letters, category 11 characters (except that a
+command name can also consist of a category 0 character followed by a
+single non-letter symbol).
+
+   LaTeX's source code has the convention that some commands use '@' in
+their name.  These commands are mainly intended for package or class
+writers.  The convention prevents authors who are just using a package
+or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their
+own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12.
+
+   The pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' changes the default code
+and then changes it back.  Use them inside a '.tex' file, in the
+preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands named with '@',
+by having them surround your definition.  Don't use these inside '.sty'
+or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and '\documentclass' commands
+already arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter,
+catcode 11.
+
+   For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
+<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>.
+
+   In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname'
+that the user wants to change.  These three lines should go in the
+preamble, before the '\begin{document}'.
+
+     \makeatletter
+     \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
+     \makeatother
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \@ifstar,  Next: \newcounter,  Prev: \makeatletter & \makeatother,  Up: Definitions
+
+12.4 '\@ifstar'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
+     \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY}
+     \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY}
+
+   Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the
+same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk.  Examples
+are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and
+'\section*' commands.
+
+   When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
+because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment
+name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more complex.  As
+in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above
+as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star.  For
+instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the
+'\section' command peeks ahead.  This command does not accept arguments
+but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In
+the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'.  They
+could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no
+arguments at all.  As always, in a LaTeX document a command using
+at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother'
+block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::).
+
+   This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant
+'\ciel*'.  Both have one required argument.  A call to '\ciel{night}'
+will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry
+not blue sky".
+
+     \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky}
+     \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky}
+     \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
+
+   In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
+arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007's
+'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is
+equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond},
+\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.'''
+
+     \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
+     \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+     \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
+       \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
+
+   There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work
+of '\@ifstar'.  The 'suffix' package allows the construct
+'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by
+'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'.  And LaTeX3 has
+the 'xparse' package that allows this code.
+
+     \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
+       {STARRED VERSION}%
+       {UNSTARRED VERSION}%
+       }
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newcounter,  Next: \newlength,  Prev: \@ifstar,  Up: Definitions
+
+12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
 ========================================
 
 Synopsis, one of:
@@ -7005,7 +7010,7 @@ counter will get you 'LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh' defined.'
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newlength,  Next: \newsavebox,  Prev: \newcounter,  Up: Definitions
 
-12.4 '\newlength'
+12.6 '\newlength'
 =================
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -7030,20 +7035,21 @@ name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'.
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newsavebox,  Next: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment,  Prev: \newlength,  Up: Definitions
 
-12.5 '\newsavebox'
+12.7 '\newsavebox'
 ==================
 
 Synopsis:
 
-     \newsavebox{CMD}
+     \newsavebox{\CMD}
 
-   Define '\CMD' to refer to a new "bin" for storing boxes.  Such a box
-is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to measure or
-manipulate (*note Boxes::).  The required bin name 'CMD' must start with
-a backslash, '\', and must not already be defined.  This command is
-fragile (*note \protect::).
+   Define \CMD, the string consisting of a backslash followed by CMD, to
+refer to a new bin for storing material.  These bins hold material that
+has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or manipulate
+(*note Boxes::).  The bin name \CMD is required, must start with a
+backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command.  This command
+is fragile (*note \protect::).
 
-   The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use.
+   This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it.
 
      \newsavebox{\logobox}
      \savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
@@ -7060,7 +7066,7 @@ p.192 of the manual'.
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment,  Next: \newtheorem,  Prev: \newsavebox,  Up: Definitions
 
-12.6 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
+12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
 ============================================
 
 Synopses, one of:
@@ -7197,7 +7203,7 @@ in ENDDEF, in this case in a box (*note \sbox & \savebox::).
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newtheorem,  Next: \newfont,  Prev: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment,  Up: Definitions
 
-12.7 '\newtheorem'
+12.9 '\newtheorem'
 ==================
 
 Synopses:
@@ -7312,8 +7318,8 @@ and 'Definition 2.2'.
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newfont,  Next: \protect,  Prev: \newtheorem,  Up: Definitions
 
-12.8 '\newfont'
-===============
+12.10 '\newfont'
+================
 
 This command is obsolete.  This description is here only to help with
 old documents.  New documents should define fonts in families through
@@ -7325,7 +7331,7 @@ associate a boldface with a roman (*note Fonts::).
      \newfont{\CMD}{FONT DESCRIPTION}
 
    Define a command '\CMD' that will change the current font.  The
-control sequence must must not already be defined.  It must begin with a
+control sequence must not already be defined.  It must begin with a
 backslash, '\'.
 
    The FONT DESCRIPTION consists of a FONTNAME and an optional "at
@@ -7347,8 +7353,8 @@ each.
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \protect,  Next: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend,  Prev: \newfont,  Up: Definitions
 
-12.9 '\protect'
-===============
+12.11 '\protect'
+================
 
 All LaTeX commands are either "fragile" or "robust".  A fragile command
 can break when it is used in the argument to certain other commands.
@@ -7402,7 +7408,7 @@ because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend,  Prev: \protect,  Up: Definitions
 
-12.10 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
+12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
 =============================================
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -7752,24 +7758,30 @@ File: latex2e.info,  Node: Lengths,  Next: Making paragraphs,  Prev: Counters,
 A "length" is a measure of distance.  Many LaTeX commands take a length
 as an argument.
 
-   This shows a box of the given length.
+   Lengths come in two types.  A "rigid length" such as '10pt' does not
+contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component.  (Plain TeX calls this a
+"dimen".)  A "rubber length" (what Plain TeX calls a "skip") such as as
+with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of those
+components.  In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural length"
+while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow TeX to
+stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement.
 
-     \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}   % make a bar
-     \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} % box it
-     XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+   The illustrations below use these two commands.
+
+     % make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide
+     \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}
 
-It produces a black bar 100 points long between 'XXX' and 'YYY'.
+     % Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border)
+     \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
+       \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}}
 
-   Lengths come in two types.  A "rigid length" (what Plain TeX calls a
-"dimen") such as '10pt' does not contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component.
-The above example shows a rigid length.  A "rubber length" (what Plain
-TeX calls a "skip") can contain those components, as with '1cm
-plus0.05cm minus0.01cm'.  Here the '1cm' is the "natural length" while
-the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow the length to
-stretch or shrink.
+This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points long
+between 'XXX' and 'YYY'.  This length is rigid.
 
-   Shrinking is simpler: with '1cm minus 0.05cm', the natural length is
-1cm but if smaller is needed then TeX can shrink it down as far as
+     XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+
+   As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with '1cm minus
+0.05cm', the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as
 0.95cm.  Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more.  Thus, below the
 first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two
 bars.
@@ -7787,7 +7799,7 @@ allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink the total to less than
 309 points.
 
    Stretching is like shrinking except that if TeX is asked to stretch
-beyond the given amount, it won't refuse.  Here the first line is fine,
+beyond the given amount, it will do it.  Here the first line is fine,
 producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
 
      XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
@@ -7797,10 +7809,9 @@ producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
        \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
 
 In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10 points and only 1 point was
-specified.  In this situation, TeX stretches the space to the required
-length, but it complains with a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness
-10000) detected at line 22'.  (We won't discuss badness; the point is
-that the system was not given as much stretch as needed.)
+specified.  TeX stretches the space to the required length but it gives
+you a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line
+22'.  (We won't discuss badness.)
 
    You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in '1ex
 plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'.
@@ -7808,14 +7819,15 @@ plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'.
    If TeX is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
 stretch or shrink in proportion.
 
-     XXX\showhbox{300pt}{\blackbar{100pt}%  left
+     XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+       \blackbar{100pt}%  left
        \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}%  middle
        \blackbar{100pt}}YYY  % right
 
-The outside bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another 100.
-In the middle the bar takes up 80 points, so the two '\hspace''s must
-stretch 20 points.  Because the two say 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX
-gets 5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
+The left and right bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another
+100.  The middle bar is 80 points so the two '\hspace''s must stretch
+20 points.  Because the two are 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX gets
+5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
 
    The 'plus' or 'minus' component of a rubber length can contain a
 "fill" component, as in '1in plus2fill'.  This gives the length infinite
@@ -7828,10 +7840,10 @@ distance.  Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page.
        \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
      \end{minipage}
 
-   TeX actually has three infinite glue components 'fil', 'fill', and
-'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones.
-Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and
-*note \vfill::).
+   TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil',
+'fill', and 'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier
+ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note
+\hfill:: and *note \vfill::).
 
    Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length,
 so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and
@@ -7856,8 +7868,8 @@ TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math
 mode.
 
 'pt'
-     Point 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
-     places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm.
+     Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two
+     decimal places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm.
 
 'pc'
      Pica, 12 pt
@@ -7922,8 +7934,13 @@ while the second will not.
      \setlength{\parindent}{0em}
      He said stop going to those places.
 
-   If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined
-control sequence. <argument> \praindent'.
+   If you did not declare LEN with '\newlength', for example if you
+mistype the above as
+'\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
+get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
+If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get
+an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
+\relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}'
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \addtolength,  Next: \settodepth,  Prev: \setlength,  Up: Lengths
@@ -7942,18 +7959,20 @@ understands (*note Units of length::).
 
    Below, if '\parskip' starts with the value '0pt plus 1pt'
 
-     \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
      Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
+     \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
 
      Nurse: no change.
 
 then it has the value '1pt plus 1pt' for the second paragraph.
 
-   If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined
-control sequence. <argument> \praindent'.  If you leave off the
-backslash at the start of LEN, as in '\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}',
-then you get something like 'You can't use `the letter p' after
-\advance'.
+   If you did not declare the length LEN with '\newlength', if for
+example you mistype the above as
+'\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}', then you get something
+like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent'.  If you leave
+off the backslash at the start of LEN, as in
+'\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}', then you get something like 'You can't
+use `the letter p' after \advance'.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \settodepth,  Next: \settoheight,  Prev: \addtolength,  Up: Lengths
@@ -7975,11 +7994,12 @@ the TEXT argument.  The length name LEN must begin with a backslash,
      \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
      \the\alphabetdepth
 
-   If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined
-control sequence. <argument> \alphabetdepth'.  If you leave the
-backslash out of LEN, as in '\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you
-get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
-\setbox'.
+   If you did not set aside the length LEN, if for example you mistype
+the above as '\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}', then you get
+something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetdepth'.
+If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in
+'\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \settoheight,  Next: \settowidth,  Prev: \settodepth,  Up: Lengths
@@ -8001,11 +8021,12 @@ backslash, '\'.
      \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
      \the\alphabetheight
 
-   If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined
-control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight'.  If you leave the
-backslash out of LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you
-get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
-\setbox'.
+   If no such length LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for
+example you mistype as '\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}', then you
+get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument>
+\alphabetheight'.  If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in
+'\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \settowidth,  Prev: \settoheight,  Up: Lengths
@@ -8027,11 +8048,12 @@ backslash, '\'.
      \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
      \the\alphabetwidth
 
-   If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined
-control sequence. <argument> \alphabetwidth'.  If you leave the
-backslash out of LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you
-get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
-\setbox'.
+   If no such length LEN has been set aside, if for example you mistype
+the above as '\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}', then you get
+something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetwidth'.
+If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in
+'\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: Making paragraphs,  Next: Math formulas,  Prev: Lengths,  Up: Top
@@ -8039,9 +8061,9 @@ File: latex2e.info,  Node: Making paragraphs,  Next: Math formulas,  Prev: Lengt
 15 Making paragraphs
 ********************
 
-Once LaTeX has all of a paragraph's contents it divides it into lines,
-in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (*note Line
-breaking::).  To end the current paragraph, put an empty line.
+To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
+paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, separated by
+two empty lines.
 
      It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession
      of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife.
@@ -8057,6 +8079,10 @@ breaking::).  To end the current paragraph, put an empty line.
    The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment
 character, '%'.
 
+   Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that
+content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph
+(*note Line breaking::).
+
    There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted.  Don't put a
 blank line in math mode (*note Modes::); here the line before the
 '\end{equation}'
@@ -8089,8 +8115,8 @@ File: latex2e.info,  Node: \par,  Next: \indent & \noindent,  Up: Making paragra
 15.1 '\par'
 ===========
 
-Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX, converts two
-consecutive newlines to a '\par'):
+Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts two consecutive
+newlines to a '\par'):
 
      \par
 
@@ -8104,22 +8130,24 @@ readability.
      \newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
        \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
 
-   The '\par' command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but it
-terminates paragraph mode, bringing LaTeX to vertical mode (*note
+   In LR mode or a vertical mode the '\par' command does nothing but it
+terminates paragraph mode, switching LaTeX to vertical mode (*note
 Modes::).
 
-   You cannot use the '\par' command in math mode or in the argument of
-many commands, such as the '\section' command (*note Making paragraphs::
-and *note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).
+   You cannot use the '\par' command in a math mode.  You also cannot
+use it in the argument of many commands, such as the '\section' command
+(*note Making paragraphs:: and *note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).
 
-   The '\par' command differs from the '\paragraph' command in that the
+   The '\par' command is not the same as the '\paragraph' command.  The
 latter is, like '\section' or '\subsection', a sectioning unit used by
-the standard LaTeX documents.
+the standard LaTeX documents (*note \subsubsection & \paragraph &
+\subparagraph::).
 
-   The '\par' command differs from '\newline' and the line break double
-backslash, '\\', in that \par ends the paragraph not just the line.  It
-also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph vertical space
-'\parskip' (*note \parindent & \parskip::).
+   The '\par' command is not the same as '\newline' or the line break
+double backslash, '\\'.  The difference is that '\par' ends the
+paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of the
+between-paragraph vertical space '\parskip' (*note \parindent &
+\parskip::).
 
    The output from this example
 
@@ -8246,7 +8274,7 @@ paragraph.  Revert that to the default position with '\normalmarginpar'.
 
    When you specify the optional argument LEFT then it is used for a
 note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument RIGHT is used for
-a note in the the right margin.
+a note in the right margin.
 
    Normally, a note's first word will not be hyphenated.  You can enable
 hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with '\hspace{0pt}'.
@@ -9765,6 +9793,128 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'.
      A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em.  It is available in both
      text and math mode.
 
+* Menu:
+
+* \smash::                            Eliminate height or depth of a subformula.
+* \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom::  Make empty box with the same size as the argument.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \smash,  Next: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom,  Up: Spacing in math mode
+
+16.6.1 '\smash'
+---------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \smash{SUBFORMULA}
+
+   Typeset SUBFORMULA as if its height and depth were zero.
+
+   In this example the exponential is so tall that without the '\smash'
+command LaTeX would separate its line from the line above it, and the
+uneven line spacing might be unsightly.
+
+     To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
+     evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
+
+   (Because of the '\smash' the printed expression could run into the
+line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the
+document to make such adjustments.)
+
+   This pictures the effect of '\smash' by using '\fbox' to surround the
+box that LaTeX will put on the line.  The '\blackbar' command makes a
+bar extending from 10 points below the baseline to 20 points above.
+
+     \newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
+     \fbox{\blackbar}
+     \fbox{\smash{\blackbar}}
+
+   The first box that LaTeX places is 20 points high and 10 points deep.
+But the second box is treated by LaTeX as having zero height and zero
+depth, despite that the ink printed on the page still extends well above
+and below the line.
+
+   The '\smash' command appears often in mathematics to adjust the size
+of an element that surrounds a subformula.  Here the first radical
+extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
+
+     \begin{equation}
+     \sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k< n} f(k)}
+     \sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)}
+     \end{equation}
+
+   Note the use of '\vphantom' to give the '\sqrt' command an argument
+with the height of the '\sum' (*note \phantom & \vphantom &
+\hphantom::).
+
+   While most often used in mathematics, the '\smash' command can appear
+in other contexts.  However, it doesn't change into horizontal mode.  So
+if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a '\leavevmode', as
+in the bottom line below.
+
+     xxx xxx xxx
+
+     \smash{yyy}  % no paragraph indent
+
+     \leavevmode\smash{zzz}  % usual paragraph indent
+
+   The package 'mathtools' has operators that provide even finer control
+over smashing a subformula box.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom,  Prev: \smash,  Up: Spacing in math mode
+
+16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom'
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \phantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+   or
+
+     \vphantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+   or
+
+     \hphantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+   The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and
+width as SUBFORMULA, but empty.  That is, this command causes LaTeX to
+typeset the box but not its ink.  The '\vphantom' variant also produces
+an invisible box with the same height and depth as SUBFORMULA, but it
+has width zero.  And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as
+SUBFORMULA but with height and depth zero.
+
+   Without the '\vphantom' in this example, the top bars of the two
+square roots would be at different heights.
+
+     \( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \)
+
+   The '\vphantom{a^3}' causes the first '\sqrt' to have inside it a box
+of the same height as the second '\sqrt', so LaTeX makes the bars align.
+
+   These commands often are combined with '\smash'.  *Note \smash:: for
+another example of the use of '\vphantom'.
+
+   The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides
+a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
+convenient, including '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) as well as
+'\settodepth' (*note \settodepth::), '\settoheight' (*note
+\settoheight::), and '\settowidth' (*note \settowidth::).  In addition,
+the 'mathtools' package has many commands that offer fine-grained
+control over spacing.
+
+   All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
+mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
+should give it such a status, for example with the '\operatorname'
+command from the package 'amsmath'.
+
+   While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other
+contexts.  However, they don't cause LaTeX to change into horizontal
+mode.  So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
+with '\leavevmode'.
+
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: Math miscellany,  Prev: Spacing in math mode,  Up: Math formulas
 
@@ -9957,15 +10107,15 @@ mode, then it reads the 'L' and switches to paragraph mode, then the
 next switch happens at the '\(' where LaTeX changes to math mode, and
 then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode.
 
-   Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a '\parbox' command or
-or a 'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode.  But it will not
-put a page break here.  Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox",
-LaTeX is in "inner paragraph mode".  Its more usual situation, where it
-can put page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::).
+   Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a '\parbox' command or a
+'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode.  But it will not put a
+page break here.  Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox", LaTeX is
+in "inner paragraph mode".  Its more usual situation, where it can put
+page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::).
 
 * Menu:
 
-* \ensuremath:: Ensure that math mode is active
+* \ensuremath:: Ensure that math mode is active.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \ensuremath,  Up: Modes
@@ -10074,21 +10224,21 @@ either in the preamble or in the document body.
 
 '\thanks{TEXT}'
      Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author
-     information for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can
+     information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
      also use it in the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It
-     can be any text so you can use it to print an email address, or for
-     any purpose.
+     can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as
+     to print an email address.
 
 '\title{TEXT}'
      Required.  Declare TEXT to be the title of the document.  Get line
      breaks inside TEXT with a double backslash, '\\'.  If you omit the
      '\title' declaration then you get 'LaTeX Error: No \title given'.
 
-   Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of 'article' in
-that example, that formats the title according to their house
-requirements.  To make your own, see *note titlepage::.  You can either
+   To make your own title page, see *note titlepage::.  You can either
 create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-'\maketitle' command.
+'\maketitle' command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use in
+place of 'article' that formats the title according to their house
+requirements.)
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \pagenumbering,  Next: \pagestyle,  Prev: \maketitle,  Up: Page styles
@@ -10118,7 +10268,7 @@ numbered '1', etc.
 \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
 
 'arabic'
-     arabic numerals: 1, 2, ...
+     Arabic numerals: 1, 2, ...
 
 'roman'
      lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, ...
@@ -10254,7 +10404,7 @@ or environments.
 
    Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style.
 For example, this LaTeX book document has the first page of the first
-chapter in in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).
+chapter in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).
 
      \documentclass{book}
      \pagestyle{headings}
@@ -10613,32 +10763,32 @@ backslash followed by a space.  Synopsis:
    Produce a space.  By default it produces white space of length
 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt.
 
-   A blank is not a space.  When you type a blank between words, LaTeX
-produces white space.  That's different from an explicit space.  This
-illustrates.
+   When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white
+space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.
 
      \begin{tabular}{l}
+     One blank: makes some space \\
      Three blanks:   in a row \\
      Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\
      \end{tabular}
 
-On the first line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one
-whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance,
-with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a
-blank).  But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is
-wider.  Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal
-space.  (But the best way to create horizontal space is with '\hspace';
-*Note \hspace::.)
-
-   The backslash-space command has two main uses.  First, it is often
-used after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that
-follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'.  (But the approach of using curly
-parentheses, as in '\TeX{} is nice', has the advantage of still working
-if the next character is a period.)
-
-   The second common use is that it mark a period as ending an
-abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says Prof.\ Smith'
-(*note \@::).
+On the first line LaTeX puts some space after the colon.  On the second
+line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one whitespace, so you
+end with the same space after the colon as in the first line.  LaTeX
+would similarly collapse a blank followed by a tab, or a blank and a
+newline and a blank.  However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so
+the white area is wider.  That is, the backslash-space command creates a
+fixed amount of horizontal space.  (Note that you can define a
+horizontal space of any width at all with '\hspace'; see *note
+\hspace::.)
+
+   The backslash-space command has two main uses.  It is often used
+after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that
+follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'.  (But using curly parentheses, as in
+'\TeX{} is best', has the advantage of still working if the next
+character is a period.)  The other common use is that it marks a period
+as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says
+Prof.\ Smith' (*note \@::).
 
    Under normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent
 to backslash-space, '\ '.
@@ -10957,7 +11107,7 @@ line.
      \end{enumerate}
      \end{minipage}%
 
-The final two lists use 'fbox' to show what's happening.  The third
+The final two lists use '\fbox' to show what's happening.  The third
 list's '\parbox' goes only to the bottom of its second 'test', which
 happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline.  The
 fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra below-baseline
@@ -11160,7 +11310,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
      \makebox[WIDTH]{TEXT}
      \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
 
-   Create a box, a container for material.  The TEXT is is typeset in LR
+   Create a box, a container for material.  The TEXT is typeset in LR
 mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines.  The '\mbox'
 command is robust, while '\makebox' is fragile (*note \protect::).
 
@@ -11548,9 +11698,9 @@ File: latex2e.info,  Node: Color,  Next: Graphics,  Prev: Boxes,  Up: Top
 You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
 or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
 
-   Color support comes as an additional package.  So all the commands
-below will only work if your document preamble contains
-'\usepackage{color}', that brings in the standard package.
+   Color support comes as an additional package.  So put
+'\usepackage{color}' in your document preamble to use the commands
+described here.
 
    Many other packages also supplement LaTeX's color abilities.
 Particularly worth mentioning is 'xcolor', which is widely used and
@@ -12140,9 +12290,9 @@ COMMAND
      left blank.  This command must start with a single backward quote.
      Thus, '\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}'
      specifies that any file with the extension '.eps.gz' should be
-     treated as an 'eps' file, with the the BoundingBox information
-     stored in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command
-     'gunzip -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
+     treated as an 'eps' file, with the BoundingBox information stored
+     in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command 'gunzip
+     -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
 
      Such a command is specific to your platform.  In addition, your TeX
      system must allow you to run external commands; as a security
@@ -12490,11 +12640,11 @@ File: latex2e.info,  Node: \rotatebox,  Next: \scalebox,  Prev: \includegraphics
 22.3.2 '\rotatebox'
 -------------------
 
-Synopsis for 'graphics' package:
+Synopsis if you use the 'graphics' package:
 
      \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
 
-   Synopses for 'graphicx' package:
+   Synopses if you use the 'graphicx' package:
 
      \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
      \rotatebox[KEY-VALUE LIST]{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
@@ -12524,7 +12674,7 @@ new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when typesetting this
 material.
 
    If you use the 'graphics' package then the rotation is about the
-reference point of the box.  If you use the 'graphicx' package then then
+reference point of the box.  If you use the 'graphicx' package then
 these are the options that can go in the KEY-VALUE LIST, but note that
 you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the
 'x' and 'y' options (*note \includegraphics::).
@@ -12535,13 +12685,14 @@ you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the
      left, 'r' for right, 'b' for bottom, 'c' for center, 't' for top,
      and 'B' for baseline.  Thus, the first line here
 
-          \includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}
-          \includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}
+          \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
+          \rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
 
      will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second
      will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline.  (The
      character 'c' gives the horizontal center in 'bc' or 'tc' but gives
-     the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc'.)  The default is 'lB'.
+     the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc', and gives both in 'c'.)  The
+     default is 'lB'.
 
 'x, y'
      Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with '\rotatebox[x=TeX
@@ -13808,10 +13959,9 @@ the INDEX-ENTRY-STRING as well as indexing it.
 
    The '\index' command writes the indexing information to the file
 'ROOT-NAME.idx' file.  Specifically, it writes text of the command
-'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where where PAGE-NUM is the
-value of the '\thepage' counter.  On occasion, when the '\printindex'
-command is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh
-slate.
+'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where PAGE-NUM is the value
+of the '\thepage' counter.  On occasion, when the '\printindex' command
+is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate.
 
    If you omit the closing brace of an '\index' command then you get a
 message like this.
@@ -13886,9 +14036,9 @@ then it is a comment.
 'lethead_flag'
      An integer.  It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.
      If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than 'group_skip'
-     nothing will be inserted before the group.  If it is is positive
-     then at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will
-     be inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them.  If it is
+     nothing will be inserted before the group.  If it is positive then
+     at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will be
+     inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them.  If it is
      negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase.
      The default is 0.
 
@@ -13973,9 +14123,8 @@ then it is a comment.
    There are a number of other programs that do the job 'makeindex'
 does.  One is 'xindy', which does internationalization and can process
 indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of other
-languages.  It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in
-terms of the collating order of the text.  See the documentation on
-CTAN.
+languages.  It is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms
+of the collating order of the text, as described in its documentation.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \printindex,  Prev: makeindex,  Up: Indexes
@@ -14684,17 +14833,17 @@ prefixing them with '-' or '--'.  This is the case for both TeX Live
      start with a backslash then TeX considers it the name of a file to
      input.  Otherwise it waits for the first '\input' instruction and
      the name of the input file will be the job name.  This is used to
-     name the log file the output file.  This option overrides that
-     process and directly specifies the name.  *Note Command line
+     name the log file the output file.  The 'jobname' option overrides
+     that process and directly specifies the name.  *Note Command line
      input:: for an example of its use.
 
 '-output-directory=DIRECTORY'
      Write files in the directory DIRECTORY.  It must already exist.
 
-'shell-escape'
-'no-shell-escape'
-'enable-write18'
-'disable-write18'
+'--shell-escape'
+'--no-shell-escape'
+'--enable-write18'
+'--disable-write18'
      Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL COMMAND}'.  The first two options
      are for with TeX Live or MacTeX while the second two are for
      MiKTeX.
@@ -14747,9 +14896,9 @@ PDF.
      \href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN}  % in body
        ...
 
-Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex test'
+Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex book'
 will give the 'CTAN' link in blue.  But compiling it with 'pdflatex
-"\def\paperversion{}\input test.tex"' has the link in black.  (Note the
+"\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"' has the link in black.  (Note the
 use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the
 command line shell; your system may do this differently.)
 
@@ -14768,7 +14917,7 @@ called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first.
      pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"
 
 so the graphic files are read for their size information but not
-incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is needed because
+incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is there because
 otherwise the output file would be 'graphicx.pdf', as '\RequirePackage'
 does an '\input' of its own.)
 
@@ -14809,8 +14958,8 @@ instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'.
      (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit)
      Please type another input file name:
 
-The simplest thing is to enter '<Contol>' and 'd' (holding them down at
-the same time), and just fix the command line.
+The simplest thing is to enter '<Control>' and 'd' (holding them down at
+the same time), and then retype the correct command line.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: Document templates,  Next: Index,  Prev: Command line,  Up: Top
@@ -15203,8 +15352,8 @@ Index
 * \arctan:                               Math functions.      (line  15)
 * \arg:                                  Math functions.      (line  18)
 * \arraycolsep:                          array.               (line  51)
-* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.             (line 158)
-* \arraystretch:                         tabular.             (line 164)
+* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.             (line 157)
+* \arraystretch:                         tabular.             (line 163)
 * \ast:                                  Math symbols.        (line  38)
 * \asymp:                                Math symbols.        (line  47)
 * \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.    (line   6)
@@ -15396,7 +15545,7 @@ Index
 * \dotfill:                              \hrulefill & \dotfill.
                                                               (line   6)
 * \dots:                                 Text symbols.        (line  35)
-* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.             (line 169)
+* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.             (line 168)
 * \downarrow:                            Math symbols.        (line 185)
 * \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.        (line 189)
 * \ell:                                  Math symbols.        (line 193)
@@ -15425,7 +15574,7 @@ Index
                                                               (line 172)
 * \exists:                               Math symbols.        (line 212)
 * \exp:                                  Math functions.      (line  48)
-* \extracolsep:                          tabular.             (line 109)
+* \extracolsep:                          tabular.             (line 108)
 * \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox.   (line   6)
 * \fboxrule:                             \framebox (picture). (line  31)
 * \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox.   (line  39)
@@ -15826,7 +15975,7 @@ Index
                                                               (line   6)
 * \parallel:                             Math symbols.        (line 508)
 * \parbox:                               \parbox.             (line   6)
-* \parindent:                            minipage.            (line 104)
+* \parindent:                            minipage.            (line 103)
 * \parindent <1>:                        \indent & \noindent. (line   6)
 * \parindent <2>:                        \parindent & \parskip.
                                                               (line   6)
@@ -16021,7 +16170,7 @@ Index
 * \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.             (line  81)
 * \TAB:                                  \(SPACE).            (line   6)
 * \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.             (line 121)
-* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.             (line 173)
+* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.             (line 172)
 * \tableofcontents:                      Table of contents etc..
                                                               (line   6)
 * \tan:                                  Math functions.      (line 105)
@@ -16255,9 +16404,11 @@ Index
 * amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.       (line  86)
 * amsmath package <6>:                   Dots.                (line  37)
 * amsmath package <7>:                   Math functions.      (line 111)
-* amsmath package <8>:                   Colon character & \colon.
-                                                              (line  15)
+* amsmath package <8>:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                              (line  44)
 * amsmath package <9>:                   Colon character & \colon.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* amsmath package <10>:                  Colon character & \colon.
                                                               (line  19)
 * amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.            (line   6)
 * amsthm package:                        theorem.             (line  28)
@@ -16347,7 +16498,7 @@ Index
 * breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                  (line   6)
 * breve accent:                          Accents.             (line  85)
 * breve accent, math:                    Math accents.        (line  17)
-* bug reporting:                         About this document. (line  21)
+* bug reporting:                         About this document. (line  29)
 * bullet lists:                          itemize.             (line   6)
 * bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.        (line 113)
 * bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.        (line  93)
@@ -16357,9 +16508,9 @@ Index
 * cap height:                            Text symbols.        (line 101)
 * caron accent:                          Accents.             (line  89)
 * catcode:                               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                              (line  18)
+                                                              (line  19)
 * category code, character:              \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                              (line  18)
+                                                              (line  19)
 * cc:                                    Units of length.     (line  33)
 * cc list, in letters:                   \cc.                 (line   6)
 * cedilla accent:                        Accents.             (line  59)
@@ -16374,7 +16525,9 @@ Index
 * chapter:                               Sectioning.          (line   6)
 * chapter <1>:                           \chapter.            (line   6)
 * character category code:               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                              (line  18)
+                                                              (line  19)
+* character, invisible:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                              (line   6)
 * characters, accented:                  Accents.             (line   6)
 * characters, case of:                   Upper and lower case.
                                                               (line   6)
@@ -16398,7 +16551,7 @@ Index
 * class and package structure:           Class and package structure.
                                                               (line   6)
 * class file example:                    Class and package structure.
-                                                              (line  36)
+                                                              (line  39)
 * class file layout:                     Class and package structure.
                                                               (line   6)
 * class options:                         Document class options.
@@ -16650,14 +16803,14 @@ Index
 * feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.        (line 144)
 * figure environment:                    figure.              (line   6)
 * figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.                (line   6)
-* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.            (line 108)
+* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.            (line 107)
 * figures, inserting:                    figure.              (line   6)
 * file, root:                            Splitting the input. (line  10)
 * filecontents environment:              filecontents.        (line   6)
 * filecontents* environment:             filecontents.        (line   6)
 * final option:                          Document class options.
                                                               (line  49)
-* first-latex-doc document:              About this document. (line  33)
+* first-latex-doc document:              About this document. (line  41)
 * fixed-width font:                      Font styles.         (line  96)
 * flafter package:                       Floats.              (line  82)
 * fleqn option:                          Document class options.
@@ -16694,7 +16847,7 @@ Index
                                                               (line   6)
 * footnote, of a footnote:               Footnotes of footnotes.
                                                               (line   6)
-* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.            (line 108)
+* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.            (line 107)
 * footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.           (line   6)
 * Footnotes, in a minipage:              \footnote.           (line  62)
 * footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote.           (line  24)
@@ -16757,6 +16910,8 @@ Index
 * home page for manual:                  About this document. (line   6)
 * horizontal space:                      \hss.                (line   6)
 * horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.                (line   6)
+* horizontal spacing:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                              (line   6)
 * hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.             (line  67)
 * hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.       (line  48)
 * hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.       (line  57)
@@ -16780,7 +16935,7 @@ Index
 * inch:                                  Units of length.     (line  17)
 * including graphics:                    \includegraphics.    (line   6)
 * indent, forcing:                       \indent & \noindent. (line   6)
-* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.           (line 104)
+* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.           (line 103)
 * indentfirst package:                   \part.               (line  50)
 * indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.            (line  58)
 * indentfirst package <2>:               \section.            (line  60)
@@ -16808,6 +16963,8 @@ Index
 * inserting figures:                     figure.              (line   6)
 * insertions of special characters:      Special insertions.  (line   6)
 * internal vertical mode:                Modes.               (line  38)
+* invisible character:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                              (line   6)
 * italic correction:                     \/.                  (line   6)
 * italic font:                           Font styles.         (line  81)
 * itemize environment:                   itemize.             (line   6)
@@ -16838,11 +16995,11 @@ Index
 * latex command:                         Output files.        (line  10)
 * LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.        (line  22)
 * LaTeX overview:                        Overview.            (line   6)
-* LaTeX Project team:                    About this document. (line  17)
-* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e:                     About this document. (line  13)
-* latex-doc-ptr document:                About this document. (line  30)
+* LaTeX Project team:                    About this document. (line  25)
+* LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e:                     About this document. (line  21)
+* latex-doc-ptr document:                About this document. (line  38)
 * LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.        (line  25)
-* <latexrefman@tug.org> email address:   About this document. (line  17)
+* <latexrefman@tug.org> email address:   About this document. (line  25)
 * Latin letters, additional:             Additional Latin letters.
                                                               (line   6)
 * layout commands:                       Layout.              (line   6)
@@ -16919,7 +17076,7 @@ Index
 * LR box:                                picture.             (line 103)
 * LR mode:                               Modes.               (line  16)
 * lrbox:                                 lrbox.               (line   6)
-* lshort document:                       About this document. (line  41)
+* lshort document:                       About this document. (line  49)
 * ltugboat class:                        tugboat template.    (line   6)
 * lualatex command:                      TeX engines.         (line  30)
 * LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.         (line  30)
@@ -16928,7 +17085,7 @@ Index
 * macron accent:                         Accents.             (line  34)
 * macron accent, math:                   Math accents.        (line  14)
 * macros2e package:                      \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                              (line  39)
+                                                              (line  43)
 * Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.            (line   6)
 * make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.    (line   6)
 * makeindex:                             makeindex.           (line   6)
@@ -16950,11 +17107,17 @@ Index
 * math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.       (line   6)
 * math mode, spacing:                    Spacing in math mode.
                                                               (line   6)
+* math mode, spacing <1>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.              (line   6)
 * math symbols:                          Math symbols.        (line   6)
 * math, bold:                            Font styles.         (line 128)
 * mathtools package:                     Math formulas.       (line  86)
 * mathtools package <1>:                 Over- and Underlining.
                                                               (line  45)
+* mathtools package <2>:                 \smash.              (line  61)
+* mathtools package <3>:                 \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                              (line  36)
 * MetaPost package:                      \line.               (line  36)
 * mfirstuc package:                      Upper and lower case.
                                                               (line  45)
@@ -17064,9 +17227,11 @@ Index
 * package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.       (line  86)
 * package, amsmath <6>:                  Dots.                (line  37)
 * package, amsmath <7>:                  Math functions.      (line 111)
-* package, amsmath <8>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                              (line  15)
+* package, amsmath <8>:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                              (line  44)
 * package, amsmath <9>:                  Colon character & \colon.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* package, amsmath <10>:                 Colon character & \colon.
                                                               (line  19)
 * package, amsthm:                       theorem.             (line  28)
 * package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.               (line  18)
@@ -17124,10 +17289,13 @@ Index
 * package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.            (line  31)
 * package, listings <2>:                 \verb.               (line  42)
 * package, macros2e:                     \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                              (line  39)
+                                                              (line  43)
 * package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.       (line  86)
 * package, mathtools <1>:                Over- and Underlining.
                                                               (line  45)
+* package, mathtools <2>:                \smash.              (line  61)
+* package, mathtools <3>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                              (line  36)
 * package, MetaPost:                     \line.               (line  36)
 * package, mfirstuc:                     Upper and lower case.
                                                               (line  45)
@@ -17191,7 +17359,7 @@ Index
                                                               (line   6)
 * paragraph indentation:                 \parindent & \parskip.
                                                               (line   6)
-* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.            (line 104)
+* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.            (line 103)
 * paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote.   (line   6)
 * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote.
                                                               (line   6)
@@ -17277,7 +17445,7 @@ Index
 * relation, text above:                  \stackrel.           (line   6)
 * remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.      (line   6)
 * report class:                          Document classes.    (line  11)
-* reporting bugs:                        About this document. (line  21)
+* reporting bugs:                        About this document. (line  29)
 * reserved characters:                   Reserved characters. (line   6)
 * resizing:                              \scalebox.           (line   6)
 * resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.          (line   6)
@@ -17366,6 +17534,8 @@ Index
                                                               (line   6)
 * spacing, inter-sentence:               \frenchspacing.      (line   6)
 * spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.      (line   6)
+* spacing, math mode:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                              (line   6)
 * Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.     (line 144)
 * special characters:                    Reserved characters. (line   6)
 * special characters <1>:                Additional Latin letters.
@@ -17520,13 +17690,13 @@ Index
 * underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.        (line 187)
 * Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.         (line   6)
 * units, of length:                      Units of length.     (line   6)
-* unofficial nature of this manual:      About this document. (line  17)
+* unofficial nature of this manual:      About this document. (line  25)
 * unordered lists:                       itemize.             (line   6)
 * uppercase:                             Upper and lower case.
                                                               (line   6)
 * url package:                           \verb.               (line  38)
 * using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.        (line   6)
-* usrguide official documentation:       About this document. (line  36)
+* usrguide official documentation:       About this document. (line  44)
 * UTF-8:                                 TeX engines.         (line   6)
 * variables, a list of:                  Counters.            (line   6)
 * vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.        (line  41)
@@ -17542,6 +17712,9 @@ Index
 * vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.          (line   6)
 * vertical space before paragraphs:      \parindent & \parskip.
                                                               (line   6)
+* vertical spacing:                      \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.              (line   6)
 * visible space:                         \verb.               (line  31)
 * visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.        (line 190)
 * weights, of fonts:                     Low-level font commands.
@@ -17564,504 +17737,505 @@ Index
 
 
 Tag Table:
-Node: Top1701
-Node: About this document3519
-Node: Overview5371
-Node: Starting and ending6920
-Ref: Starting & ending7055
-Node: Output files8232
-Ref: output files dvi8511
-Ref: output files pdf9022
-Ref: output files log9345
-Ref: output files aux9542
-Node: TeX engines10511
-Ref: tex engines latex10860
-Ref: tex engines lualatex11692
-Ref: tex engines xelatex12177
-Node: LaTeX command syntax12981
-Node: Environment14824
-Node: Declaration15893
-Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother16277
-Node: \@ifstar18429
-Node: CTAN21214
-Node: Document classes22616
-Ref: document classes article23056
-Ref: document classes book23144
-Ref: document classes letter23329
-Ref: document classes report23405
-Ref: document classes slides23557
-Node: Document class options23939
-Node: Additional packages27021
-Node: Class and package construction27652
-Node: Class and package structure29102
-Node: Class and package commands31393
-Node: Fonts49007
-Ref: Typefaces49110
-Node: Font styles49438
-Node: Font sizes53703
-Node: Low-level font commands55322
-Ref: low level font commands fontencoding55606
-Ref: low level font commands fontfamily56162
-Ref: low level font commands fontseries56927
-Ref: low level font commands fontshape58079
-Ref: low level font commands fontsize58376
-Ref: low level font commands baselinestretch58901
-Ref: low level font commands linespread59610
-Ref: low level font commands selectfont59860
-Ref: low level font commands usefont60186
-Node: Layout60429
-Node: \onecolumn60927
-Node: \twocolumn61286
-Ref: twocolumn columnsep61909
-Ref: twocolumn columnseprule62158
-Ref: twocolumn columnwidth62454
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction63020
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction63963
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep64210
-Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep64515
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber64698
-Node: \flushbottom65663
-Node: \raggedbottom66763
-Node: Page layout parameters67299
-Ref: page layout parameters columnsep67502
-Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule67502
-Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth67502
-Ref: page layout parameters headheight67756
-Ref: page layout parameters headsep67923
-Ref: page layout parameters footskip68236
-Ref: page layout parameters linewidth68570
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush68923
-Ref: page layout parameters marginsep68923
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth68923
-Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin69963
-Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin69963
-Ref: page layout parameters paperheight70500
-Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth70726
-Ref: page layout parameters textheight70950
-Ref: page layout parameters textwidth71339
-Ref: page layout parameters hsize72268
-Ref: page layout parameters topmargin72474
-Ref: page layout parameters topskip72778
-Node: Floats72994
-Ref: floats bottomfraction77362
-Ref: floats floatpagefraction77489
-Ref: floats textfraction77600
-Ref: floats topfraction77802
-Ref: floats floatsep78054
-Ref: floats intextsep78164
-Ref: floats textfloatsep78379
-Ref: floats bottomnumber78643
-Ref: floats dbltopnumber78751
-Ref: floats topnumber78870
-Ref: floats totalnumber78974
-Node: Sectioning79503
-Ref: sectioning secnumdepth82236
-Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth82236
-Ref: sectioning tocdepth82837
-Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth82837
-Node: \part83882
-Node: \chapter86058
-Node: \section89832
-Node: \subsection93099
-Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph95813
-Node: \appendix98470
-Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter99760
-Node: \@startsection101101
-Ref: startsection name102478
-Ref: \@startsection/name102478
-Ref: startsection level102932
-Ref: \@startsection/level102932
-Ref: startsection indent103812
-Ref: \@startsection/indent103812
-Ref: startsection beforeskip104075
-Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip104075
-Ref: startsection afterskip105596
-Ref: \@startsection/afterskip105596
-Ref: startsection style106907
-Ref: \@startsection/style106907
-Node: Cross references110613
-Node: \label112706
-Node: \pageref114526
-Node: \ref115316
-Node: Environments116292
-Node: abstract118294
-Node: array119883
-Node: center122775
-Node: \centering124527
-Node: description126024
-Node: displaymath128239
-Node: document130026
-Node: \AtBeginDocument130456
-Node: \AtEndDocument131080
-Node: enumerate131724
-Ref: enumerate enumi133587
-Ref: enumerate enumii133587
-Ref: enumerate enumiii133587
-Ref: enumerate enumiv133587
-Ref: enumerate labelenumi133985
-Ref: enumerate labelenumii133985
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiii133985
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiv133985
-Node: eqnarray134524
-Node: equation136519
-Node: figure137187
-Node: filecontents139341
-Node: flushleft141088
-Node: \raggedright142105
-Node: flushright143303
-Node: \raggedleft144039
-Node: itemize144829
-Ref: itemize labelitemi146051
-Ref: itemize labelitemii146051
-Ref: itemize labelitemiii146051
-Ref: itemize labelitemiv146051
-Ref: itemize leftmargin146893
-Ref: itemize leftmargini146893
-Ref: itemize leftmarginii146893
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiii146893
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiv146893
-Ref: itemize leftmarginv146893
-Ref: itemize leftmarginvi146893
-Node: letter148297
-Node: list148535
-Ref: list makelabel150980
-Ref: list itemindent152364
-Ref: list itemsep152501
-Ref: list labelsep153153
-Ref: list labelwidth153316
-Ref: list leftmargin154327
-Ref: list listparindent155180
-Ref: list parsep155411
-Ref: list partopsep155914
-Ref: list rightmargin156712
-Ref: list topsep156897
-Ref: list beginparpenalty160472
-Ref: list itempenalty160571
-Ref: list endparpenalty160675
-Node: \item161547
-Node: trivlist162798
-Node: math164326
-Node: minipage164632
-Node: picture169910
-Node: \put176379
-Node: \multiput176944
-Node: \qbezier177683
-Node: \graphpaper178608
-Node: \line179402
-Node: \linethickness181366
-Node: \thinlines181815
-Node: \thicklines182226
-Node: \circle182610
-Node: \oval183150
-Node: \shortstack184126
-Node: \vector185523
-Node: \makebox (picture)186439
-Node: \framebox (picture)187621
-Node: \frame189094
-Node: \dashbox189534
-Node: quotation & quote190669
-Node: tabbing191565
-Node: table197558
-Node: tabular199651
-Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth205995
-Ref: tabular arraystrech206235
-Ref: tabular doublerulesep206456
-Ref: tabular tabcolsep206592
-Node: \multicolumn207113
-Node: \vline210972
-Node: \cline212363
-Node: \hline213073
-Node: thebibliography213755
-Node: \bibitem216165
-Node: \cite218440
-Node: \nocite220090
-Node: Using BibTeX220574
-Node: theorem222729
-Node: titlepage223651
-Node: verbatim224934
-Node: \verb226444
-Node: verse228264
-Node: Line breaking229491
-Node: \\230857
-Node: \obeycr & \restorecr233290
-Node: \newline234084
-Node: \- (hyphenation)235113
-Node: \discretionary236751
-Node: \fussy & \sloppy237639
-Node: sloppypar238422
-Node: \hyphenation239568
-Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak240162
-Node: Page breaking241309
-Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage243338
-Node: \newpage244858
-Node: \enlargethispage246156
-Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak247112
-Node: Footnotes248778
-Node: \footnote249924
-Ref: footnote footnoterule251192
-Ref: footnote footnotesep251803
-Node: \footnotemark252869
-Node: \footnotetext255208
-Node: Footnotes in section headings255809
-Node: Footnotes in a table256642
-Node: Footnotes of footnotes259564
-Node: Definitions260268
-Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand261145
-Node: \providecommand266375
-Node: \newcounter267521
-Node: \newlength269248
-Node: \newsavebox270070
-Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment270986
-Node: \newtheorem276310
-Node: \newfont279882
-Node: \protect281118
-Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend283504
-Node: Counters286242
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol287943
-Node: \usecounter290597
-Node: \value291456
-Node: \setcounter292509
-Node: \addtocounter293105
-Node: \refstepcounter293559
-Node: \stepcounter294228
-Node: \day & \month & \year294774
-Node: Lengths295585
-Node: Units of length299938
-Ref: units of length pt300141
-Ref: units of length pc300263
-Ref: units of length in300286
-Ref: units of length bp300312
-Ref: units of length cm300443
-Ref: units of length mm300465
-Ref: units of length dd300487
-Ref: units of length cc300519
-Ref: units of length sp300544
-Ref: Lengths/em300575
-Ref: Lengths/en300575
-Ref: Lengths/ex300575
-Ref: units of length em300575
-Ref: units of length en300575
-Ref: units of length ex300575
-Node: \setlength301431
-Node: \addtolength302208
-Node: \settodepth303170
-Node: \settoheight303960
-Node: \settowidth304754
-Node: Making paragraphs305533
-Node: \par307182
-Node: \indent & \noindent309027
-Node: \parindent & \parskip310561
-Node: Marginal notes311596
-Ref: marginal notes marginparpush312996
-Ref: marginal notes marginparsep313109
-Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth313241
-Node: Math formulas313590
-Node: Subscripts & superscripts317758
-Node: Math symbols319916
-Node: Blackboard bold346083
-Node: Calligraphic346855
-Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath347427
-Node: Dots348941
-Ref: ellipses cdots349363
-Ref: ellipses ddots349510
-Ref: ellipses ldots349599
-Ref: ellipses vdots350020
-Node: Math functions351206
-Node: Math accents352850
-Node: Over- and Underlining353749
-Node: Spacing in math mode355576
-Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace356508
-Ref: spacing in math mode medspace356600
-Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace356696
-Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace356696
-Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace357177
-Ref: spacing in math mode quad357375
-Ref: spacing in math mode qquad357631
-Node: Math miscellany357729
-Node: Colon character & \colon358288
-Node: \*358981
-Node: \frac359565
-Node: \left & \right359945
-Node: \sqrt361119
-Node: \stackrel361714
-Node: Modes361987
-Ref: modes paragraph mode362437
-Ref: modes lr mode362633
-Ref: modes math mode363239
-Ref: modes vertical mode363574
-Ref: modes internal vertical mode363745
-Ref: modes inner paragraph mode364218
-Ref: modes outer paragraph mode364218
-Node: \ensuremath364634
-Node: Page styles365339
-Node: \maketitle366102
-Node: \pagenumbering369112
-Node: \pagestyle371100
-Node: \thispagestyle374602
-Node: Spaces375559
-Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad377000
-Node: \hspace377914
-Node: \hfill379752
-Node: \hss380816
-Node: \spacefactor381510
-Node: \@384897
-Ref: \AT384997
-Node: \frenchspacing386937
-Node: \normalsfcodes387772
-Node: \(SPACE)388019
-Node: ~389654
-Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace392124
-Node: \/393067
-Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill394373
-Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip395729
-Ref: bigskip396547
-Ref: medskip396751
-Ref: smallskip396960
-Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak397621
-Node: \strut398607
-Node: \vspace401801
-Node: \vfill403364
-Node: \addvspace404292
-Node: Boxes406290
-Node: \mbox & \makebox406996
-Ref: mbox makebox depth408211
-Ref: mbox makebox height408211
-Ref: mbox makebox width408211
-Ref: mbox makebox totalheight408211
-Node: \fbox & \framebox410305
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule411618
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep411808
-Node: \parbox412897
-Node: \raisebox415201
-Ref: raisebox depth416164
-Ref: raisebox height416164
-Ref: raisebox width416164
-Ref: raisebox totalheight416164
-Node: \sbox & \savebox416878
-Node: lrbox419844
-Node: \usebox420666
-Node: Color421072
-Node: Color package options421916
-Node: Color models423562
-Ref: color models cmyk424359
-Ref: color models gray424722
-Ref: color models rgb424871
-Ref: color models RGB425208
-Ref: color models named425583
-Node: Commands for color425871
-Node: Define colors426286
-Node: Colored text427011
-Node: Colored boxes429409
-Node: Colored pages430798
-Node: Graphics431491
-Node: Graphics package options433618
-Node: Graphics package configuration436371
-Node: \graphicspath437173
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions440064
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule441832
-Node: Commands for graphics445018
-Node: \includegraphics445523
-Ref: includegraphics width450573
-Ref: includegraphics height451104
-Ref: includegraphics totalheght451510
-Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio451774
-Ref: includegraphics viewport453460
-Ref: includegraphics trim453830
-Ref: includegraphics clip454286
-Ref: includegraphics page454546
-Ref: includegraphics pagebox454637
-Ref: includegraphics interpolate455502
-Ref: includegraphics quiet455707
-Ref: includegraphics draft455868
-Ref: includegraphics bb456673
-Ref: includegraphics bbllx457071
-Ref: includegraphics bblly457071
-Ref: includegraphics bburx457071
-Ref: includegraphics bbury457071
-Ref: includegraphics natwidth457213
-Ref: includegraphics natheight457213
-Ref: includegraphics hiresbb457399
-Ref: includegraphics type458161
-Ref: includegraphics ext458201
-Ref: includegraphics read458304
-Ref: includegraphics command458421
-Node: \rotatebox458666
-Node: \scalebox461497
-Node: \resizebox462553
-Node: Special insertions463745
-Node: Reserved characters464547
-Node: Upper and lower case465749
-Node: Symbols by font position467664
-Node: Text symbols468284
-Node: Accents472285
-Node: Additional Latin letters474300
-Ref: Non-English characters474471
-Node: \rule475488
-Node: \today476660
-Node: Splitting the input477596
-Node: \endinput479337
-Node: \include & \includeonly480604
-Node: \input484826
-Node: Front/back matter486041
-Node: Table of contents etc.486374
-Node: \addcontentsline490110
-Node: \addtocontents492952
-Node: \nofiles494543
-Node: Indexes495275
-Node: \index496903
-Node: makeindex502018
-Ref: makeindex preamble503686
-Ref: makeindex postamble503826
-Ref: makeindex group skip503911
-Ref: makeindex letheadflag504231
-Ref: makeindex lethead prefix504695
-Ref: makeindex lethead suffix504847
-Ref: makeindex item 0504995
-Ref: makeindex item 1505075
-Ref: makeindex item 2505150
-Ref: makeindex item 01505228
-Ref: makeindex item x1505333
-Ref: makeindex item 12505538
-Ref: makeindex item x2505646
-Ref: makeindex delim 0505806
-Ref: makeindex delim 1505936
-Ref: makeindex delim 2506066
-Ref: makeindex delim n506192
-Ref: makeindex delim r506327
-Ref: makeindex line max506435
-Ref: makeindex indent space506570
-Ref: makeindex indent length506665
-Ref: makeindex page precedence506850
-Node: \printindex507724
-Node: Glossaries508196
-Node: \newglossaryentry510163
-Node: \gls511632
-Node: Letters512426
-Node: \address516053
-Node: \cc516864
-Node: \closing517306
-Node: \encl517620
-Node: \location518034
-Node: \makelabels518298
-Node: \name520615
-Node: \opening520856
-Node: \ps521137
-Node: \signature521426
-Node: \telephone522654
-Node: Terminal input/output523019
-Node: \typein523284
-Node: \typeout524533
-Node: Command line525577
-Node: Command line options527635
-Node: Command line input531177
-Node: Recovering from errors533041
-Node: Document templates534375
-Node: beamer template534820
-Node: article template535474
-Node: book template535901
-Node: Larger book template536382
-Node: tugboat template537868
-Node: Index540239
-Ref: Command Index540325
+Node: Top1837
+Node: About this document3658
+Node: Overview5906
+Node: Starting and ending7529
+Ref: Starting & ending7664
+Node: Output files8841
+Ref: output files dvi9120
+Ref: output files pdf9631
+Ref: output files log9954
+Ref: output files aux10151
+Node: TeX engines11120
+Ref: tex engines latex11469
+Ref: tex engines lualatex12301
+Ref: tex engines xelatex12786
+Node: LaTeX command syntax13590
+Node: Environment15516
+Node: CTAN16722
+Node: Document classes18123
+Ref: document classes article18563
+Ref: document classes book18651
+Ref: document classes letter18836
+Ref: document classes report18912
+Ref: document classes slides19064
+Node: Document class options19446
+Node: Additional packages22528
+Node: Class and package construction23159
+Node: Class and package structure24609
+Node: Class and package commands26903
+Node: Fonts44517
+Ref: Typefaces44620
+Node: Font styles44948
+Node: Font sizes49213
+Node: Low-level font commands50832
+Ref: low level font commands fontencoding51116
+Ref: low level font commands fontfamily51672
+Ref: low level font commands fontseries52437
+Ref: low level font commands fontshape53589
+Ref: low level font commands fontsize53886
+Ref: low level font commands baselinestretch54411
+Ref: low level font commands linespread55120
+Ref: low level font commands selectfont55370
+Ref: low level font commands usefont55696
+Node: Layout55939
+Node: \onecolumn56437
+Node: \twocolumn56796
+Ref: twocolumn columnsep57419
+Ref: twocolumn columnseprule57668
+Ref: twocolumn columnwidth57964
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction58530
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction59473
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep59720
+Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep60025
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber60208
+Node: \flushbottom61173
+Node: \raggedbottom62273
+Node: Page layout parameters62809
+Ref: page layout parameters columnsep63012
+Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule63012
+Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth63012
+Ref: page layout parameters headheight63266
+Ref: page layout parameters headsep63433
+Ref: page layout parameters footskip63746
+Ref: page layout parameters linewidth64080
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush64433
+Ref: page layout parameters marginsep64433
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth64433
+Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin65473
+Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin65473
+Ref: page layout parameters paperheight66010
+Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth66236
+Ref: page layout parameters textheight66460
+Ref: page layout parameters textwidth66849
+Ref: page layout parameters hsize67778
+Ref: page layout parameters topmargin67984
+Ref: page layout parameters topskip68288
+Node: Floats68504
+Ref: floats bottomfraction72872
+Ref: floats floatpagefraction72999
+Ref: floats textfraction73110
+Ref: floats topfraction73312
+Ref: floats floatsep73564
+Ref: floats intextsep73674
+Ref: floats textfloatsep73889
+Ref: floats bottomnumber74153
+Ref: floats dbltopnumber74261
+Ref: floats topnumber74380
+Ref: floats totalnumber74484
+Node: Sectioning75013
+Ref: sectioning secnumdepth77746
+Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth77746
+Ref: sectioning tocdepth78347
+Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth78347
+Node: \part79392
+Node: \chapter81568
+Node: \section85342
+Node: \subsection88609
+Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph91323
+Node: \appendix93980
+Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter95270
+Node: \@startsection96611
+Ref: startsection name97988
+Ref: \@startsection/name97988
+Ref: startsection level98442
+Ref: \@startsection/level98442
+Ref: startsection indent99322
+Ref: \@startsection/indent99322
+Ref: startsection beforeskip99585
+Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip99585
+Ref: startsection afterskip101106
+Ref: \@startsection/afterskip101106
+Ref: startsection style102417
+Ref: \@startsection/style102417
+Node: Cross references106123
+Node: \label108216
+Node: \pageref110036
+Node: \ref110826
+Node: Environments111802
+Node: abstract113804
+Node: array115393
+Node: center118285
+Node: \centering120037
+Node: description121534
+Node: displaymath123749
+Node: document125536
+Node: \AtBeginDocument125966
+Node: \AtEndDocument126590
+Node: enumerate127234
+Ref: enumerate enumi129097
+Ref: enumerate enumii129097
+Ref: enumerate enumiii129097
+Ref: enumerate enumiv129097
+Ref: enumerate labelenumi129495
+Ref: enumerate labelenumii129495
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiii129495
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiv129495
+Node: eqnarray130034
+Node: equation132029
+Node: figure132697
+Node: filecontents134851
+Node: flushleft136598
+Node: \raggedright137615
+Node: flushright138813
+Node: \raggedleft139549
+Node: itemize140339
+Ref: itemize labelitemi141561
+Ref: itemize labelitemii141561
+Ref: itemize labelitemiii141561
+Ref: itemize labelitemiv141561
+Ref: itemize leftmargin142403
+Ref: itemize leftmargini142403
+Ref: itemize leftmarginii142403
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiii142403
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiv142403
+Ref: itemize leftmarginv142403
+Ref: itemize leftmarginvi142403
+Node: letter143807
+Node: list144045
+Ref: list makelabel146490
+Ref: list itemindent147874
+Ref: list itemsep148011
+Ref: list labelsep148663
+Ref: list labelwidth148826
+Ref: list leftmargin149837
+Ref: list listparindent150690
+Ref: list parsep150921
+Ref: list partopsep151424
+Ref: list rightmargin152222
+Ref: list topsep152407
+Ref: list beginparpenalty155982
+Ref: list itempenalty156081
+Ref: list endparpenalty156185
+Node: \item157057
+Node: trivlist158305
+Node: math159833
+Node: minipage160139
+Node: picture165416
+Node: \put171885
+Node: \multiput172450
+Node: \qbezier173189
+Node: \graphpaper174114
+Node: \line174908
+Node: \linethickness176872
+Node: \thinlines177321
+Node: \thicklines177732
+Node: \circle178116
+Node: \oval178656
+Node: \shortstack179632
+Node: \vector181029
+Node: \makebox (picture)181945
+Node: \framebox (picture)183127
+Node: \frame184600
+Node: \dashbox185040
+Node: quotation & quote186175
+Node: tabbing187071
+Node: table193064
+Node: tabular195157
+Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth201486
+Ref: tabular arraystrech201726
+Ref: tabular doublerulesep201947
+Ref: tabular tabcolsep202083
+Node: \multicolumn202604
+Node: \vline206480
+Node: \cline207871
+Node: \hline208581
+Node: thebibliography209263
+Node: \bibitem211673
+Node: \cite213948
+Node: \nocite215703
+Node: Using BibTeX216187
+Node: theorem218342
+Node: titlepage219264
+Node: verbatim220547
+Node: \verb222057
+Node: verse223877
+Node: Line breaking225104
+Node: \\226470
+Node: \obeycr & \restorecr228903
+Node: \newline229697
+Node: \- (hyphenation)230726
+Node: \discretionary232364
+Node: \fussy & \sloppy233252
+Node: sloppypar234035
+Node: \hyphenation235181
+Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak235775
+Node: Page breaking236922
+Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage238951
+Node: \newpage240471
+Node: \enlargethispage241769
+Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak242725
+Node: Footnotes244391
+Node: \footnote245537
+Ref: footnote footnoterule246805
+Ref: footnote footnotesep247416
+Node: \footnotemark248482
+Node: \footnotetext250821
+Node: Footnotes in section headings251422
+Node: Footnotes in a table252255
+Node: Footnotes of footnotes255177
+Node: Definitions255881
+Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand256857
+Node: \providecommand262087
+Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother263250
+Node: \@ifstar265398
+Node: \newcounter268217
+Node: \newlength269937
+Node: \newsavebox270759
+Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment271738
+Node: \newtheorem277062
+Node: \newfont280634
+Node: \protect281867
+Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend284255
+Node: Counters286993
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol288694
+Node: \usecounter291348
+Node: \value292207
+Node: \setcounter293260
+Node: \addtocounter293856
+Node: \refstepcounter294310
+Node: \stepcounter294979
+Node: \day & \month & \year295525
+Node: Lengths296336
+Node: Units of length300805
+Ref: units of length pt301008
+Ref: units of length pc301131
+Ref: units of length in301154
+Ref: units of length bp301180
+Ref: units of length cm301311
+Ref: units of length mm301333
+Ref: units of length dd301355
+Ref: units of length cc301387
+Ref: units of length sp301412
+Ref: Lengths/em301443
+Ref: Lengths/en301443
+Ref: Lengths/ex301443
+Ref: units of length em301443
+Ref: units of length en301443
+Ref: units of length ex301443
+Node: \setlength302299
+Node: \addtolength303384
+Node: \settodepth304459
+Node: \settoheight305337
+Node: \settowidth306230
+Node: Making paragraphs307098
+Node: \par308869
+Node: \indent & \noindent310816
+Node: \parindent & \parskip312350
+Node: Marginal notes313385
+Ref: marginal notes marginparpush314781
+Ref: marginal notes marginparsep314894
+Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth315026
+Node: Math formulas315375
+Node: Subscripts & superscripts319543
+Node: Math symbols321701
+Node: Blackboard bold347868
+Node: Calligraphic348640
+Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath349212
+Node: Dots350726
+Ref: ellipses cdots351148
+Ref: ellipses ddots351295
+Ref: ellipses ldots351384
+Ref: ellipses vdots351805
+Node: Math functions352991
+Node: Math accents354635
+Node: Over- and Underlining355534
+Node: Spacing in math mode357361
+Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace358293
+Ref: spacing in math mode medspace358385
+Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace358481
+Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace358481
+Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace358962
+Ref: spacing in math mode quad359160
+Ref: spacing in math mode qquad359416
+Node: \smash359694
+Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom361911
+Node: Math miscellany363948
+Node: Colon character & \colon364507
+Node: \*365200
+Node: \frac365784
+Node: \left & \right366164
+Node: \sqrt367338
+Node: \stackrel367933
+Node: Modes368206
+Ref: modes paragraph mode368656
+Ref: modes lr mode368852
+Ref: modes math mode369458
+Ref: modes vertical mode369793
+Ref: modes internal vertical mode369964
+Ref: modes inner paragraph mode370437
+Ref: modes outer paragraph mode370437
+Node: \ensuremath370851
+Node: Page styles371556
+Node: \maketitle372319
+Node: \pagenumbering375336
+Node: \pagestyle377324
+Node: \thispagestyle380826
+Node: Spaces381780
+Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad383221
+Node: \hspace384135
+Node: \hfill385973
+Node: \hss387037
+Node: \spacefactor387731
+Node: \@391118
+Ref: \AT391218
+Node: \frenchspacing393158
+Node: \normalsfcodes393993
+Node: \(SPACE)394240
+Node: ~396004
+Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace398474
+Node: \/399417
+Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill400723
+Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip402079
+Ref: bigskip402897
+Ref: medskip403101
+Ref: smallskip403310
+Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak403971
+Node: \strut404957
+Node: \vspace408152
+Node: \vfill409715
+Node: \addvspace410643
+Node: Boxes412641
+Node: \mbox & \makebox413347
+Ref: mbox makebox depth414559
+Ref: mbox makebox height414559
+Ref: mbox makebox width414559
+Ref: mbox makebox totalheight414559
+Node: \fbox & \framebox416653
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule417966
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep418156
+Node: \parbox419245
+Node: \raisebox421549
+Ref: raisebox depth422512
+Ref: raisebox height422512
+Ref: raisebox width422512
+Ref: raisebox totalheight422512
+Node: \sbox & \savebox423226
+Node: lrbox426192
+Node: \usebox427014
+Node: Color427420
+Node: Color package options428219
+Node: Color models429865
+Ref: color models cmyk430662
+Ref: color models gray431025
+Ref: color models rgb431174
+Ref: color models RGB431511
+Ref: color models named431886
+Node: Commands for color432174
+Node: Define colors432589
+Node: Colored text433314
+Node: Colored boxes435712
+Node: Colored pages437101
+Node: Graphics437794
+Node: Graphics package options439921
+Node: Graphics package configuration442674
+Node: \graphicspath443476
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions446367
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule448135
+Node: Commands for graphics451317
+Node: \includegraphics451822
+Ref: includegraphics width456872
+Ref: includegraphics height457403
+Ref: includegraphics totalheght457809
+Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio458073
+Ref: includegraphics viewport459759
+Ref: includegraphics trim460129
+Ref: includegraphics clip460585
+Ref: includegraphics page460845
+Ref: includegraphics pagebox460936
+Ref: includegraphics interpolate461801
+Ref: includegraphics quiet462006
+Ref: includegraphics draft462167
+Ref: includegraphics bb462972
+Ref: includegraphics bbllx463370
+Ref: includegraphics bblly463370
+Ref: includegraphics bburx463370
+Ref: includegraphics bbury463370
+Ref: includegraphics natwidth463512
+Ref: includegraphics natheight463512
+Ref: includegraphics hiresbb463698
+Ref: includegraphics type464460
+Ref: includegraphics ext464500
+Ref: includegraphics read464603
+Ref: includegraphics command464720
+Node: \rotatebox464965
+Node: \scalebox467819
+Node: \resizebox468875
+Node: Special insertions470067
+Node: Reserved characters470869
+Node: Upper and lower case472071
+Node: Symbols by font position473986
+Node: Text symbols474606
+Node: Accents478607
+Node: Additional Latin letters480622
+Ref: Non-English characters480793
+Node: \rule481810
+Node: \today482982
+Node: Splitting the input483918
+Node: \endinput485659
+Node: \include & \includeonly486926
+Node: \input491148
+Node: Front/back matter492363
+Node: Table of contents etc.492696
+Node: \addcontentsline496432
+Node: \addtocontents499274
+Node: \nofiles500865
+Node: Indexes501597
+Node: \index503225
+Node: makeindex508334
+Ref: makeindex preamble510002
+Ref: makeindex postamble510142
+Ref: makeindex group skip510227
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag510547
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix511008
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix511160
+Ref: makeindex item 0511308
+Ref: makeindex item 1511388
+Ref: makeindex item 2511463
+Ref: makeindex item 01511541
+Ref: makeindex item x1511646
+Ref: makeindex item 12511851
+Ref: makeindex item x2511959
+Ref: makeindex delim 0512119
+Ref: makeindex delim 1512249
+Ref: makeindex delim 2512379
+Ref: makeindex delim n512505
+Ref: makeindex delim r512640
+Ref: makeindex line max512748
+Ref: makeindex indent space512883
+Ref: makeindex indent length512978
+Ref: makeindex page precedence513163
+Node: \printindex514037
+Node: Glossaries514509
+Node: \newglossaryentry516476
+Node: \gls517945
+Node: Letters518739
+Node: \address522366
+Node: \cc523177
+Node: \closing523619
+Node: \encl523933
+Node: \location524347
+Node: \makelabels524611
+Node: \name526928
+Node: \opening527169
+Node: \ps527450
+Node: \signature527739
+Node: \telephone528967
+Node: Terminal input/output529332
+Node: \typein529597
+Node: \typeout530846
+Node: Command line531890
+Node: Command line options533948
+Node: Command line input537507
+Node: Recovering from errors539370
+Node: Document templates540716
+Node: beamer template541161
+Node: article template541815
+Node: book template542242
+Node: Larger book template542723
+Node: tugboat template544209
+Node: Index546580
+Ref: Command Index546666
 
 End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog
index 5045fa5a6df..ea8730ed199 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,157 @@
+2018-10-15  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* NEWS  Version for CTAN
+
+2018-10-14  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* easyurls.py  Make links be to latexref.xyz
+	* mirroring.html  Make links be to latexref.xyz
+	* writing.html  Make links be to latexref.xyz
+
+2018-10-14  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* easyurls.py  Broken link in header to index.html.
+	* writing.html  Minor wording change.
+
+2018-10-13  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* index.html  Link to writing.html.
+	* latex2e.texi  Minor wording changes.
+	* mirroring.html  Wording changes.  Suggest url "latexref/" rather than
+	"latexrefman/" as it is shorter and matches latexref.xyz.
+	* writing.html  Shorten some parts, fix list bullets.
+
+2018-10-12  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi  Fix overfull lines in PDF.
+
+2018-10-12  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi  Add \phantom, etc.  Move it and \smash to menu
+	under Spacing in math mode.
+	* keeptrack.csv  Mark \phantom, \vphantom as done (\hphantom not there).
+	* Makefile  Change svn commands in commitready target.
+
+2018-10-10  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi  New entry for \smash, starting from Bob's upload.
+	Change to October.
+	* keeptrack.csv  Mark \smash as done.
+	* Makefile  Commented out commitready target as it did work for the
+	addtion of _005csmash.html and bs-smash.html.
+
+2018-10-07  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* writing.html  Link to keeptrack.csv, wording changes.
+	* common.texi  Put https on start of home page address, so it works
+	when accessing via a file:// url.
+
+2018-10-07  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* keeptrack.csv  File to keep track of which commands have been done,
+	and which need doing.
+	* keeptrack.py  Script to make and update keeptrack.csv.
+	* Makefile Add code to commitready target for just before committing.
+	Takes the split .html files and adds any new ones, and drops any ones
+	that are gone.
+	* source2e.ind Reference index, from compiling source2e.tex.
+
+2018-10-05  Karl Berry  <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+	* latex2e.texi (Class and package structure): @item
+	before first text in @enumerate.
+
+2018-10-05  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* writing.html  Written.  Brief outline of how to contribute an entry.
+
+2018-09-23  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi Add text to "About this document" pointing to
+	latexref.xyz.
+	* mirroring.html  Adjust wording, drop CSS for LaTeX.
+
+2018-09-23  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi Some wording changes to backslash-space.
+	* Makefile  Add "<hr/>" at the bottom of split pages.
+	* mirroring.html  Written.  Brief instructions on mirroring.
+
+2018-09-21  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi Move \makeatletter & \makeatother and \@ifstar to
+	section on defining commands.  Promote Environments to a section.
+	Some wording changes.
+	* latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e  Delete .html files that no longer
+	apply (declarations).
+	* Makefile  Need a target to automatically do html files
+	that need to be added and deleted to/from the svn, just before
+	committing.  Commented out for the moment.
+
+2018-09-19  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e  Add directory, with all its
+	HTML files, to repo.
+	* latex2e.texi Change to September 2018 date.
+	* Makefile  Add easyurls to htmlsplit target.
+
+2018-09-15  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* easyurls.py  Added ability to inject text into top of index.html.
+	Added that it does not make pointers to files created by @anchor(..).
+	* latex2e.texi Restore Starting & ending anchor.
+	* latex2elocal.css  Changed name to latexreflocal.css
+	* latex.css  Add quotes on @import ...
+	* Makefile  Keep split files from having a footer.
+	* _version.py Incorporated contents into easyurls.py, to make it
+	self-contained.
+
+2018-09-08  Karl Berry  <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+	* Makefile (t2html_home): use https://latexref.xyz.
+
+2018-08-09  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi Correct wording in a couple of spots.
+	* latex2elocal.css  Add for hosts to put in local styling.
+	* latex.css  Move optional stylings to prior file.
+
+2018-08-09  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi (\cite) Add reference to bibliographic styles.
+	(\rotatebox) Correct displayed command, adjust wording.
+
+2018-08-03  Karl Berry  <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+	* index.html: new file to make the checkout a web site;
+	used for new domain http://latexref.xyz.
+
+2018-07-25  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi (copying) Acknowledge Martin Herbert Dietze for
+	latex2e-reference material.
+	(Lengths) Adjust wording.
+
+2018-07-16  Karl Berry  <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+	* latex2e.css (div.referenceinfo): try not floating right,
+	maybe it will look better at the start of the line.
+
+	* latex2e.texi: (\alph ...): \ast rather than @ast, since @ast is
+	not a Texinfo command.
+
+2018-07-08  Karl Berry  <karl@freefriends.org>
+
+	* Makefile (t2html_home): use PRE_BODY_CLOSE; Texinfo's About
+	button is something else.
+	(check-dw): better removal of intentional doubles in text.
+	* latex2e.texi: remove doubled words.
+
+2018-07-05  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
+
+	* Makefile  Try out making split HTML's.
+	* latex2e.css  Put a minimal amount of styling in the split pages.
+
 2018-07-03  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon@smcvt.edu>
 
 	* latex2e.texi Do a CTAN release following the checklist in the
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile
index 9eaf220b9ce..e50c84652ee 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/Makefile
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# $Id: Makefile 617 2018-04-30 14:16:52Z jimhefferon $
+# $Id: Makefile 706 2018-10-13 15:35:22Z jimhefferon $
 # Public domain.  Originally written 2006, Karl Berry.
 # Makefile for latexrefman.
 
@@ -24,13 +24,20 @@ texi2pdf = texi2pdf --batch --tidy --build-dir=$*.t2pdf
 #
 makeinfo = makeinfo
 texi2docbook = $(makeinfo) --docbook
-texi2html = $(makeinfo) --html --no-split --css-include=latex2e.css $(texi2html_top)
+texi2html = $(makeinfo) --no-split $(htmlopts)
 texi2info = $(makeinfo) --no-split
 texi2txt = $(makeinfo) --plaintext --no-split
 texi2xml = $(makeinfo) --xml
 #
-# Go somewhere useful from Top.
-texi2html_top = -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=http://tug.org/texinfohtml/
+htmlopts = --html --css-include=latex2e.css $(t2html_top) $(t2html_home) -c WORDS_IN_PAGE=10000
+#
+# Go somewhere useful from Top:
+t2html_top = -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=http://tug.org/texinfohtml/
+#
+# Put a link in the footer:
+t2html_home = -c PRE_BODY_CLOSE="<hr/><div class='referenceinfo'>\
+<a href='https://latexref.xyz/'>\
+<i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>"
 
 %.pdf: %.texi
 	$(texi2pdf) $<
@@ -70,33 +77,57 @@ fr: $(fr_mi_output) $(fr_tex_output)
 # To build everything in all languages.
 all: en es fr
 
-# following the GNU sequence of clean targets.
+# Sort of following the GNU sequence of clean targets.
 distclean clean mostlyclean:
-	rm -rf latex2e*.t2*
+	rm -rf latex2e*.t2* latex2e-help-texinfo-tree*
 
 realclean maintainer-clean: distclean
 	rm -f $(addprefix latex2e*., pdf dvi $(mi_suffixes) $(xref_suffixes))
 
 
-#  dist for CTAN.  Also update NEWS
+#  dist for CTAN.  Update NEWS before uploading!
 # 
-txt_files = ChangeLog Makefile NEWS README aspell.en.pws ltx-help.el 
+txt_files = ChangeLog Makefile NEWS README \
+            aspell.en.pws latex2e.css ltx-help.el
+# html_files = index.html mirroring.html writing.html 
 figure_files = list.eps list.pdf list.png list.txt
 figure_source_files = asy/list.asy
-dist = latex2e-help-texinfo.zip
+distname = latex2e-help-texinfo
+distzip = $(distname).zip
+#
+htmlsplit = $(distname)-tree
+htmlsplitzip = $(htmlsplit).zip
 #
 dist: en es
-	mkdir latex2e-help-texinfo && cd latex2e-help-texinfo && ln -s ../* .	
-	mkdir latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish && cd latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish && ln -s ../../* .
-	rm -f $(dist)
-	zip -q $(dist) \
-$(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/, $(txt_files) \
-                          latex2e.texi common.texi $(en_mi_output) latex2e.pdf) \
-$(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/spanish/,  $(es_mi_output) latex2e-es.pdf) \
-$(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e-figures/,  $(figure_files)) \
-$(addprefix latex2e-help-texinfo/graphics/,  README $(figure_source_files))
-	rm -rf latex2e-help-texinfo
-	@ls -l $(dist); unzip -l $(dist)
+	rm -rf $(distname)
+	mkdir $(distname) && cd $(distname) && ln -s ../* .
+	mkdir $(distname)/spanish && cd $(distname)/spanish && ln -s ../../* .
+	rm -f $(distzip)
+	zip -q $(distzip) \
+$(addprefix $(distname)/, $(txt_files) \
+                      latex2e.texi common.texi $(en_mi_output) latex2e.pdf) \
+$(addprefix $(distname)/spanish/,  $(es_mi_output) latex2e-es.pdf) \
+$(addprefix $(distname)/latex2e-figures/,  $(figure_files)) \
+$(addprefix $(distname)/graphics/,  README $(figure_source_files))
+	rm -rf $(distname)
+	@ls -l $(distzip); unzip -l $(distzip)
+
+# Get many small .html files
+htmlsplit: en
+	rm -rf $(htmlsplit)
+	mkdir $(htmlsplit) && cd $(htmlsplit) && ln -s ../* .	
+	rm -f $(htmlsplitzip)
+	cd $(htmlsplit) && $(makeinfo) $(htmlopts) latex2e.texi
+	cd $(htmlsplit) && zip -q ../$(htmlsplitzip) -r latex2e
+	src/easyurls.py --directory $(htmlsplit)/latex2e --action softlink --lower_case --rewrite_index
+#	rm -rf $(htmlsplit)
+#	@ls -l $(htmlsplitzip); unzip -l $(htmlsplitzip)
+
+# Right before a commit, delete html files that are gone and and add new ones
+htmlsplitstatus = cd $(htmlsplit)/latex2e && svn status *.html
+commitready: htmlsplit
+	$(htmlsplitstatus) | sed -n 's/^\!//p' | xargs -r svn rm
+	$(htmlsplitstatus) | sed -n 's/^\?//p' | xargs -r svn add
 
 # A hacky spell check target.
 # Remove \commandnames to reduce exception list, but not {args} or
@@ -108,12 +139,17 @@ spell spell-en:
 
 # Check for doubled words.
 # http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe/software/file-tools.html#dw
+# The first sed expression elides a few @-command lines which cause
+# duplicates; the second expr some text in the middle of lines.
 check-dw:
-	grep -v '^@item' latex2e.texi | dw
+	sed -e 's/^@\(item\|anchor\|.index\) .*//' \
+	    -e 's/ da da\|{test test}\|[iI][jJ]//g' \
+	  latex2e.texi | dw
 
 # Convenience targets to svn revert the generated files,
 # and svn diff the source files.
 svr:
 	svn revert $(addprefix latex2e*., $(all_suffixes))
+	svn status
 svd:
 	svn diff $(txt_files) *.texi
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS
index dc994adf263..1db1926a591 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/NEWS
@@ -1,9 +1,29 @@
-$Id: NEWS 613 2018-03-21 18:48:08Z jimhefferon $
+$Id: NEWS 712 2018-10-15 23:08:38Z jimhefferon $
 NEWS for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package.
 Public domain.  Originally written 1995, Torsten Martinsen.
 Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently unmaintained).
 French translation originally from Vincent Belaiche.
 
+Changes in October 2018 release:
+
+The main change is that we now offer the manual in a version that
+is split into separate web pages for each section or subsection.
+This new version is more host-friendly.  To celebrate we have
+set up a host.
+  https://latexref.xyz
+We still offer the one-page version. 
+  http://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html
+So you now have an easy-to-remember way to access the reference.
+
+If you'd like to host a mirror of the manual, whether to have a
+convenient local reference or to offer a service to the community, we've
+included instructions at https://latexref.xyz/dev/mirroring.html.
+
+In addition to the format news, there were many bug fixes and new entries,
+including \smash and \phantom.
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
 Changes in July 2018 release:
 
 We have gone through the two documents latex-info and
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README
index 920dc2831a4..71c25461d30 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/README
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-$Id: README 579 2017-08-06 21:52:19Z karl $
+$Id: README 712 2018-10-15 23:08:38Z jimhefferon $
 README for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package.
 Public domain.  This README file originally written 2008, Karl Berry.
 
@@ -9,6 +9,12 @@ https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/ (the project home page)
 has more information, including links to the current output in various
 formats, sources, mailing lists, and other infrastructure.
 
+We offer two web versions of the manual.  A version that is split
+into separate web pages for each section or subsection is here.
+  https://latexref.xyz
+We also have a single-page version. 
+  http://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html
+
 Help is most definitely wanted.  (Search for "xx" in the source for just
 a few of the known deficiencies.)  Please email any bug reports, new
 material, general discussion, whatever, to latexrefman@tug.org (see
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws
index de3448bc46e..bb004ce1fc6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/aspell.en.pws
@@ -252,3 +252,4 @@ xelatex
 xindy
 xyz
 zet
+Dietze
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi
index dc17efa9d3d..e27678fcd9c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/common.texi
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-@c $Id$
+@c $Id: common.texi 701 2018-10-08 14:32:37Z jimhefferon $
 @c Public domain.
-@set LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman
+@set LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman
 @set LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org
 @clear HAS-MATH 
 @iftex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7e784f2dbd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.css
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
+   Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain.
+   Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
+
+/* So you can style for yourself */
+@import url("/css/latexreflocal.css");
+
+
+BODY {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */
+  margin-right: 1em;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  /* the idea is to use the whole window, unless it is ridiculously
+     wide, probably with too-small fonts, too.  */
+  max-width: 64em;
+}
+
+/* Because we want @math{... @code ...} to be upright, not slanted,
+   and Texinfo won't fix it. */
+code {font-style:normal; font-family:monospace; }
+
+/* We put a link to our own home page at the bottom. */
+div.referenceinfo {font-size:small;}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk
index bc7c6640517..5c203240faa 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.dbk
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
   <!ENTITY latex "LaTeX">
 ]>
 <book id="latex2e.dbk" lang="en">
-<!-- $Id$ -->
+<!-- $Id: common.texi 701 2018-10-08 14:32:37Z jimhefferon $ -->
 <!-- Public domain. -->
         
 
-<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)</title>
+<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</title>
 <!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 
 <!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
 <!-- xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar -->
 <!-- xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline? -->
 <!-- xx JH more on \write18, beyond what's mentioned in Command line. -->
+<!-- xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr -->
 <!-- -->
 <!-- xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel -->
 <!-- xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. -->
@@ -40,10 +41,10 @@
 <!-- xx See also http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e. -->
 
 <bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2018.
+document preparation system, version of October 2018.
 </para>
-<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in
-the VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
+<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
+VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
 George&#160;D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University.  The
 &latex;&#160;2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore.  The
 &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen.  Karl
@@ -51,8 +52,10 @@ Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges
 using <citetitle>Hypertext Help with &latex;</citetitle>, by Sheldon Green, and
 <citetitle>&latex; Command Summary</citetitle> (for &latex;&#160;2.09) by
 L.&#160;Botway and C.&#160;Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users
-Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material (no
-text was directly copied).
+Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material.  We also
+gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in
+latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze.  (From these references no
+text was directly copied.)
 </para>
 <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry.
@@ -81,10 +84,10 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
 
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2018.
+document preparation system, version of October 2018.
 </para>
-<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in
-the VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
+<para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
+VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
 George&#160;D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University.  The
 &latex;&#160;2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore.  The
 &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen.  Karl
@@ -92,8 +95,10 @@ Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges
 using <citetitle>Hypertext Help with &latex;</citetitle>, by Sheldon Green, and
 <citetitle>&latex; Command Summary</citetitle> (for &latex;&#160;2.09) by
 L.&#160;Botway and C.&#160;Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users
-Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material (no
-text was directly copied).
+Group as <citetitle>&tex;niques</citetitle> number 10), as reference material.  We also
+gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in
+latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze.  (From these references no
+text was directly copied.)
 </para>
 <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry.
@@ -126,7 +131,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
 <title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-July 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 </para>
 
 
@@ -137,10 +142,17 @@ July 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>home page for manual</primary></indexterm>
 <para>This is an unofficial reference manual for the &latex;2e document
 preparation system, which is a macro package for the &tex;
-typesetting program (see <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>).  This document&#8217;s home page is
-<ulink url="puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</ulink>.  That page has links to the
-current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and
-subscriptions, and other infrastructure.
+typesetting program (see <link linkend="Overview">Overview</link>).
+</para>
+<para>This document&#8217;s home page is <ulink url="https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</ulink>.  There
+you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its
+archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in
+various formats.  In particular, the output comes in two web formats.
+Probably the most convenient one, shown at <ulink url="http://latexref.xyz/">http://latexref.xyz/</ulink>,
+has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the
+note there about easy-to-remember links.  The other, shown at
+<ulink url="http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co">http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co</ulink>,
+has all the information on single page.
 </para>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>&latex; vs. &latex;2e</primary></indexterm>
 <para>In this document, we will mostly just use &#8216;&latex;&#8217; rather than
@@ -446,6 +458,12 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make
 the first character of the following text be an open square bracket,
 hide it inside curly braces.
 </para>
+<para>Some of &latex;&#8217;s commands are a <firstterm>declaration</firstterm>.  Such a command
+changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter.  For
+instance, the <literal>\mainmatter</literal> declaration changes the typesetting of
+page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (see <link linkend="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp;
+\mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</link>).
+</para>
 <para>&latex; has the convention that some commands have a <literal>*</literal> form that
 is related to the form without a <literal>*</literal>, such as <literal>\chapter</literal> and
 <literal>\chapter*</literal>.  The exact difference in behavior varies from command
@@ -455,9 +473,9 @@ to command.
 commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs).
 </para>
 
-
-<sect2 label="2.4.1" id="Environment">
-<title>Environments</title>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="2.5" id="Environment">
+<title>Environment</title>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -474,7 +492,9 @@ behavior.  For instance, for poetry in &latex; put the lines between
   ...
 \end{verse}
 </screen>
-<para>See <link linkend="Environments">Environments</link> for a list of environments. 
+<para>See <link linkend="Environments">Environments</link> for a list of environments.  Particularly notable is
+that every &latex; document must have a <literal>document</literal> environment,
+a <literal>\begin{document} ... \end{document}</literal> pair.
 </para>
 <para>The <replaceable>environment name</replaceable> at the beginning must exactly match that at
 the end.  This includes the case where <replaceable>environment name</replaceable> ends in a
@@ -491,143 +511,9 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns).
 \end{tabular}
 </screen>
 
-</sect2>
-<sect2 label="2.4.2" id="Declaration">
-<title>Command declarations</title>
-
-<para>A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other
-command or parameter.  For instance, the <literal>\mainmatter</literal> command
-changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic.
-</para>
-
-</sect2>
-<sect2 label="2.4.3" id="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">
-<title><literal>\makeatletter</literal> &amp; <literal>\makeatother</literal></title>
-
-<para>Synopsis:
-</para>
-<screen>\makeatletter
-  ... definition of commands with @ in their name ..
-\makeatother
-</screen>
-<para>Used to redefine internal &latex; commands.  <literal>\makeatletter</literal> makes
-the at-sign character&#160;<literal>@</literal> have the category code of a letter,
-11.  <literal>\makeatother</literal> sets the category code of&#160;<literal>@</literal> to 12,
-its original value.
-</para>
-<para>As each character is read by &tex; for &latex;, it is assigned a
-character category code, or 
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>catcode</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character category code</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>category code, character</primary></indexterm>
-<firstterm>catcode</firstterm> for short. For instance, the backslash&#160;<literal>\</literal> is
-assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command.  These two
-commands alter the catcode assigned to <literal>@</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>The alteration is needed because many of &latex;&#8217;s commands use
-<literal>@</literal> in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a
-command that replaces one of &latex;&#8217;s own.  Command names consist of a
-category&#160;0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters,
-category&#160;11 characters (except that a command name can also consist
-of a category&#160;0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol).
-So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot
-contain an <literal>@</literal>.  But <literal>\makeatletter</literal> and <literal>\makeatother</literal>
-allow users to define or redefine commands named with <literal>@</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>Use these two commands inside a <filename>.tex</filename> file, in the preamble, when
-defining or redefining a command with <literal>@</literal> in its name.  Don&#8217;t use
-them inside <filename>.sty</filename> or <filename>.cls</filename> files since the
-<literal>\usepackage</literal> and <literal>\documentclass</literal> commands set the at sign to
-have the character code of a letter.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>macros2e</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>macros2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign
-in their names see <ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</ulink>. These macros are
-mainly intended to package or class authors.
-</para>
-<para>In this example the class file has a command
-<literal>\thesis@universityname</literal> that the user wants to change.  These
-three lines should go in the preamble, before the
-<literal>\begin{document}</literal>.
-</para>
-<screen>\makeatletter
-\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
-\makeatother
-</screen>
-
-
-<sect3 label="2.4.3.1" id="_005c_0040ifstar">
-<title><literal>\@ifstar</literal></title>
-
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@ifstar</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, star-variants</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>star-variants, commands</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Synopsis:
-</para>
-<screen>\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
-\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<replaceable>nostar-num-args</replaceable>]{<replaceable>nostar-body</replaceable>} 
-\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<replaceable>star-num-args</replaceable>]{<replaceable>star-body</replaceable>}
-</screen>
-<para>Many standard &latex; environments or commands have a variant with the
-same name but ending with a star character&#160;<literal>*</literal>, an asterisk.
-Examples are the <literal>table</literal> and <literal>table*</literal> environments and the
-<literal>\section</literal> and <literal>\section*</literal> commands.
-</para>
-<para>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
-because <literal>\newenvironment</literal> and <literal>\renewenvironment</literal> allow the
-environment name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more
-complex.  As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command,
-given above as <literal>\mycmd</literal>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed
-by a star.  For instance, &latex; does not really have a
-<literal>\section*</literal> command; instead, the <literal>\section</literal> command peeks
-ahead.  This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to
-one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In the synopsis these two
-are <literal>\mycmd@nostar</literal> and <literal>\mycmd@star</literal>.  They could take the
-same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all.
-As always, in a &latex; document a command using at-sign&#160;<literal>@</literal>
-must be enclosed inside a <literal>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</literal> block
-(see <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</link>).
-</para>
-<para>This example of <literal>\@ifstar</literal> defines the command <literal>\ciel</literal> and a
-variant <literal>\ciel*</literal>.  Both have one required argument.  A call to
-<literal>\ciel{night}</literal> will return &quot;starry night sky&quot; while
-<literal>\ciel*{blue}</literal> will return &quot;starry not blue sky&quot;.
-</para>
-<screen>\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky}
-\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky}
-\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
-</screen>
-<para>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
-arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007&#8217;s
-<literal>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond},
-\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</literal> is equivalent to entering the commands
-<literal>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</literal>
-</para>
-<screen>\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
-\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
-  \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
-</screen>
-<para>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of
-<literal>\@ifstar</literal>.  The <filename>suffix</filename> package allows the construct
-<literal>\newcommand\mycommand{<replaceable>unstarred version</replaceable>}</literal> followed by
-<literal>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<replaceable>starred version</replaceable>}</literal>.  And
-&latex;3 has the <filename>xparse</filename> package that allows this code.
-</para>
-<screen>\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
-  {<replaceable>starred version</replaceable>}%
-  {<replaceable>unstarred version</replaceable>}% 
-  }
-</screen>
-
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="2.5" id="CTAN">
-<title>CTAN: Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</title>
+<sect1 label="2.6" id="CTAN">
+<title>CTAN: the Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</title>
 
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>CTAN</primary></indexterm>
 
@@ -926,10 +812,11 @@ others. For instance, the class <literal>smcmemo</literal> might have commands
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package options</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>A class file or package file typically has four parts.  
-</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><para>In the <firstterm>identification part</firstterm>, the file says that it is a &latex;
+</para><orderedlist numeration="arabic"><listitem><para>In the <firstterm>identification part</firstterm>, the file says that it is a &latex;
 package or class and describes itself, using the <literal>\NeedsTeXFormat</literal>
 and <literal>\ProvidesClass</literal> or <literal>\ProvidesPackage</literal> commands.
-</para><listitem><para>The <firstterm>preliminary declarations part</firstterm> declares some commands and
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>The <firstterm>preliminary declarations part</firstterm> declares some commands and
 can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed
 for the code used in the next part.  For example, an <literal>smcmemo</literal>
 class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list of
@@ -937,13 +824,15 @@ people for the to-head, as <literal>\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</literal>, a
 therefore needs to define a command
 <literal>\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}</literal> used in that
 file.
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>In the <firstterm>handle options part</firstterm> the class or package declares
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>In the <firstterm>handle options part</firstterm> the class or package declares
 and processes its options.  Class options allow a user to start their
 document as <literal>\documentclass[<replaceable>option list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>class
 name</replaceable>}</literal>, to modify the behavior of the class.  An example is when you
 declare <literal>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</literal> to set the default
 document font size.  
-</para></listitem><listitem><para>Finally, in the <firstterm>more declarations part</firstterm> the class or package usually does
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem><para>Finally, in the <firstterm>more declarations part</firstterm> the class or package usually does
 most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and
 loading other files.
 </para></listitem></orderedlist>
@@ -4803,7 +4692,7 @@ depends on the list type.
 </para>
 <para>Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets
 &#8216;<literal>[...]</literal>&#8217;, if you have an item whose text starts with &#8216;<literal>[</literal>&#8217;, you
-have to to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <literal>\item
+have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <literal>\item
 {[} is an open square bracket</literal>; otherwise, &latex; will think it
 marks the start of an optional label.
 </para>
@@ -4988,7 +4877,7 @@ default is the value of <replaceable>position</replaceable>).
 stretchable space.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>The <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable> argument makes sense when the <replaceable>height</replaceable> options
+<para>The <replaceable>inner-pos</replaceable> argument makes sense when the <replaceable>height</replaceable> option
 is set to a value larger than the <literal>minipage</literal>&#8217;s natural height.  To
 see the effect of the options, run this example with the various choices
 in place of <literal>b</literal>.
@@ -6041,8 +5930,8 @@ ampersand, <literal>&amp;</literal>.  The end of each row is marked with a doubl
 backslash, <literal>\\</literal>.  Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
 backslash, with <literal>\hline</literal>.
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\\ for <literal>tabular</literal></primary></indexterm>
-This <literal>\\</literal> is optional after the last row unless an <literal>\hline</literal>
-command follows, to put a rule below the table.
+After the last row the <literal>\\</literal> is optional, unless an <literal>\hline</literal>
+command follows to put a rule below the table.
 </para>
 <para>The required and optional arguments to <literal>tabular</literal> consist of:
 </para>
@@ -6093,9 +5982,9 @@ there.
 not insert <literal>\tabcolsep</literal> so you must insert any desired space
 yourself, as in <literal>@{\hspace{1em}}</literal>.
 </para>
-<para>An empty expression <literal>@{}</literal> will eliminate the space.  In
-particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space before the
-first column or after the last one, as in the example below where the
+<para>An empty expression <literal>@{}</literal> will eliminate the space. In
+particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before the first
+column or after the last one, as in the example below where the
 tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.
 </para>
 <screen>\begin{flushleft}
@@ -6275,10 +6164,10 @@ range en-dash.
   Impressionistic  &amp;1875           &amp;1925
 \end{tabular}
 </screen>
-<para>Note that although the <literal>tabular</literal> specification by default puts a
-vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no
-vertical bar in the <replaceable>cols</replaceable> of either of the first row&#8217;s
-<literal>\multicolumn</literal> commands, no rule appears in the first row.
+<para>Although the <literal>tabular</literal> specification by default puts a vertical
+rule between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears
+in the first row here.  That&#8217;s because there is no vertical bar in the
+<replaceable>cols</replaceable> part of the first row&#8217;s first <literal>\multicolumn</literal> command.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -6521,12 +6410,21 @@ comma-separated list of citation keys (see <link linkend="_005cbibitem">\bibitem
   Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
 \end{thebibliography}
 </screen>
-<para>produces the output &#8216;<literal>... source is [1]</literal>&#8217;.
+<para>produces output like &#8216;<literal>... source is [1]</literal>&#8217;.  (You can change the
+appearance of the citation with bibliography styles.  More is in
+<link linkend="Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</link>.)
 </para>
 <para>The optional argument <replaceable>subcite</replaceable> is appended to the citation.  For
 example, <literal>See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</literal> might produce
 &#8216;<literal>See 14.3 in [1, p.&#160;314]</literal>&#8217;.
 </para>
+<para>In addition to what appears in the output, <literal>\cite</literal> writes
+information to the auxiliary file <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.aux</filename>.  For
+instance, <literal>\cite{latexdps}</literal> writes &#8216;<literal>\citation{latexdps}</literal>&#8217;
+to that file.  This information is used by Bib&tex; to include in your
+reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see
+<link linkend="_005cnocite">\nocite</link> also.
+</para>
 <para>If <replaceable>keys</replaceable> is not in your bibliography information then you get
 &#8216;<literal>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</literal>&#8217;, and in the output
 the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets.
@@ -6534,14 +6432,7 @@ There are two possible causes.  If you have mistyped something, as in
 <literal>\cite{texbok}</literal> then you need to correct the spelling.  On the
 other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic
 information and so changed the <filename>.aux</filename> file (see <link linkend="_005cbibitem">\bibitem</link>) then
-the fix may be to just run &latex; again.
-</para>
-<para>In addition to what appears in the output, <literal>\cite</literal> writes
-information to the auxiliary file <filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable>.aux</filename>.  For
-instance, <literal>\cite{latexdps}</literal> writes &#8216;<literal>\citation{latexdps}</literal>&#8217;
-to that file.  This information is used by Bib&tex; to include in your
-reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see
-<link linkend="_005cnocite">\nocite</link> also.
+the fix may be to run &latex; again.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -7971,7 +7862,130 @@ the repeated use of <literal>\providecommand</literal> does not give an error.
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.3" id="_005cnewcounter">
+<sect1 label="12.3" id="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">
+<title><literal>\makeatletter</literal> &amp; <literal>\makeatother</literal></title>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\makeatletter
+  ... definition of commands with @ in their name ..
+\makeatother
+</screen>
+<para>Use this pair when you redefine &latex; commands that are named with an
+at-sign character&#160;&#8216;<literal><literal>@</literal></literal>&#8217;.  The <literal>\makeatletter</literal>
+declaration makes the at-sign character have the category code of a
+letter, code&#160;11.  The <literal>\makeatother</literal> declaration sets the
+category code of the at-sign to code&#160;12, its default value.
+</para>
+<para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>catcode</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character category code</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>category code, character</primary></indexterm>
+<firstterm>catcode</firstterm>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
+character&#160;&#8216;<literal><literal>\</literal></literal>&#8217; the catcode&#160;0.  Command names
+consist of a category&#160;0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
+by letters, category&#160;11 characters (except that a command name can
+also consist of a category&#160;0 character followed by a single
+non-letter symbol).
+</para>
+<para>&latex;&#8217;s source code has the convention that some commands use
+<literal>@</literal> in their name.  These commands are mainly intended for package
+or class writers.  The convention prevents authors who are just using a
+package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of
+their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode&#160;12.
+</para>
+<para>The pair <literal>\makeatletter</literal> and <literal>\makeatother</literal> changes the
+default code and then changes it back.  Use them inside a <filename>.tex</filename>
+file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands
+named with <literal>@</literal>, by having them surround your definition.  Don&#8217;t
+use these inside <filename>.sty</filename> or <filename>.cls</filename> files since the
+<literal>\usepackage</literal> and <literal>\documentclass</literal> commands already arrange
+that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode&#160;11.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>macros2e</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>macros2e</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
+<ulink url="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</ulink>.
+</para>
+<para>In this example the class file has a command
+<literal>\thesis@universityname</literal> that the user wants to change.  These
+three lines should go in the preamble, before the
+<literal>\begin{document}</literal>.
+</para>
+<screen>\makeatletter
+\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
+\makeatother
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="12.4" id="_005c_0040ifstar">
+<title><literal>\@ifstar</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\@ifstar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, star-variants</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>star-variants, commands</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
+\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<replaceable>nostar-num-args</replaceable>]{<replaceable>nostar-body</replaceable>} 
+\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<replaceable>star-num-args</replaceable>]{<replaceable>star-body</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Many standard &latex; environments or commands have a variant with the
+same name but ending with a star character&#160;<literal>*</literal>, an asterisk.
+Examples are the <literal>table</literal> and <literal>table*</literal> environments and the
+<literal>\section</literal> and <literal>\section*</literal> commands.
+</para>
+<para>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
+because <literal>\newenvironment</literal> and <literal>\renewenvironment</literal> allow the
+environment name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more
+complex.  As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command,
+given above as <literal>\mycmd</literal>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed
+by a star.  For instance, &latex; does not really have a
+<literal>\section*</literal> command; instead, the <literal>\section</literal> command peeks
+ahead.  This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to
+one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In the synopsis these two
+are <literal>\mycmd@nostar</literal> and <literal>\mycmd@star</literal>.  They could take the
+same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all.
+As always, in a &latex; document a command using at-sign&#160;<literal>@</literal>
+must be enclosed inside a <literal>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</literal> block
+(see <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</link>).
+</para>
+<para>This example of <literal>\@ifstar</literal> defines the command <literal>\ciel</literal> and a
+variant <literal>\ciel*</literal>.  Both have one required argument.  A call to
+<literal>\ciel{night}</literal> will return &quot;starry night sky&quot; while
+<literal>\ciel*{blue}</literal> will return &quot;starry not blue sky&quot;.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky}
+\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky}
+\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
+</screen>
+<para>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
+arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007&#8217;s
+<literal>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond},
+\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</literal> is equivalent to entering the commands
+<literal>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</literal>
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
+  \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
+</screen>
+<para>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of
+<literal>\@ifstar</literal>.  The <filename>suffix</filename> package allows the construct
+<literal>\newcommand\mycommand{<replaceable>unstarred version</replaceable>}</literal> followed by
+<literal>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<replaceable>starred version</replaceable>}</literal>.  And
+&latex;3 has the <filename>xparse</filename> package that allows this code.
+</para>
+<screen>\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
+  {<replaceable>starred version</replaceable>}%
+  {<replaceable>unstarred version</replaceable>}% 
+  }
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="12.5" id="_005cnewcounter">
 <title><literal>\newcounter</literal>: Allocating a counter</title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newcounter</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8020,7 +8034,7 @@ defined.</literal>&#8217;
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.4" id="_005cnewlength">
+<sect1 label="12.6" id="_005cnewlength">
 <title><literal>\newlength</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newlength</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8051,7 +8065,7 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</literal>&#8217;.
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.5" id="_005cnewsavebox">
+<sect1 label="12.7" id="_005cnewsavebox">
 <title><literal>\newsavebox</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newsavebox</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8059,15 +8073,16 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</literal>&#8217;.
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
-<screen>\newsavebox{<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}
+<screen>\newsavebox{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}
 </screen>
-<para>Define <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> to refer to a new &#8220;bin&#8221; for storing boxes.
-Such a box is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to
-measure or manipulate (see <link linkend="Boxes">Boxes</link>).  The required bin name
-<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> must start with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>, and must not
-already be defined.  This command is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
+<para>Define \<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>, the string consisting of a backslash followed by
+<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>, to refer to a new bin for storing material.  These bins hold
+material that has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or
+manipulate (see <link linkend="Boxes">Boxes</link>).  The bin name \<replaceable>cmd</replaceable> is required, must
+start with a backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command.
+This command is fragile (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
 </para>
-<para>The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use. 
+<para>This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it.
 </para>
 <screen>\newsavebox{\logobox}
 \savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
@@ -8083,7 +8098,7 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}.
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.6" id="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">
+<sect1 label="12.8" id="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">
 <title><literal>\newenvironment</literal> &amp; <literal>\renewenvironment</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newenvironment</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8229,7 +8244,7 @@ the document, use the environment like this.
 </screen>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.7" id="_005cnewtheorem">
+<sect1 label="12.9" id="_005cnewtheorem">
 <title><literal>\newtheorem</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newtheorem</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8354,7 +8369,7 @@ by &#8216;<literal>Theorem&#160;2.1</literal>&#8217; and &#8216;<literal>Definit
 </screen>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.8" id="_005cnewfont">
+<sect1 label="12.10" id="_005cnewfont">
 <title><literal>\newfont</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\newfont</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8375,8 +8390,8 @@ boldface with a roman (see <link linkend="Fonts">Fonts</link>).
 <screen>\newfont{\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>}{<replaceable>font description</replaceable>}
 </screen>
 <para>Define a command <literal>\<replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> that will change the current font.
-The control sequence must must not already be defined.  It must begin
-with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>.
+The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
+backslash, <literal>\</literal>.
 </para>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>at clause, in font definitions</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>design size, in font definitions</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8398,7 +8413,7 @@ relative to the font&#8217;s design size, which is a value defined in the
 </screen>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.9" id="_005cprotect">
+<sect1 label="12.11" id="_005cprotect">
 <title><literal>\protect</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\protect</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8460,7 +8475,7 @@ to <literal>\protect\(..\protect\)</literal>.
 </screen>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="12.10" id="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">
+<sect1 label="12.12" id="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">
 <title><literal>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ignorespaces</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8829,27 +8844,32 @@ bogus month value produces no output).
 <para>A <firstterm>length</firstterm> is a measure of distance.  Many &latex; commands take a
 length as an argument.
 </para>
-<para>This shows a box of the given length.
+<para>Lengths come in two types.  A <firstterm>rigid length</firstterm> such as <literal>10pt</literal>
+does not contain a <literal>plus</literal> or <literal>minus</literal> component.  (Plain &tex;
+calls this a <firstterm>dimen</firstterm>.)  A <firstterm>rubber length</firstterm> (what Plain &tex;
+calls a <firstterm>skip</firstterm>) such as as with <literal>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</literal>
+can contain either or both of those components.  In that rubber length,
+the <literal>1cm</literal> is the <firstterm>natural length</firstterm> while the other two, the
+<literal>plus</literal> and <literal>minus</literal> components, allow &tex; to stretch or
+shrink the length to optimize placement.
 </para>
-<screen>\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}   % make a bar 
-\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} % box it
-XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
-</screen>
-<para>It produces a black bar 100&#160;points long between &#8216;<literal>XXX</literal>&#8217; and
-&#8216;<literal>YYY</literal>&#8217;.
+<para>The illustrations below use these two commands.
 </para>
-<para>Lengths come in two types.  A <firstterm>rigid length</firstterm> (what Plain &tex;
-calls a <firstterm>dimen</firstterm>) such as <literal>10pt</literal> does not contain a <literal>plus</literal>
-or <literal>minus</literal> component.  The above example shows a rigid length. A
-<firstterm>rubber length</firstterm> (what Plain &tex; calls a <firstterm>skip</firstterm>) can contain
-those components, as with <literal>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</literal>.  Here the
-<literal>1cm</literal> is the <firstterm>natural length</firstterm> while the other two, the
-<literal>plus</literal> and <literal>minus</literal> components, allow the length to stretch or
-shrink.
+<screen>% make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide
+\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}
+
+% Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border)
+\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
+  \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} 
+</screen>
+<para>This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100&#160;points
+long between &#8216;<literal>XXX</literal>&#8217; and &#8216;<literal>YYY</literal>&#8217;.  This length is rigid.
 </para>
-<para>Shrinking is simpler: with <literal>1cm minus 0.05cm</literal>, the natural length
-is 1cm but if smaller is needed then &tex; can shrink it down as
-far as 0.95cm.  Beyond that, &tex; refuses to shrink any more.
+<screen>XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+</screen>
+<para>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <literal>1cm minus
+0.05cm</literal>, the natural length is 1cm but &tex; can shrink it down
+as far as 0.95cm.  Beyond that, &tex; refuses to shrink any more.
 Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of
 98&#160;points between the two bars.
 </para>
@@ -8866,7 +8886,7 @@ wider than the 300pt allocated, as &tex; has refused to shrink
 the total to less than 309&#160;points.
 </para>
 <para>Stretching is like shrinking except that if &tex; is asked to stretch
-beyond the given amount, it won&#8217;t refuse.  Here the first line is fine,
+beyond the given amount, it will do it.  Here the first line is fine,
 producing a space of 110&#160;points between the bars.
 </para>
 <screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
@@ -8876,11 +8896,9 @@ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
   \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
 </screen>
 <para>In the second line &tex; needs a stretch of 10&#160;points and only
-1&#160;point was specified.  In this situation, &tex; stretches the
-space to the required length, but it complains with a warning like
-&#8216;<literal>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line 22</literal>&#8217;.  (We won&#8217;t
-discuss badness; the point is that the system was not given as much
-stretch as needed.)
+1&#160;point was specified.  &tex; stretches the space to the required
+length but it gives you a warning like &#8216;<literal>Underfull \hbox (badness
+10000) detected at line 22</literal>&#8217;.  (We won&#8217;t discuss badness.)
 </para>
 <para>You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in
 <literal>1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex</literal>.
@@ -8888,15 +8906,16 @@ stretch as needed.)
 <para>If &tex; is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
 stretch or shrink in proportion.
 </para>
-<screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{\blackbar{100pt}%  left
+<screen>XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+  \blackbar{100pt}%  left
   \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}%  middle
   \blackbar{100pt}}YYY  % right
 </screen>
-<para>The outside bars take up 100&#160;points, so the middle needs another
-100.  In the middle the bar takes up 80&#160;points, so the two
-<literal>\hspace</literal>&#8217;s must stretch 20&#160;points.  Because the two say
-<literal>plus 50pt</literal> and <literal>plus 10pt</literal>, &tex; gets 5/6 of the
-stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
+<para>The left and right bars take up 100&#160;points, so the middle needs
+another 100.  The middle bar is 80&#160;points so the two
+<literal>\hspace</literal>&#8217;s must stretch 20&#160;points.  Because the two are
+<literal>plus 50pt</literal> and <literal>plus 10pt</literal>, &tex; gets 5/6 of the stretch
+from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
 </para>
 <para>The <literal>plus</literal> or <literal>minus</literal> component of a rubber length can contain
 a <firstterm>fill</firstterm> component, as in <literal>1in plus2fill</literal>.  This gives the
@@ -8910,10 +8929,10 @@ the page.
   \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
 \end{minipage}
 </screen>
-<para>&tex; actually has three infinite glue components <literal>fil</literal>,
-<literal>fill</literal>, and <literal>filll</literal>.  The later ones are more infinite than
-the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
-(see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> and see <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>).
+<para>&tex; actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
+<literal>fil</literal>, <literal>fill</literal>, and <literal>filll</literal>.  The later ones are more
+infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
+the middle one (see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> and see <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>).
 </para>
 <para>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after <literal>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</literal> and
@@ -8933,7 +8952,7 @@ math mode.
 <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>pt</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>Point</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
+<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
 places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. 
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>pc</literal>
@@ -9028,8 +9047,13 @@ while the second will not.
 \setlength{\parindent}{0em}
 He said stop going to those places.
 </screen>
-<para>If there is no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> then you get something like
-&#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</literal>&#8217;.
+<para>If you did not declare <replaceable>len</replaceable> with <literal>\newlength</literal>, for example if
+you mistype the above as
+<literal>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</literal>,
+then you get an error like &#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\sepcindent</literal>&#8217;.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
+then you get an error like &#8216;<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be
+read again&gt; \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</literal>&#8217;
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
@@ -9051,16 +9075,18 @@ length</link>).
 </para>
 <para>Below, if <literal>\parskip</literal> starts with the value <literal>0pt plus 1pt</literal> 
 </para>
-<screen>\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
-Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
+<screen>Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
+\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
 
 Nurse: no change.
 </screen>
 <para>then it has the value <literal>1pt plus 1pt</literal> for the second paragraph.
 </para>
-<para>If there is no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> then you get something like
-&#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</literal>&#8217;.  If you leave
-off the backslash at the start of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in
+<para>If you did not declare the length <replaceable>len</replaceable> with <literal>\newlength</literal>, if
+for example you mistype the above as
+<literal>\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}</literal>, then you get
+something like &#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</literal>&#8217;.
+If you leave off the backslash at the start of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in
 <literal>\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</literal>, then you get something like
 &#8216;<literal>You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</literal>&#8217;.
 </para>
@@ -9085,9 +9111,10 @@ begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>.
 \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
 \the\alphabetdepth
 </screen>
-<para>If there is no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> then you get something like
-&#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetdepth</literal>&#8217;.  If you
-leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in
+<para>If you did not set aside the length <replaceable>len</replaceable>, if for example you
+mistype the above as <literal>\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}</literal>,
+then you get something like &#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\aplhabetdepth</literal>&#8217;.  If you leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in
 <literal>\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</literal> then you get something like
 &#8216;<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</literal>&#8217;.
 </para>
@@ -9112,9 +9139,11 @@ begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>.
 \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
 \the\alphabetheight
 </screen>
-<para>If there is no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> then you get something like
-&#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetheight</literal>&#8217;.  If you
-leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in
+<para>If no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> has been declared with <literal>\newlength</literal>, if
+for example you mistype as
+<literal>\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</literal>, then you get something
+like &#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetheight</literal>&#8217;.  If
+you leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in
 <literal>\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</literal> then you get something like
 &#8216;<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</literal>&#8217;.
 </para>
@@ -9139,42 +9168,14 @@ begin with a backslash, <literal>\</literal>.
 \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
 \the\alphabetwidth
 </screen>
-<para>If there is no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> then you get something like
-&#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetwidth</literal>&#8217;.  If you
-leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in
+<para>If no such length <replaceable>len</replaceable> has been set aside, if for example you
+mistype the above as <literal>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</literal>,
+then you get something like &#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\aplhabetwidth</literal>&#8217;.  If you leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in
 <literal>\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</literal> then you get something like
 &#8216;<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</literal>&#8217;.
 </para>
 
-<!-- @node Predefined lengths -->
-<!-- @section Predefined lengths -->
-
-<!-- @cindex lengths, predefined -->
-<!-- @cindex predefined lengths -->
-
-<!-- @code{\width} -->
-<!-- @findex \width -->
-
-<!-- @code{\height} -->
-<!-- @findex \height -->
-
-<!-- @code{\depth} -->
-<!-- @findex \depth -->
-
-<!-- @code{\totalheight} -->
-<!-- @findex \totalheight -->
-
-<!-- These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making -->
-<!-- commands (@pxref{Boxes}).  They specify the natural width, etc., of the -->
-<!-- text in the box. @code{\totalheight} equals -->
-<!-- @math{@code{@backslashchar{}height} + @code{@backslashchar{}depth}}. To -->
-<!-- make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say -->
-
-<!-- @example -->
-<!-- \makebox[2\width]@{Get a stretcher@} -->
-<!-- @end example -->
-
-
 </sect1>
 </chapter>
 <chapter label="15" id="Making-paragraphs">
@@ -9183,9 +9184,9 @@ leave the backslash out of <replaceable>len</replaceable>, as in
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>making paragraphs</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraphs</primary></indexterm>
 
-<para>Once &latex; has all of a paragraph&#8217;s contents it divides it into
-lines, in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (see <link linkend="Line-breaking">Line
-breaking</link>).  To end the current paragraph, put an empty line.
+<para>To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
+paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, separated by
+two empty lines.
 </para>
 <screen>It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession
 of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife.
@@ -9201,6 +9202,10 @@ of some one or other of their daughters.
 <para>The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment
 character, <literal>%</literal>.
 </para>
+<para>Once &latex; has gathered all of a paragraph&#8217;s contents it divides that
+content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph
+(see <link linkend="Line-breaking">Line breaking</link>).
+</para>
 <para>There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted.  Don&#8217;t put a
 blank line in math mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>); here the line before the
 <literal>\end{equation}</literal>
@@ -9229,7 +9234,7 @@ complete</literal>&#8217;.
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\par</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>paragraph, ending</primary></indexterm>
 
-<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex;, converts two
+<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts two
 consecutive newlines to a <literal>\par</literal>):
 </para>
 <screen>\par
@@ -9244,22 +9249,25 @@ readability.
 <screen>\newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
   \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
 </screen>
-<para>The <literal>\par</literal> command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but
-it terminates paragraph mode, bringing &latex; to vertical mode
+<para>In LR mode or a vertical mode the <literal>\par</literal> command does nothing but
+it terminates paragraph mode, switching &latex; to vertical mode
 (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>).
 </para>
-<para>You cannot use the <literal>\par</literal> command in math mode or in the argument
-of many commands, such as the <literal>\section</literal> command (see <link linkend="Making-paragraphs">Making
-paragraphs</link> and see <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</link>).
+<para>You cannot use the <literal>\par</literal> command in a math mode.  You also cannot
+use it in the argument of many commands, such as the <literal>\section</literal>
+command (see <link linkend="Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</link> and <link linkend="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp;
+\renewcommand</link>).
 </para>
-<para>The <literal>\par</literal> command differs from the <literal>\paragraph</literal> command in
-that the latter is, like <literal>\section</literal> or <literal>\subsection</literal>, a
-sectioning unit used by the standard &latex; documents.
+<para>The <literal>\par</literal> command is not the same as the <literal>\paragraph</literal>
+command. The latter is, like <literal>\section</literal> or <literal>\subsection</literal>, a
+sectioning unit used by the standard &latex; documents
+(see <link linkend="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</link>).
 </para>
-<para>The <literal>\par</literal> command differs from <literal>\newline</literal> and the line break
-double backslash, <literal>\\</literal>, in that \par ends the paragraph not just
-the line.  It also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph
-vertical space <literal>\parskip</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</link>).
+<para>The <literal>\par</literal> command is not the same as <literal>\newline</literal> or the line
+break double backslash, <literal>\\</literal>.  The difference is that <literal>\par</literal>
+ends the paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of
+the between-paragraph vertical space <literal>\parskip</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent
+&amp; \parskip</link>).
 </para>
 <para>The output from this example
 </para>
@@ -9404,9 +9412,9 @@ subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the
 prior paragraph.  Revert that to the default position with
 <literal>\normalmarginpar</literal>.
 </para>
-<para>When you specify the optional argument <replaceable>left</replaceable> then it is used for a
-note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <replaceable>right</replaceable> is
-used for a note in the the right margin.
+<para>When you specify the optional argument <replaceable>left</replaceable> then it is used for
+a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <replaceable>right</replaceable> is
+used for a note in the right margin.
 </para>
 <para>Normally, a note&#8217;s first word will not be hyphenated.  You can enable
 hyphenation there by beginning <replaceable>left</replaceable> or <replaceable>right</replaceable> with
@@ -9654,7 +9662,7 @@ said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can be used only in math
 mode.  To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current
 mode, see <link linkend="_005censuremath">\ensuremath</link>.
 </para>
-<!-- xx Add Negation: @code{} for negations of relevant symbols -->
+<!-- xx Add Negation: for negations of relevant symbols -->
 <!-- Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html -->
 
 <variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\|</primary></indexterm><literal>\|</literal>
@@ -11067,6 +11075,144 @@ in both text and math mode.
 both text and math mode.
 </para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
 
+
+<sect2 label="16.6.1" id="_005csmash">
+<title><literal>\smash</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical spacing, math mode</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, vertical space</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\smash{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>Typeset <replaceable>subformula</replaceable> as if its height and depth were zero.
+</para>
+<para>In this example the exponential is so tall that without the
+<literal>\smash</literal> command &latex; would separate its line from the line
+above it, and the uneven line spacing might be unsightly.
+</para>
+<screen>To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
+evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
+</screen>
+<para>(Because of the <literal>\smash</literal> the printed expression could run into the
+line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the
+document to make such adjustments.)
+</para>
+<para>This pictures the effect of <literal>\smash</literal> by using <literal>\fbox</literal> to
+surround the box that &latex; will put on the line.  The
+<literal>\blackbar</literal> command makes a bar extending from 10&#160;points below
+the baseline to 20&#160;points above.
+</para>
+<screen>\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
+\fbox{\blackbar}
+\fbox{\smash{\blackbar}}
+</screen>
+<para>The first box that &latex; places is 20&#160;points high and
+10&#160;points deep.  But the second box is treated by &latex; as
+having zero height and zero depth, despite that the ink printed on the
+page still extends well above and below the line.
+</para>
+<para>The <literal>\smash</literal> command appears often in mathematics to adjust the
+size of an element that surrounds a subformula.  Here the first radical
+extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
+</para>
+<screen>\begin{equation}
+\sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k&lt; n} f(k)}
+\sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k&lt; n}} f(k)}
+\end{equation}
+</screen>
+<para>Note the use of <literal>\vphantom</literal> to give the <literal>\sqrt</literal> command an
+argument with the height of the <literal>\sum</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom
+&amp; \hphantom</link>).
+</para>
+<para>While most often used in mathematics, the <literal>\smash</literal> command can
+appear in other contexts.  However, it doesn&#8217;t change into horizontal
+mode.  So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a
+<literal>\leavevmode</literal>, as in the bottom line below.
+</para>
+<screen>xxx xxx xxx
+
+\smash{yyy}  % no paragraph indent
+
+\leavevmode\smash{zzz}  % usual paragraph indent
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>The package <literal>mathtools</literal> has operators that provide even finer
+control over smashing a subformula box.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+<sect2 label="16.6.2" id="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">
+<title><literal>\phantom</literal> &amp; <literal>\vphantom</literal> &amp; <literal>\hphantom</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>spacing, math mode</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>horizontal spacing</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>vertical spacing</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>math mode, spacing</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>invisible character</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>character, invisible</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\phantom{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>or
+</para>
+<screen>\vphantom{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>or
+</para>
+<screen>\hphantom{<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>}
+</screen>
+<para>The <literal>\phantom</literal> command creates a box with the same height, depth,
+and width as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, but empty.  That is, this command causes
+&latex; to typeset the box but not its ink.  The <literal>\vphantom</literal>
+variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as
+<replaceable>subformula</replaceable>, but it has width zero.  And <literal>\hphantom</literal> makes a
+box with the same width as <replaceable>subformula</replaceable> but with height and depth
+zero.
+</para>
+<para>Without the <literal>\vphantom</literal> in this example, the top bars of the two
+square roots would be at different heights.
+</para>
+<screen>\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \)
+</screen>
+<para>The <literal>\vphantom{a^3}</literal> causes the first <literal>\sqrt</literal> to have inside
+it a box of the same height as the second <literal>\sqrt</literal>, so &latex;
+makes the bars align.
+</para>
+<para>These commands often are combined with <literal>\smash</literal>.  See <link linkend="_005csmash">\smash</link>
+for another example of the use of <literal>\vphantom</literal>.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>mathtools</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>mathtools</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides
+a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
+convenient, including <literal>\makebox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</link>) as well
+as <literal>\settodepth</literal> (see <link linkend="_005csettodepth">\settodepth</link>), <literal>\settoheight</literal>
+(see <link linkend="_005csettoheight">\settoheight</link>), and <literal>\settowidth</literal> (see <link linkend="_005csettowidth">\settowidth</link>).
+In addition, the <filename>mathtools</filename> package has many commands that offer
+fine-grained control over spacing.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>amsmath</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
+mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
+should give it such a status, for example with the <literal>\operatorname</literal>
+command from the package <filename>amsmath</filename>.
+</para>
+<para>While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other
+contexts.  However, they don&#8217;t cause &latex; to change into horizontal
+mode.  So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
+with <literal>\leavevmode</literal>.
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
 </sect1>
 <sect1 label="16.7" id="Math-miscellany">
 <title>Math miscellany</title>
@@ -11297,7 +11443,7 @@ back to paragraph mode.
 </para>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>inner paragraph mode</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>outer paragraph mode</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"/><anchor id="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"/><para>Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a <literal>\parbox</literal> command or
+<anchor id="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"/><anchor id="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"/><para>Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a <literal>\parbox</literal> command
 or a <literal>minipage</literal> then &latex; is put into paragraph mode.  But it
 will not put a page break here.  Inside one of these boxes, called a
 <firstterm>parbox</firstterm>, &latex; is in <firstterm>inner paragraph mode</firstterm>.  Its more usual
@@ -11415,9 +11561,10 @@ To have no date, instead use <literal>\date{}</literal>.
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>thanks, for titlepage</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>credit footnote</primary></indexterm>
 <para>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
-for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text so
-you can use it to print an email address, or for any purpose.
+for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
+the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text at
+all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
+address.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>title, for titlepage</primary></indexterm>
@@ -11428,11 +11575,11 @@ omit the <literal>\title</literal> declaration then you get &#8216;<literal>LaTe
 \title given</literal>&#8217;.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of <literal>article</literal>
-in that example, that formats the title according to their house
-requirements.  To make your own, see&#160;<link linkend="titlepage">titlepage</link>. You can
-either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a
-renewed <literal>\maketitle</literal> command.
+<para>To make your own title page, see&#160;<link linkend="titlepage">titlepage</link>. You can either
+create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
+<literal>\maketitle</literal> command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use
+in place of <literal>article</literal> that formats the title according to their
+house requirements.)
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
@@ -11464,7 +11611,7 @@ are numbered &#8216;<literal>1</literal>&#8217;, etc.
 also&#160;<link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>).
 </para>
 <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>arabic</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>arabic numerals: 1, 2, &#8230; 
+</term><listitem><para>Arabic numerals: 1, 2, &#8230; 
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>roman</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, &#8230;
@@ -11617,7 +11764,7 @@ or environments.
 </para>
 <para>Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style.  For
 example, this &latex; book document has the first page of the first
-chapter in in <literal>plain</literal> style, as is the default (see <link linkend="Page-styles">Page
+chapter in <literal>plain</literal> style, as is the default (see <link linkend="Page-styles">Page
 styles</link>).
 </para>
 <screen>\documentclass{book}
@@ -11984,32 +12131,32 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
 <para>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length
 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt.
 </para>
-<para>A blank is not a space.  When you type a blank between words, &latex;
-produces white space.  That&#8217;s different from an explicit space.  This
-illustrates.
+<para>When you type one or more blanks between words, &latex; produces white
+space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.
 </para>
 <screen>\begin{tabular}{l}
+One blank: makes some space \\
 Three blanks:   in a row \\
 Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\
 \end{tabular}
 </screen>
-<para>On the first line &latex; collapses the three blanks to output one
-whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance,
-with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a
-blank). But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is
-wider.  Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal
-space.  (But the best way to create horizontal space is with
-<literal>\hspace</literal>; See <link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>.)
-</para>
-<para>The backslash-space command has two main uses.  First, it is often used
-after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that
-follows, as in <literal>\TeX\ is nice</literal>.  (But the approach of using curly
-parentheses, as in <literal>\TeX{} is nice</literal>, has the advantage of still
-working if the next character is a period.)
-</para>
-<para>The second common use is that
-it mark  a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending
-a sentence, as in <literal>So says Prof.\ Smith</literal> (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>).
+<para>On the first line &latex; puts some space after the colon.  On the
+second line &latex; collapses the three blanks to output one
+whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the
+first line.  &latex; would similarly collapse a blank followed by a
+tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank.  However, the bottom line
+asks for three spaces so the white area is wider.  That is, the
+backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space.
+(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with
+<literal>\hspace</literal>; see&#160;<link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>.)
+</para>
+<para>The backslash-space command has two main uses.  It is often used after
+control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as
+in <literal>\TeX\ is nice</literal>.  (But using curly parentheses, as in
+<literal>\TeX{} is best</literal>, has the advantage of still working if the next
+character is a period.)  The other common use is that it marks a period
+as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <literal>So
+says Prof.\ Smith</literal> (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>).
 </para>
 <para>Under normal circumstances, <literal>\</literal><keycap>tab</keycap> and <literal>\</literal><keycap>newline</keycap>
 are equivalent to backslash-space, <literal>\ </literal>.
@@ -12357,11 +12504,11 @@ item&#8217;s second line.
 \end{enumerate}
 \end{minipage}%
 </screen>
-<para>The final two lists use <literal>fbox</literal> to show what&#8217;s happening.  The third
-list&#8217;s <literal>\parbox</literal> goes only to the bottom of its second &#8216;<literal>test</literal>&#8217;,
-which happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline.
-The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra
-below-baseline space.
+<para>The final two lists use <literal>\fbox</literal> to show what&#8217;s happening.  The
+third list&#8217;s <literal>\parbox</literal> goes only to the bottom of its second
+&#8216;<literal>test</literal>&#8217;, which happens not have any characters that descend below
+the baseline.  The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed
+extra below-baseline space.
 </para>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>TikZ</literal></primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>TikZ</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
@@ -12551,6 +12698,7 @@ with a <literal>\par</literal> command (see <link linkend="_005cpar">\par</link>
 
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>boxes</primary></indexterm>
 
+<!-- xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. -->
 <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
 page.  So these commands are central.
 </para>
@@ -12575,7 +12723,7 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is <filename>adjustbox</filename>.
 \makebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
 \makebox[<replaceable>width</replaceable>][<replaceable>position</replaceable>]{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}
 </screen>
-<para>Create a box, a container for material.  The <replaceable>text</replaceable> is is typeset in
+<para>Create a box, a container for material.  The <replaceable>text</replaceable> is typeset in
 LR mode (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>) so it is not broken into lines.  The
 <literal>\mbox</literal> command is robust, while <literal>\makebox</literal> is fragile
 (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
@@ -13007,9 +13155,9 @@ robust (see <link linkend="_005cprotect">\protect</link>).
 <para>You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
 or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
 </para>
-<para>Color support comes as an additional package.  So all the commands below
-will only work if your document preamble contains
-<literal>\usepackage{color}</literal>, that brings in the standard package.
+<para>Color support comes as an additional package.  So put
+<literal>\usepackage{color}</literal> in your document preamble to use the
+commands described here.
 </para>
 <para>Many other packages also supplement &latex;&#8217;s color abilities.
 Particularly worth mentioning is <filename>xcolor</filename>, which is widely used and
@@ -13629,7 +13777,7 @@ file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a
 single backward quote.  Thus,
 <literal>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c
 #1}</literal> specifies that any file with the extension <filename>.eps.gz</filename> should
-be treated as an <literal>eps</literal> file, with the the BoundingBox information
+be treated as an <literal>eps</literal> file, with the BoundingBox information
 stored in the file with extension <filename>.eps.bb</filename>, and that the command
 <literal>gunzip -c</literal> will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
 </para>
@@ -13994,11 +14142,11 @@ external commands.
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>rotating text</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rotatebox</primary></indexterm>
 
-<para>Synopsis for <filename>graphics</filename> package:
+<para>Synopsis if you use the <filename>graphics</filename> package:
 </para>
 <screen>\rotatebox{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
 </screen>
-<para>Synopses for <filename>graphicx</filename> package:
+<para>Synopses if you use the <filename>graphicx</filename> package:
 </para>
 <screen>\rotatebox{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
 \rotatebox[<replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>]{<replaceable>angle</replaceable>}{<replaceable>material</replaceable>}
@@ -14029,10 +14177,11 @@ bounding box, in its new position, is what &latex; uses as the box when
 typesetting this material.
 </para>
 <para>If you use the <filename>graphics</filename> package then the rotation is about the
-reference point of the box.  If you use the <filename>graphicx</filename> package then
-then these are the options that can go in the <replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>, but
-note that you can get the same effect without needing this package,
-except for the <literal>x</literal> and <literal>y</literal> options (see <link linkend="_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</link>).
+reference point of the box. If you use the <filename>graphicx</filename> package
+then these are the options that can go in the <replaceable>key-value list</replaceable>,
+but note that you can get the same effect without needing this
+package, except for the <literal>x</literal> and <literal>y</literal> options
+(see <link linkend="_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</link>).
 </para>
 <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>origin</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>The point of the <replaceable>material</replaceable>&#8217;s box about which the rotation happens.
@@ -14040,14 +14189,14 @@ Possible value is any string containing one or two of: <literal>l</literal> for
 left, <literal>r</literal> for right, <literal>b</literal> for bottom, <literal>c</literal> for center,
 <literal>t</literal> for top, and <literal>B</literal> for baseline.  Thus, the first line here
 </para>
-<screen>\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}
-\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}
+<screen>\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
+\rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
 </screen>
 <para>will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will
 turn its picture upside down about its left baseline.  (The character
 <literal>c</literal> gives the horizontal center in <literal>bc</literal> or <literal>tc</literal> but gives
-the vertical center in <literal>lc</literal> or <literal>rc</literal>.)  The default is
-<literal>lB</literal>.
+the vertical center in <literal>lc</literal> or <literal>rc</literal>, and gives both in
+<literal>c</literal>.)  The default is <literal>lB</literal>.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>x, y</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with
@@ -15670,7 +15819,7 @@ multiple indices and contains a command
 <para>The <literal>\index</literal> command writes the indexing information to the file
 <filename><replaceable>root-name</replaceable>.idx</filename> file.  Specifically, it writes text of the
 command
-<literal>\indexentry{<replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable>}{<replaceable>page-num</replaceable>}</literal>, where
+<literal>\indexentry{<replaceable>index-entry-string</replaceable>}{<replaceable>page-num</replaceable>}</literal>,
 where <replaceable>page-num</replaceable> is the value of the <literal>\thepage</literal> counter.  On
 occasion, when the <literal>\printindex</literal> command is confused, you have to
 delete this file to start with a fresh slate.
@@ -15758,7 +15907,7 @@ plus5pt minus3pt</literal>).
 <anchor id="makeindex-letheadflag"/></listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>lethead_flag</primary></indexterm><literal>lethead_flag</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>An integer.  It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.  If
 it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <literal>group_skip</literal> nothing
-will be inserted before the group. If it is is positive then at a new
+will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new
 letter the <literal>lethead_prefix</literal> and <literal>lethead_suffix</literal> will be
 inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them.  If it is negative
 then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase.  The default
@@ -15846,12 +15995,12 @@ roman <literal>R</literal>, and uppercase alphabetic <literal>A</literal>.  Defa
 </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>xindy</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>xindy</command> program</primary></indexterm>
-<para>There are a number of other programs that do the job <command>makeindex</command>
-does.  One is <command>xindy</command>, which does internationalization and can
-process indexes for documents marked up using &latex; and a number of
-other languages.  It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and
-in terms of the collating order of the text.  See the documentation on
-CTAN.
+<para>There are a number of other programs that do the job
+<command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>, which does
+internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up
+using &latex; and a number of other languages. It is highly
+configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order
+of the text, as described in its documentation.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -16614,9 +16763,9 @@ and output file will then be named <filename><replaceable>string</replaceable>.l
 <replaceable>argument</replaceable> does not start with a backslash then &tex; considers it
 the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first
 <literal>\input</literal> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job
-name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  This option
-overrides that process and directly specifies the name.  See <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command
-line input</link> for an example of its use.
+name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  The
+<literal>jobname</literal> option overrides that process and directly specifies the
+name.  See <link linkend="Command-line-input">Command line input</link> for an example of its use.
 </para>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--output-directory command-line option</primary></indexterm>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>-output-directory=<replaceable>directory</replaceable></literal>
@@ -16626,10 +16775,10 @@ line input</link> for an example of its use.
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--no-shell-escape command-line option</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--enable-write18 command-line option</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>--disable-write18 command-line option</primary></indexterm>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>shell-escape</literal>
-</term><term><literal>no-shell-escape</literal>
-</term><term><literal>enable-write18</literal>
-</term><term><literal>disable-write18</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>--shell-escape</literal>
+</term><term><literal>--no-shell-escape</literal>
+</term><term><literal>--enable-write18</literal>
+</term><term><literal>--disable-write18</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>Enable or disable <literal>\write18{<replaceable>shell command</replaceable>}</literal>.  The first two
 options are for with &tex; Live or Mac&tex; while the second two are
 for MiK&tex;.
@@ -16694,8 +16843,8 @@ PDF.
   ...
 </screen>
 <para>Compiling this document <filename>book.tex</filename> with the command line
-<literal>pdflatex test</literal> will give the &#8216;<literal>CTAN</literal>&#8217; link in blue.  But
-compiling it with <literal>pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion{}\input test.tex&quot;</literal>
+<literal>pdflatex book</literal> will give the &#8216;<literal>CTAN</literal>&#8217; link in blue.  But
+compiling it with <literal>pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex&quot;</literal>
 has the link in black.  (Note the use of double quotes to prevent
 interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may
 do this differently.)
@@ -16717,7 +16866,7 @@ called <filename>main.pdf</filename> and the second would overwrite the first.
 <screen>pdflatex -jobname=aa &quot;\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}&quot;
 </screen>
 <para>so the graphic files are read for their size information but not
-incorporated into the PDF.  (The <literal>jobname</literal> option is needed because
+incorporated into the PDF.  (The <literal>jobname</literal> option is there because
 otherwise the output file would be <filename>graphicx.pdf</filename>, as
 <literal>\RequirePackage</literal> does an <literal>\input</literal> of its own.)
 </para>
@@ -16761,8 +16910,8 @@ instead of <literal>pdflatex test</literal> you might type <literal>pdflatex tst
 (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit)
 Please type another input file name:
 </screen>
-<para>The simplest thing is to enter <literal>&lt;Contol&gt;</literal> and &#8216;<literal>d</literal>&#8217; (holding
-them down at the same time), and just fix the command line.
+<para>The simplest thing is to enter <literal>&lt;Control&gt;</literal> and &#8216;<literal>d</literal>&#8217; (holding
+them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line.
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html
index 9b0efda6d50..a1cd59daf2f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.html
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2018.
+document preparation system, version of October 2018.
 
-This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in
-the VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
+This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
+VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
 George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University.  The
 LaTeX 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore.  The
 LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen.  Karl
@@ -12,8 +12,10 @@ Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges
 using Hypertext Help with LaTeX, by Sheldon Green, and
 LaTeX Command Summary (for LaTeX 2.09) by
 L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users
-Group as TeXniques number 10), as reference material (no
-text was directly copied).
+Group as TeXniques number 10), as reference material.  We also
+gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in
+latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze.  (From these references no
+text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry.
@@ -37,10 +39,10 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)</title>
+<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,6 +52,15 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
 <link href="http://tug.org/texinfohtml/" rel="up" title="(dir)">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
+/* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
+   Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain.
+   Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
+
+/* So you can style for yourself */
+@import url("/css/latexreflocal.css");
+
+
+
 a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
 blockquote.indentedblock {margin-right: 0em}
 blockquote.smallindentedblock {margin-right: 0em; font-size: smaller}
@@ -73,7 +84,23 @@ span.nolinebreak {white-space: nowrap}
 span.roman {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal}
 span.sansserif {font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: normal}
 ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
-code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace}
+BODY {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */
+  margin-right: 1em;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  /* the idea is to use the whole window, unless it is ridiculously
+     wide, probably with too-small fonts, too.  */
+  max-width: 64em;
+}
+
+/* Because we want @math{... @code ...} to be upright, not slanted,
+   and Texinfo won't fix it. */
+code {font-style:normal; font-family:monospace; }
+
+/* We put a link to our own home page at the bottom. */
+div.referenceinfo {font-size:small;}
+
 -->
 </style>
 
@@ -81,7 +108,7 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace}
 </head>
 
 <body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</h1>
         
 
 
@@ -103,7 +130,7 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace}
 <li><a name="stoc-Layout-1" href="#toc-Layout-1">5 Layout</a></li>
 <li><a name="stoc-Sectioning-1" href="#toc-Sectioning-1">6 Sectioning</a></li>
 <li><a name="stoc-Cross-references-1" href="#toc-Cross-references-1">7 Cross references</a></li>
-<li><a name="stoc-Environments-2" href="#toc-Environments-2">8 Environments</a></li>
+<li><a name="stoc-Environments-1" href="#toc-Environments-1">8 Environments</a></li>
 <li><a name="stoc-Line-breaking-1" href="#toc-Line-breaking-1">9 Line breaking</a></li>
 <li><a name="stoc-Page-breaking-1" href="#toc-Page-breaking-1">10 Page breaking</a></li>
 <li><a name="stoc-Footnotes-1" href="#toc-Footnotes-1">11 Footnotes</a></li>
@@ -141,16 +168,9 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace}
     <li><a name="toc-Starting-and-ending-1" href="#Starting-and-ending">2.1 Starting and ending</a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-Output-files-1" href="#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-TeX-engines-1" href="#TeX-engines">2.3 TeX engines</a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a>
-    <ul class="no-bullet">
-      <li><a name="toc-Environments-1" href="#Environment">2.4.1 Environments</a></li>
-      <li><a name="toc-Command-declarations" href="#Declaration">2.4.2 Command declarations</a></li>
-      <li><a name="toc-_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">2.4.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a>
-      <ul class="no-bullet">
-        <li><a name="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">2.4.3.1 <code>\@ifstar</code></a></li>
-      </ul></li>
-    </ul></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-CTAN_003a-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="#CTAN">2.5 CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-Environment-1" href="#Environment">2.5 Environment</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-CTAN_003a-the-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network" href="#CTAN">2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a name="toc-Document-classes-1" href="#Document-classes">3 Document classes</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
@@ -194,7 +214,7 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace}
     <li><a name="toc-_005cpageref-1" href="#g_t_005cpageref">7.2 <code>\pageref</code></a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-_005cref-1" href="#g_t_005cref">7.3 <code>\ref</code></a></li>
   </ul></li>
-  <li><a name="toc-Environments-2" href="#Environments">8 Environments</a>
+  <li><a name="toc-Environments-1" href="#Environments">8 Environments</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
     <li><a name="toc-abstract-1" href="#abstract">8.1 <code>abstract</code></a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-array-1" href="#array">8.2 <code>array</code></a></li>
@@ -309,14 +329,16 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace}
   <ul class="no-bullet">
     <li><a name="toc-_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand-1" href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">12.1 <code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-_005cprovidecommand-1" href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">12.3 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewlength-1" href="#g_t_005cnewlength">12.4 <code>\newlength</code></a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewsavebox-1" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">12.5 <code>\newsavebox</code></a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1" href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">12.6 <code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewtheorem-1" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">12.7 <code>\newtheorem</code></a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">12.8 <code>\newfont</code></a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">12.9 <code>\protect</code></a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.10 <code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1" href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-_005c_0040ifstar-1" href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter" href="#g_t_005cnewcounter">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewlength-1" href="#g_t_005cnewlength">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewsavebox-1" href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1" href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewtheorem-1" href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-_005cnewfont-1" href="#g_t_005cnewfont">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-_005cprotect-1" href="#g_t_005cprotect">12.11 <code>\protect</code></a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1" href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a name="toc-Counters-1" href="#Counters">13 Counters</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
@@ -358,7 +380,11 @@ code {font-style: normal; font-family: monospace}
     <li><a name="toc-Math-functions-1" href="#Math-functions">16.3 Math functions</a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-Math-accents-1" href="#Math-accents">16.4 Math accents</a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-Over_002d-and-Underlining-1" href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">16.5 Over- and Underlining</a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-Spacing-in-math-mode-1" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">16.6 Spacing in math mode</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-Spacing-in-math-mode-1" href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">16.6 Spacing in math mode</a>
+    <ul class="no-bullet">
+      <li><a name="toc-_005csmash-1" href="#g_t_005csmash">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></a></li>
+      <li><a name="toc-_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1" href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></a></li>
+    </ul></li>
     <li><a name="toc-Math-miscellany-1" href="#Math-miscellany">16.7 Math miscellany</a>
     <ul class="no-bullet">
       <li><a name="toc-Colon-character-_003a-_0026-_005ccolon" href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">16.7.1 Colon character <code>:</code> &amp; <code>\colon</code></a></li>
@@ -529,7 +555,7 @@ Next: <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="n" rel="next">About this documen
 <h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
 
 <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-July 2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+October 2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 </p>
 <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="1">About this document</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -607,10 +633,17 @@ Next: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="n" rel="next">Overview</a>, Previous: <a hr
 <a name="index-home-page-for-manual"></a>
 <p>This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document
 preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX
-typesetting program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>).  This document&rsquo;s home page is
-<a href="puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</a>.  That page has links to the
-current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and
-subscriptions, and other infrastructure.
+typesetting program (see <a href="#Overview">Overview</a>).
+</p>
+<p>This document&rsquo;s home page is <a href="https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</a>.  There
+you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its
+archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in
+various formats.  In particular, the output comes in two web formats.
+Probably the most convenient one, shown at <a href="http://latexref.xyz/">http://latexref.xyz/</a>,
+has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the
+note there about easy-to-remember links.  The other, shown at
+<a href="http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co">http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co</a>,
+has all the information on single page.
 </p>
 <a name="index-LaTeX-vs_002e-LaTeX2e"></a>
 <p>In this document, we will mostly just use &lsquo;LaTeX&rsquo; rather than
@@ -714,7 +747,9 @@ sensible, such as in plain text, write it as &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX</samp>&rsquo;.
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="4">LaTeX command syntax</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">General syntax of LaTeX commands.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="5">CTAN</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Our repository.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Environment" accesskey="5">Environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Area of the source giving distinct behavior.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="6">CTAN</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Our repository.
 </td></tr>
 </table>
 
@@ -942,7 +977,7 @@ additional support for Japanese and other languages ([u]pTeX,
 <a name="LaTeX-command-syntax"></a>
 <div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN</a>, Previous: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="n" rel="next">Environment</a>, Previous: <a href="#TeX-engines" accesskey="p" rel="prev">TeX engines</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="LaTeX-command-syntax-1"></a>
 <h3 class="section">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</h3>
@@ -974,6 +1009,11 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make
 the first character of the following text be an open square bracket,
 hide it inside curly braces.
 </p>
+<p>Some of LaTeX&rsquo;s commands are a <em>declaration</em>.  Such a command
+changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter.  For
+instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> declaration changes the typesetting of
+page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (see <a href="#g_t_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</a>).
+</p>
 <p>LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a <code>*</code> form that
 is related to the form without a <code>*</code>, such as <code>\chapter</code> and
 <code>\chapter*</code>.  The exact difference in behavior varies from command
@@ -982,24 +1022,15 @@ to command.
 <p>This manual describes all accepted options and <code>*</code>-forms for the
 commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs).
 </p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Environment" accesskey="1">Environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Area of the source with distinct behavior.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#Declaration" accesskey="2">Declaration</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the value or meaning of a command.
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the status of the at-sign character.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
 
 <hr>
 <a name="Environment"></a>
 <div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="#Declaration" accesskey="n" rel="next">Declaration</a>, Up: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX command syntax</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#CTAN" accesskey="n" rel="next">CTAN</a>, Previous: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
-<a name="Environments-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">2.4.1 Environments</h4>
+<a name="Environment-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">2.5 Environment</h3>
 
 <p>Synopsis:
 </p>
@@ -1020,7 +1051,9 @@ behavior.  For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between
 \end{verse}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>See <a href="#Environments">Environments</a> for a list of environments. 
+<p>See <a href="#Environments">Environments</a> for a list of environments.  Particularly notable is
+that every LaTeX document must have a <code>document</code> environment,
+a <code>\begin{document} ... \end{document}</code> pair.
 </p>
 <p>The <var>environment name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at
 the end.  This includes the case where <var>environment name</var> ends in a
@@ -1040,177 +1073,13 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns).
 
 
 <hr>
-<a name="Declaration"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a>, Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX command syntax</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="Command-declarations"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">2.4.2 Command declarations</h4>
-
-<p>A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other
-command or parameter.  For instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> command
-changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic.
-</p>
-
-<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Declaration" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Declaration</a>, Up: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="u" rel="up">LaTeX command syntax</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">2.4.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></h4>
-
-<p>Synopsis:
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makeatletter
-  ... definition of commands with @ in their name ..
-\makeatother
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>Used to redefine internal LaTeX commands.  <code>\makeatletter</code> makes
-the at-sign character&nbsp;<code>@</code> have the category code of a letter,
-11.  <code>\makeatother</code> sets the category code of&nbsp;<code>@</code> to 12,
-its original value.
-</p>
-<p>As each character is read by TeX for LaTeX, it is assigned a
-character category code, or 
-<a name="index-catcode"></a>
-<a name="index-character-category-code"></a>
-<a name="index-category-code_002c-character"></a>
-<em>catcode</em> for short. For instance, the backslash&nbsp;<code>\</code> is
-assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command.  These two
-commands alter the catcode assigned to <code>@</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The alteration is needed because many of LaTeX&rsquo;s commands use
-<code>@</code> in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a
-command that replaces one of LaTeX&rsquo;s own.  Command names consist of a
-category&nbsp;0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters,
-category&nbsp;11 characters (except that a command name can also consist
-of a category&nbsp;0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol).
-So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot
-contain an <code>@</code>.  But <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code>
-allow users to define or redefine commands named with <code>@</code>.
-</p>
-<p>Use these two commands inside a <samp>.tex</samp> file, in the preamble, when
-defining or redefining a command with <code>@</code> in its name.  Don&rsquo;t use
-them inside <samp>.sty</samp> or <samp>.cls</samp> files since the
-<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands set the at sign to
-have the character code of a letter.
-</p>
-<a name="index-package_002c-macros2e"></a>
-<a name="index-macros2e-package"></a>
-
-<p>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign
-in their names see <a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</a>. These macros are
-mainly intended to package or class authors.
-</p>
-<p>In this example the class file has a command
-<code>\thesis@universityname</code> that the user wants to change.  These
-three lines should go in the preamble, before the
-<code>\begin{document}</code>.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\makeatletter
-\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
-\makeatother
-</pre></div>
-
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="1">\@ifstar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands with *-variants.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-
-<hr>
-<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Up: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="u" rel="up">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">2.4.3.1 <code>\@ifstar</code></h4>
-
-<a name="index-_005c_0040ifstar"></a>
-<a name="index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants"></a>
-<a name="index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands"></a>
-
-<p>Synopsis:
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
-\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<var>nostar-num-args</var>]{<var>nostar-body</var>} 
-\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<var>star-num-args</var>]{<var>star-body</var>}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the
-same name but ending with a star character&nbsp;<code>*</code>, an asterisk.
-Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the
-<code>\section</code> and <code>\section*</code> commands.
-</p>
-<p>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
-because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the
-environment name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more
-complex.  As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command,
-given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed
-by a star.  For instance, LaTeX does not really have a
-<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks
-ahead.  This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to
-one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In the synopsis these two
-are <code>\mycmd@nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd@star</code>.  They could take the
-same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all.
-As always, in a LaTeX document a command using at-sign&nbsp;<code>@</code>
-must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block
-(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a>).
-</p>
-<p>This example of <code>\@ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a
-variant <code>\ciel*</code>.  Both have one required argument.  A call to
-<code>\ciel{night}</code> will return &quot;starry night sky&quot; while
-<code>\ciel*{blue}</code> will return &quot;starry not blue sky&quot;.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky}
-\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky}
-\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
-arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007&rsquo;s
-<code>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond},
-\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</code> is equivalent to entering the commands
-<code>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</code>
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
-\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
-  \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of
-<code>\@ifstar</code>.  The <samp>suffix</samp> package allows the construct
-<code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred version</var>}</code> followed by
-<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred version</var>}</code>.  And
-LaTeX3 has the <samp>xparse</samp> package that allows this code.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
-  {<var>starred version</var>}%
-  {<var>unstarred version</var>}% 
-  }
-</pre></div>
-
-
-<hr>
 <a name="CTAN"></a>
 <div class="header">
 <p>
-Previous: <a href="#LaTeX-command-syntax" accesskey="p" rel="prev">LaTeX command syntax</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Previous: <a href="#Environment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Environment</a>, Up: <a href="#Overview" accesskey="u" rel="up">Overview</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
-<a name="CTAN_003a-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network"></a>
-<h3 class="section">2.5 CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3>
+<a name="CTAN_003a-the-Comprehensive-TeX-Archive-Network"></a>
+<h3 class="section">2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network</h3>
 
 <a name="index-CTAN"></a>
 
@@ -1585,9 +1454,10 @@ Next: <a href="#Class-and-package-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Class and p
 
 <p>A class file or package file typically has four parts.  
 </p><ol>
-<li>In the <em>identification part</em>, the file says that it is a LaTeX
+<li> In the <em>identification part</em>, the file says that it is a LaTeX
 package or class and describes itself, using the <code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code>
 and <code>\ProvidesClass</code> or <code>\ProvidesPackage</code> commands.
+
 </li><li> The <em>preliminary declarations part</em> declares some commands and
 can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed
 for the code used in the next part.  For example, an <code>smcmemo</code>
@@ -1596,12 +1466,14 @@ people for the to-head, as <code>\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}</code>, and
 therefore needs to define a command
 <code>\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}</code> used in that
 file.
+
 </li><li> In the <em>handle options part</em> the class or package declares
 and processes its options.  Class options allow a user to start their
 document as <code>\documentclass[<var>option list</var>]{<var>class
 name</var>}</code>, to modify the behavior of the class.  An example is when you
 declare <code>\documentclass[11pt]{article}</code> to set the default
 document font size.  
+
 </li><li> Finally, in the <em>more declarations part</em> the class or package usually does
 most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and
 loading other files.
@@ -4529,7 +4401,7 @@ reference.  See the documentation on CTAN.
 <p>
 Next: <a href="#Line-breaking" accesskey="n" rel="next">Line breaking</a>, Previous: <a href="#Cross-references" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Cross references</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
-<a name="Environments-2"></a>
+<a name="Environments-1"></a>
 <h2 class="chapter">8 Environments</h2>
 
 <a name="index-environments"></a>
@@ -6237,7 +6109,7 @@ depends on the list type.
 </p>
 <p>Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets
 &lsquo;<samp>[...]</samp>&rsquo;, if you have an item whose text starts with &lsquo;<samp>[</samp>&rsquo;, you
-have to to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item
+have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item
 {[} is an open square bracket</code>; otherwise, LaTeX will think it
 marks the start of an optional label.
 </p>
@@ -6464,7 +6336,7 @@ stretchable space.
 </dd>
 </dl>
 
-<p>The <var>inner-pos</var> argument makes sense when the <var>height</var> options
+<p>The <var>inner-pos</var> argument makes sense when the <var>height</var> option
 is set to a value larger than the <code>minipage</code>&rsquo;s natural height.  To
 see the effect of the options, run this example with the various choices
 in place of <code>b</code>.
@@ -7809,8 +7681,8 @@ ampersand, <code>&amp;</code>.  The end of each row is marked with a double
 backslash, <code>\\</code>.  Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
 backslash, with <code>\hline</code>.
 <a name="index-_005c_005c-for-tabular"></a>
-This <code>\\</code> is optional after the last row unless an <code>\hline</code>
-command follows, to put a rule below the table.
+After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code>
+command follows to put a rule below the table.
 </p>
 <p>The required and optional arguments to <code>tabular</code> consist of:
 </p>
@@ -7868,9 +7740,9 @@ there.
 not insert <code>\tabcolsep</code> so you must insert any desired space
 yourself, as in <code>@{\hspace{1em}}</code>.
 </p>
-<p>An empty expression <code>@{}</code> will eliminate the space.  In
-particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space before the
-first column or after the last one, as in the example below where the
+<p>An empty expression <code>@{}</code> will eliminate the space. In
+particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before the first
+column or after the last one, as in the example below where the
 tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
@@ -8099,10 +7971,10 @@ range en-dash.
 \end{tabular}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Note that although the <code>tabular</code> specification by default puts a
-vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no
-vertical bar in the <var>cols</var> of either of the first row&rsquo;s
-<code>\multicolumn</code> commands, no rule appears in the first row.
+<p>Although the <code>tabular</code> specification by default puts a vertical
+rule between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears
+in the first row here.  That&rsquo;s because there is no vertical bar in the
+<var>cols</var> part of the first row&rsquo;s first <code>\multicolumn</code> command.
 </p>
 
 <hr>
@@ -8409,12 +8281,21 @@ comma-separated list of citation keys (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</
 \end{thebibliography}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>produces the output &lsquo;<samp>... source is [1]</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>produces output like &lsquo;<samp>... source is [1]</samp>&rsquo;.  (You can change the
+appearance of the citation with bibliography styles.  More is in
+<a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a>.)
 </p>
 <p>The optional argument <var>subcite</var> is appended to the citation.  For
 example, <code>See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}</code> might produce
 &lsquo;<samp>See 14.3 in [1, p.&nbsp;314]</samp>&rsquo;.
 </p>
+<p>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes
+information to the auxiliary file <samp><var>filename</var>.aux</samp>.  For
+instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes &lsquo;<samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp>&rsquo;
+to that file.  This information is used by BibTeX to include in your
+reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see
+<a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a> also.
+</p>
 <p>If <var>keys</var> is not in your bibliography information then you get
 &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</samp>&rsquo;, and in the output
 the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets.
@@ -8422,14 +8303,7 @@ There are two possible causes.  If you have mistyped something, as in
 <code>\cite{texbok}</code> then you need to correct the spelling.  On the
 other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic
 information and so changed the <samp>.aux</samp> file (see <a href="#g_t_005cbibitem">\bibitem</a>) then
-the fix may be to just run LaTeX again.
-</p>
-<p>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes
-information to the auxiliary file <samp><var>filename</var>.aux</samp>.  For
-instance, <code>\cite{latexdps}</code> writes &lsquo;<samp>\citation{latexdps}</samp>&rsquo;
-to that file.  This information is used by BibTeX to include in your
-reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see
-<a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a> also.
+the fix may be to run LaTeX again.
 </p>
 
 <hr>
@@ -10006,19 +9880,23 @@ Next: <a href="#Counters" accesskey="n" rel="next">Counters</a>, Previous: <a hr
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="2">\providecommand</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new command, if name not used.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="3">\newcounter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new counter.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="3">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Change the status of the at-sign character.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="4">\@ifstar</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define your own commands with *-variants.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="5">\newcounter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new counter.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="4">\newlength</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new length.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="6">\newlength</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new length.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="5">\newsavebox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new box.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="7">\newsavebox</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new box.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="6">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new environment.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="8">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new environment.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="7">\newtheorem</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new theorem-like environment.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="9">\newtheorem</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new theorem-like environment.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="8">\newfont</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new font name.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont">\newfont</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Define a new font name.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="9">\protect</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Using tricky commands.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Using tricky commands.
 </td></tr>
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Discard extra spaces.
 </td></tr>
@@ -10194,7 +10072,7 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition:
 <a name="g_t_005cprovidecommand"></a>
 <div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="n" rel="next">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="g_t_005cprovidecommand-1"></a>
 <h3 class="section">12.2 <code>\providecommand</code></h3>
@@ -10235,13 +10113,158 @@ the repeated use of <code>\providecommand</code> does not give an error.
 </p>
 
 <hr>
+<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="n" rel="next">\@ifstar</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\providecommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">12.3 <code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></h3>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\makeatletter
+  ... definition of commands with @ in their name ..
+\makeatother
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Use this pair when you redefine LaTeX commands that are named with an
+at-sign character&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp><code>@</code></samp>&rsquo;.  The <code>\makeatletter</code>
+declaration makes the at-sign character have the category code of a
+letter, code&nbsp;11.  The <code>\makeatother</code> declaration sets the
+category code of the at-sign to code&nbsp;12, its default value.
+</p>
+<p>As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
+<a name="index-catcode"></a>
+<a name="index-character-category-code"></a>
+<a name="index-category-code_002c-character"></a>
+<em>catcode</em>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
+character&nbsp;&lsquo;<samp><code>\</code></samp>&rsquo; the catcode&nbsp;0.  Command names
+consist of a category&nbsp;0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
+by letters, category&nbsp;11 characters (except that a command name can
+also consist of a category&nbsp;0 character followed by a single
+non-letter symbol).
+</p>
+<p>LaTeX&rsquo;s source code has the convention that some commands use
+<code>@</code> in their name.  These commands are mainly intended for package
+or class writers.  The convention prevents authors who are just using a
+package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of
+their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode&nbsp;12.
+</p>
+<p>The pair <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> changes the
+default code and then changes it back.  Use them inside a <samp>.tex</samp>
+file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands
+named with <code>@</code>, by having them surround your definition.  Don&rsquo;t
+use these inside <samp>.sty</samp> or <samp>.cls</samp> files since the
+<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands already arrange
+that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode&nbsp;11.
+</p>
+<a name="index-package_002c-macros2e"></a>
+<a name="index-macros2e-package"></a>
+
+<p>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
+<a href="http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e">http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</a>.
+</p>
+<p>In this example the class file has a command
+<code>\thesis@universityname</code> that the user wants to change.  These
+three lines should go in the preamble, before the
+<code>\begin{document}</code>.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\makeatletter
+\renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
+\makeatother
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newcounter</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="g_t_005c_0040ifstar-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">12.4 <code>\@ifstar</code></h3>
+
+<a name="index-_005c_0040ifstar"></a>
+<a name="index-commands_002c-star_002dvariants"></a>
+<a name="index-star_002dvariants_002c-commands"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
+\newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[<var>nostar-num-args</var>]{<var>nostar-body</var>} 
+\newcommand{\mycmd@star}[<var>star-num-args</var>]{<var>star-body</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the
+same name but ending with a star character&nbsp;<code>*</code>, an asterisk.
+Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the
+<code>\section</code> and <code>\section*</code> commands.
+</p>
+<p>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
+because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the
+environment name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more
+complex.  As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command,
+given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed
+by a star.  For instance, LaTeX does not really have a
+<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks
+ahead.  This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to
+one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In the synopsis these two
+are <code>\mycmd@nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd@star</code>.  They could take the
+same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all.
+As always, in a LaTeX document a command using at-sign&nbsp;<code>@</code>
+must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block
+(see <a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a>).
+</p>
+<p>This example of <code>\@ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a
+variant <code>\ciel*</code>.  Both have one required argument.  A call to
+<code>\ciel{night}</code> will return &quot;starry night sky&quot; while
+<code>\ciel*{blue}</code> will return &quot;starry not blue sky&quot;.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky}
+\newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky}
+\newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
+arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007&rsquo;s
+<code>``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond},
+\agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''</code> is equivalent to entering the commands
+<code>``My name is \textsc{Bond}, \textit{James} textsc{Bond}.''</code>
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
+\newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
+  \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of
+<code>\@ifstar</code>.  The <samp>suffix</samp> package allows the construct
+<code>\newcommand\mycommand{<var>unstarred version</var>}</code> followed by
+<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{<var>starred version</var>}</code>.  And
+LaTeX3 has the <samp>xparse</samp> package that allows this code.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
+  {<var>starred version</var>}%
+  {<var>unstarred version</var>}% 
+  }
+</pre></div>
+
+
+<hr>
 <a name="g_t_005cnewcounter"></a>
 <div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newlength</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprovidecommand" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\providecommand</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newlength</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\@ifstar</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="g_t_005cnewcounter_003a-Allocating-a-counter"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.3 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</h3>
+<h3 class="section">12.5 <code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</h3>
 
 <a name="index-_005cnewcounter"></a>
 <a name="index-counters_002c-defining-new"></a>
@@ -10299,7 +10322,7 @@ defined.</samp>&rsquo;
 Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newsavebox</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewcounter" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newcounter</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="g_t_005cnewlength-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.4 <code>\newlength</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section">12.6 <code>\newlength</code></h3>
 
 <a name="index-_005cnewlength"></a>
 <a name="index-lengths_002c-allocating-new"></a>
@@ -10339,7 +10362,7 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>&rsquo;.
 Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewlength" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newlength</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="g_t_005cnewsavebox-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.5 <code>\newsavebox</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section">12.7 <code>\newsavebox</code></h3>
 
 <a name="index-_005cnewsavebox"></a>
 <a name="index-box_002c-allocating-new"></a>
@@ -10347,16 +10370,17 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="n
 <p>Synopsis:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newsavebox{<var>cmd</var>}
+<pre class="example">\newsavebox{\<var>cmd</var>}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Define <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> to refer to a new &ldquo;bin&rdquo; for storing boxes.
-Such a box is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to
-measure or manipulate (see <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>).  The required bin name
-<code><var>cmd</var></code> must start with a backslash, <code>\</code>, and must not
-already be defined.  This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>).
+<p>Define \<var>cmd</var>, the string consisting of a backslash followed by
+<var>cmd</var>, to refer to a new bin for storing material.  These bins hold
+material that has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or
+manipulate (see <a href="#Boxes">Boxes</a>).  The bin name \<var>cmd</var> is required, must
+start with a backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command.
+This command is fragile (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>).
 </p>
-<p>The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use. 
+<p>This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\newsavebox{\logobox}
@@ -10380,7 +10404,7 @@ Our logo is \usebox{\logobox}.
 Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newtheorem</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewsavebox" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newsavebox</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.6 <code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section">12.8 <code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></h3>
 
 <a name="index-_005cnewenvironment"></a>
 <a name="index-_005crenewenvironment"></a>
@@ -10552,7 +10576,7 @@ the document, use the environment like this.
 Next: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="n" rel="next">\newfont</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="g_t_005cnewtheorem-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.7 <code>\newtheorem</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section">12.9 <code>\newtheorem</code></h3>
 
 <a name="index-_005cnewtheorem"></a>
 <a name="index-theorems_002c-defining"></a>
@@ -10696,7 +10720,7 @@ by &lsquo;<samp>Theorem&nbsp;2.1</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>Definition&nbsp;
 Next: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="n" rel="next">\protect</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewtheorem" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newtheorem</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="g_t_005cnewfont-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.8 <code>\newfont</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section">12.10 <code>\newfont</code></h3>
 
 <a name="index-_005cnewfont"></a>
 <a name="index-fonts_002c-new-commands-for"></a>
@@ -10714,8 +10738,8 @@ boldface with a roman (see <a href="#Fonts">Fonts</a>).
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>Define a command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> that will change the current font.
-The control sequence must must not already be defined.  It must begin
-with a backslash, <code>\</code>.
+The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
+backslash, <code>\</code>.
 </p>
 <a name="index-at-clause_002c-in-font-definitions"></a>
 <a name="index-design-size_002c-in-font-definitions"></a>
@@ -10745,7 +10769,7 @@ relative to the font&rsquo;s design size, which is a value defined in the
 Next: <a href="#g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" accesskey="n" rel="next">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cnewfont" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\newfont</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="g_t_005cprotect-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.9 <code>\protect</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section">12.11 <code>\protect</code></h3>
 
 <a name="index-_005cprotect"></a>
 <a name="index-fragile-commands"></a>
@@ -10816,7 +10840,7 @@ to <code>\protect\(..\protect\)</code>.
 Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cprotect" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\protect</a>, Up: <a href="#Definitions" accesskey="u" rel="up">Definitions</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="g_t_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">12.10 <code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section">12.12 <code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></h3>
 
 <a name="index-_005cignorespaces"></a>
 <a name="index-_005cignorespacesafterend"></a>
@@ -11311,29 +11335,36 @@ Next: <a href="#Making-paragraphs" accesskey="n" rel="next">Making paragraphs</a
 <p>A <em>length</em> is a measure of distance.  Many LaTeX commands take a
 length as an argument.
 </p>
-<p>This shows a box of the given length.
+<p>Lengths come in two types.  A <em>rigid length</em> such as <code>10pt</code>
+does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component.  (Plain TeX
+calls this a <em>dimen</em>.)  A <em>rubber length</em> (what Plain TeX
+calls a <em>skip</em>) such as as with <code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code>
+can contain either or both of those components.  In that rubber length,
+the <code>1cm</code> is the <em>natural length</em> while the other two, the
+<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components, allow TeX to stretch or
+shrink the length to optimize placement.
+</p>
+<p>The illustrations below use these two commands.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}   % make a bar 
-\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} % box it
-XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+<pre class="example">% make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide
+\newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}
+
+% Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border)
+\newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
+  \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} 
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>It produces a black bar 100&nbsp;points long between &lsquo;<samp>XXX</samp>&rsquo; and
-&lsquo;<samp>YYY</samp>&rsquo;.
-</p>
-<p>Lengths come in two types.  A <em>rigid length</em> (what Plain TeX
-calls a <em>dimen</em>) such as <code>10pt</code> does not contain a <code>plus</code>
-or <code>minus</code> component.  The above example shows a rigid length. A
-<em>rubber length</em> (what Plain TeX calls a <em>skip</em>) can contain
-those components, as with <code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code>.  Here the
-<code>1cm</code> is the <em>natural length</em> while the other two, the
-<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components, allow the length to stretch or
-shrink.
+<p>This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100&nbsp;points
+long between &lsquo;<samp>XXX</samp>&rsquo; and &lsquo;<samp>YYY</samp>&rsquo;.  This length is rigid.
 </p>
-<p>Shrinking is simpler: with <code>1cm minus 0.05cm</code>, the natural length
-is 1cm but if smaller is needed then TeX can shrink it down as
-far as 0.95cm.  Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more.
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <code>1cm minus
+0.05cm</code>, the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down
+as far as 0.95cm.  Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more.
 Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of
 98&nbsp;points between the two bars.
 </p>
@@ -11352,7 +11383,7 @@ wider than the 300pt allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink
 the total to less than 309&nbsp;points.
 </p>
 <p>Stretching is like shrinking except that if TeX is asked to stretch
-beyond the given amount, it won&rsquo;t refuse.  Here the first line is fine,
+beyond the given amount, it will do it.  Here the first line is fine,
 producing a space of 110&nbsp;points between the bars.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
@@ -11364,11 +11395,9 @@ XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10&nbsp;points and only
-1&nbsp;point was specified.  In this situation, TeX stretches the
-space to the required length, but it complains with a warning like
-&lsquo;<samp>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line 22</samp>&rsquo;.  (We won&rsquo;t
-discuss badness; the point is that the system was not given as much
-stretch as needed.)
+1&nbsp;point was specified.  TeX stretches the space to the required
+length but it gives you a warning like &lsquo;<samp>Underfull \hbox (badness
+10000) detected at line 22</samp>&rsquo;.  (We won&rsquo;t discuss badness.)
 </p>
 <p>You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in
 <code>1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex</code>.
@@ -11377,16 +11406,17 @@ stretch as needed.)
 stretch or shrink in proportion.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{\blackbar{100pt}%  left
+<pre class="example">XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+  \blackbar{100pt}%  left
   \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}%  middle
   \blackbar{100pt}}YYY  % right
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The outside bars take up 100&nbsp;points, so the middle needs another
-100.  In the middle the bar takes up 80&nbsp;points, so the two
-<code>\hspace</code>&rsquo;s must stretch 20&nbsp;points.  Because the two say
-<code>plus 50pt</code> and <code>plus 10pt</code>, TeX gets 5/6 of the
-stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
+<p>The left and right bars take up 100&nbsp;points, so the middle needs
+another 100.  The middle bar is 80&nbsp;points so the two
+<code>\hspace</code>&rsquo;s must stretch 20&nbsp;points.  Because the two are
+<code>plus 50pt</code> and <code>plus 10pt</code>, TeX gets 5/6 of the stretch
+from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
 </p>
 <p>The <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component of a rubber length can contain
 a <em>fill</em> component, as in <code>1in plus2fill</code>.  This gives the
@@ -11402,10 +11432,10 @@ the page.
 \end{minipage}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>TeX actually has three infinite glue components <code>fil</code>,
-<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more infinite than
-the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
-(see <a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a>).
+<p>TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
+<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more
+infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
+the middle one (see <a href="#g_t_005chfill">\hfill</a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill">\vfill</a>).
 </p>
 <p>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and
@@ -11446,7 +11476,7 @@ math mode.
 <dt><code>pt</code></dt>
 <dd><a name="index-pt"></a>
 <a name="index-Point"></a>
-<a name="units-of-length-pt"></a><p>Point 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
+<a name="units-of-length-pt"></a><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
 places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm. 
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -11559,8 +11589,13 @@ while the second will not.
 He said stop going to those places.
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</samp>&rsquo;.
+<p>If you did not declare <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if
+you mistype the above as
+<code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
+then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\sepcindent</samp>&rsquo;.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
+then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be
+read again&gt; \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>&rsquo;
 </p>
 
 <hr>
@@ -11589,17 +11624,19 @@ and can be in any units that LaTeX understands (see <a href="#Units-of-length">U
 <p>Below, if <code>\parskip</code> starts with the value <code>0pt plus 1pt</code> 
 </p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
-Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
+<pre class="example">Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
+\addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
 
 Nurse: no change.
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>then it has the value <code>1pt plus 1pt</code> for the second paragraph.
 </p>
-<p>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</samp>&rsquo;.  If you leave
-off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in
+<p>If you did not declare the length <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, if
+for example you mistype the above as
+<code>\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}</code>, then you get
+something like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</samp>&rsquo;.
+If you leave off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in
 <code>\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}</code>, then you get something like
 &lsquo;<samp>You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</samp>&rsquo;.
 </p>
@@ -11633,9 +11670,10 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>.
 \the\alphabetdepth
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetdepth</samp>&rsquo;.  If you
-leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
+<p>If you did not set aside the length <var>len</var>, if for example you
+mistype the above as <code>\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}</code>,
+then you get something like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\aplhabetdepth</samp>&rsquo;.  If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
 <code>\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}</code> then you get something like
 &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
 </p>
@@ -11669,9 +11707,11 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>.
 \the\alphabetheight
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetheight</samp>&rsquo;.  If you
-leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
+<p>If no such length <var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, if
+for example you mistype as
+<code>\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}</code>, then you get something
+like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetheight</samp>&rsquo;.  If
+you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
 <code>\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}</code> then you get something like
 &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
 </p>
@@ -11705,22 +11745,14 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>.
 \the\alphabetwidth
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like
-&lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetwidth</samp>&rsquo;.  If you
-leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
+<p>If no such length <var>len</var> has been set aside, if for example you
+mistype the above as <code>\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}</code>,
+then you get something like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\aplhabetwidth</samp>&rsquo;.  If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
 <code>\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}</code> then you get something like
 &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>&rsquo;.
 </p>
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
 <hr>
 <a name="Making-paragraphs"></a>
 <div class="header">
@@ -11733,8 +11765,9 @@ Next: <a href="#Math-formulas" accesskey="n" rel="next">Math formulas</a>, Previ
 <a name="index-making-paragraphs"></a>
 <a name="index-paragraphs"></a>
 
-<p>Once LaTeX has all of a paragraph&rsquo;s contents it divides it into
-lines, in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (see <a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a>).  To end the current paragraph, put an empty line.
+<p>To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
+paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, separated by
+two empty lines.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession
@@ -11752,6 +11785,10 @@ of some one or other of their daughters.
 <p>The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment
 character, <code>%</code>.
 </p>
+<p>Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph&rsquo;s contents it divides that
+content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph
+(see <a href="#Line-breaking">Line breaking</a>).
+</p>
 <p>There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted.  Don&rsquo;t put a
 blank line in math mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>); here the line before the
 <code>\end{equation}</code>
@@ -11800,7 +11837,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent" accesskey="n" rel="next">\in
 <a name="index-_005cpar"></a>
 <a name="index-paragraph_002c-ending"></a>
 
-<p>Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX, converts two
+<p>Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts two
 consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>):
 </p>
 <div class="example">
@@ -11819,21 +11856,23 @@ readability.
   \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The <code>\par</code> command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but
-it terminates paragraph mode, bringing LaTeX to vertical mode
+<p>In LR mode or a vertical mode the <code>\par</code> command does nothing but
+it terminates paragraph mode, switching LaTeX to vertical mode
 (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>).
 </p>
-<p>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in math mode or in the argument
-of many commands, such as the <code>\section</code> command (see <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a>).
+<p>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in a math mode.  You also cannot
+use it in the argument of many commands, such as the <code>\section</code>
+command (see <a href="#Making-paragraphs">Making paragraphs</a> and <a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a>).
 </p>
-<p>The <code>\par</code> command differs from the <code>\paragraph</code> command in
-that the latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a
-sectioning unit used by the standard LaTeX documents.
+<p>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as the <code>\paragraph</code>
+command. The latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a
+sectioning unit used by the standard LaTeX documents
+(see <a href="#g_t_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</a>).
 </p>
-<p>The <code>\par</code> command differs from <code>\newline</code> and the line break
-double backslash, <code>\\</code>, in that \par ends the paragraph not just
-the line.  It also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph
-vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a>).
+<p>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as <code>\newline</code> or the line
+break double backslash, <code>\\</code>.  The difference is that <code>\par</code>
+ends the paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of
+the between-paragraph vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a>).
 </p>
 <p>The output from this example
 </p>
@@ -12009,9 +12048,9 @@ subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the
 prior paragraph.  Revert that to the default position with
 <code>\normalmarginpar</code>.
 </p>
-<p>When you specify the optional argument <var>left</var> then it is used for a
-note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <var>right</var> is
-used for a note in the the right margin.
+<p>When you specify the optional argument <var>left</var> then it is used for
+a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <var>right</var> is
+used for a note in the right margin.
 </p>
 <p>Normally, a note&rsquo;s first word will not be hyphenated.  You can enable
 hyphenation there by beginning <var>left</var> or <var>right</var> with
@@ -14642,6 +14681,177 @@ both text and math mode.
 </p></dd>
 </dl>
 
+<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="1">\smash</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Eliminate height or depth of a subformula.
+</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="2">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Make empty box with the same size as the argument.
+</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<hr>
+<a name="g_t_005csmash"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" accesskey="n" rel="next">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="g_t_005csmash-1"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection">16.6.1 <code>\smash</code></h4>
+
+<a name="index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode"></a>
+<a name="index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\smash{<var>subformula</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Typeset <var>subformula</var> as if its height and depth were zero.
+</p>
+<p>In this example the exponential is so tall that without the
+<code>\smash</code> command LaTeX would separate its line from the line
+above it, and the uneven line spacing might be unsightly.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
+evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>(Because of the <code>\smash</code> the printed expression could run into the
+line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the
+document to make such adjustments.)
+</p>
+<p>This pictures the effect of <code>\smash</code> by using <code>\fbox</code> to
+surround the box that LaTeX will put on the line.  The
+<code>\blackbar</code> command makes a bar extending from 10&nbsp;points below
+the baseline to 20&nbsp;points above.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
+\fbox{\blackbar}
+\fbox{\smash{\blackbar}}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The first box that LaTeX places is 20&nbsp;points high and
+10&nbsp;points deep.  But the second box is treated by LaTeX as
+having zero height and zero depth, despite that the ink printed on the
+page still extends well above and below the line.
+</p>
+<p>The <code>\smash</code> command appears often in mathematics to adjust the
+size of an element that surrounds a subformula.  Here the first radical
+extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\begin{equation}
+\sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k&lt; n} f(k)}
+\sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k&lt; n}} f(k)}
+\end{equation}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Note the use of <code>\vphantom</code> to give the <code>\sqrt</code> command an
+argument with the height of the <code>\sum</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a>).
+</p>
+<p>While most often used in mathematics, the <code>\smash</code> command can
+appear in other contexts.  However, it doesn&rsquo;t change into horizontal
+mode.  So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a
+<code>\leavevmode</code>, as in the bottom line below.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">xxx xxx xxx
+
+\smash{yyy}  % no paragraph indent
+
+\leavevmode\smash{zzz}  % usual paragraph indent
+</pre></div>
+
+<a name="index-package_002c-mathtools-2"></a>
+<a name="index-mathtools-package-2"></a>
+
+<p>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
+control over smashing a subformula box.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
+<a name="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Previous: <a href="#g_t_005csmash" accesskey="p" rel="prev">\smash</a>, Up: <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spacing in math mode</a> &nbsp; [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom-1"></a>
+<h4 class="subsection">16.6.2 <code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></h4>
+
+<a name="index-spacing_002c-math-mode"></a>
+<a name="index-horizontal-spacing"></a>
+<a name="index-vertical-spacing"></a>
+<a name="index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1"></a>
+<a name="index-invisible-character"></a>
+<a name="index-character_002c-invisible"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\phantom{<var>subformula</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>or
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\vphantom{<var>subformula</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>or
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\hphantom{<var>subformula</var>}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth,
+and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty.  That is, this command causes
+LaTeX to typeset the box but not its ink.  The <code>\vphantom</code>
+variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as
+<var>subformula</var>, but it has width zero.  And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a
+box with the same width as <var>subformula</var> but with height and depth
+zero.
+</p>
+<p>Without the <code>\vphantom</code> in this example, the top bars of the two
+square roots would be at different heights.
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \)
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>The <code>\vphantom{a^3}</code> causes the first <code>\sqrt</code> to have inside
+it a box of the same height as the second <code>\sqrt</code>, so LaTeX
+makes the bars align.
+</p>
+<p>These commands often are combined with <code>\smash</code>.  See <a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a>
+for another example of the use of <code>\vphantom</code>.
+</p>
+<a name="index-package_002c-mathtools-3"></a>
+<a name="index-mathtools-package-3"></a>
+
+<p>The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides
+a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
+convenient, including <code>\makebox</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox &amp; \makebox</a>) as well
+as <code>\settodepth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettodepth">\settodepth</a>), <code>\settoheight</code>
+(see <a href="#g_t_005csettoheight">\settoheight</a>), and <code>\settowidth</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005csettowidth">\settowidth</a>).
+In addition, the <samp>mathtools</samp> package has many commands that offer
+fine-grained control over spacing.
+</p>
+<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-8"></a>
+<a name="index-amsmath-package-8"></a>
+
+<p>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
+mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
+should give it such a status, for example with the <code>\operatorname</code>
+command from the package <samp>amsmath</samp>.
+</p>
+<p>While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other
+contexts.  However, they don&rsquo;t cause LaTeX to change into horizontal
+mode.  So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
+with <code>\leavevmode</code>.
+</p>
 
 <hr>
 <a name="Math-miscellany"></a>
@@ -14700,15 +14910,15 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002a" accesskey="n" rel="next">\*</a>, Up: <a href="#Ma
 <pre class="example">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
 </pre></div>
 
-<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-8"></a>
-<a name="index-amsmath-package-8"></a>
+<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-9"></a>
+<a name="index-amsmath-package-9"></a>
 
 <p>Ordinary LaTeX defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character
 with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
 <code>\{x\colon 0\leq x&lt;1\}</code>.
 </p>
-<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-9"></a>
-<a name="index-amsmath-package-9"></a>
+<a name="index-package_002c-amsmath-10"></a>
+<a name="index-amsmath-package-10"></a>
 
 <p>But the widely-used <samp>amsmath</samp> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use
 in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>.  So if you want
@@ -14946,7 +15156,7 @@ back to paragraph mode.
 </p>
 <a name="index-inner-paragraph-mode"></a>
 <a name="index-outer-paragraph-mode"></a>
-<a name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"></a><a name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"></a><p>Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command or
+<a name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode"></a><a name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode"></a><p>Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command
 or a <code>minipage</code> then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode.  But it
 will not put a page break here.  Inside one of these boxes, called a
 <em>parbox</em>, LaTeX is in <em>inner paragraph mode</em>.  Its more usual
@@ -14954,7 +15164,7 @@ situation, where it can put page breaks, is <em>outer paragraph mode</em>
 (see <a href="#Page-breaking">Page breaking</a>).
 </p>
 <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1">\ensuremath</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure that math mode is active
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">&bull; <a href="#g_t_005censuremath" accesskey="1">\ensuremath</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;&nbsp;</td><td align="left" valign="top">Ensure that math mode is active.
 </td></tr>
 </table>
 
@@ -15113,9 +15323,10 @@ To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>.
 <dd><a name="index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage"></a>
 <a name="index-credit-footnote"></a>
 <p>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
-for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text so
-you can use it to print an email address, or for any purpose.
+for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
+the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text at
+all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
+address.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><code>\title{<var>text</var>}</code>
@@ -15131,11 +15342,11 @@ omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get &lsquo;<samp>LaTeX Error:
 </dd>
 </dl>
 
-<p>Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of <code>article</code>
-in that example, that formats the title according to their house
-requirements.  To make your own, see&nbsp;<a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>. You can
-either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a
-renewed <code>\maketitle</code> command.
+<p>To make your own title page, see&nbsp;<a href="#titlepage">titlepage</a>. You can either
+create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
+<code>\maketitle</code> command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use
+in place of <code>article</code> that formats the title according to their
+house requirements.)
 </p>
 
 <hr>
@@ -15177,7 +15388,7 @@ also&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_00
 </p>
 <dl compact="compact">
 <dt><code>arabic</code></dt>
-<dd><p>arabic numerals: 1, 2, &hellip; 
+<dd><p>Arabic numerals: 1, 2, &hellip; 
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><code>roman</code></dt>
@@ -15366,7 +15577,7 @@ or environments.
 </p>
 <p>Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style.  For
 example, this LaTeX book document has the first page of the first
-chapter in in <code>plain</code> style, as is the default (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>).
+chapter in <code>plain</code> style, as is the default (see <a href="#Page-styles">Page styles</a>).
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\documentclass{book}
@@ -15864,34 +16075,34 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
 <p>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length
 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt.
 </p>
-<p>A blank is not a space.  When you type a blank between words, LaTeX
-produces white space.  That&rsquo;s different from an explicit space.  This
-illustrates.
+<p>When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white
+space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\begin{tabular}{l}
+One blank: makes some space \\
 Three blanks:   in a row \\
 Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\
 \end{tabular}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>On the first line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one
-whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance,
-with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a
-blank). But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is
-wider.  Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal
-space.  (But the best way to create horizontal space is with
-<code>\hspace</code>; See <a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a>.)
-</p>
-<p>The backslash-space command has two main uses.  First, it is often used
-after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that
-follows, as in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>.  (But the approach of using curly
-parentheses, as in <code>\TeX{} is nice</code>, has the advantage of still
-working if the next character is a period.)
-</p>
-<p>The second common use is that
-it mark  a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending
-a sentence, as in <code>So says Prof.\ Smith</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>).
+<p>On the first line LaTeX puts some space after the colon.  On the
+second line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one
+whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the
+first line.  LaTeX would similarly collapse a blank followed by a
+tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank.  However, the bottom line
+asks for three spaces so the white area is wider.  That is, the
+backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space.
+(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with
+<code>\hspace</code>; see&nbsp;<a href="#g_t_005chspace">\hspace</a>.)
+</p>
+<p>The backslash-space command has two main uses.  It is often used after
+control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as
+in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>.  (But using curly parentheses, as in
+<code>\TeX{} is best</code>, has the advantage of still working if the next
+character is a period.)  The other common use is that it marks a period
+as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>So
+says Prof.\ Smith</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005c_0040">\@</a>).
 </p>
 <p>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><tt class="key">tab</tt> and <code>\</code><tt class="key">newline</tt>
 are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>.
@@ -16323,11 +16534,11 @@ item&rsquo;s second line.
 \end{minipage}%
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The final two lists use <code>fbox</code> to show what&rsquo;s happening.  The third
-list&rsquo;s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second &lsquo;<samp>test</samp>&rsquo;,
-which happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline.
-The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra
-below-baseline space.
+<p>The final two lists use <code>\fbox</code> to show what&rsquo;s happening.  The
+third list&rsquo;s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second
+&lsquo;<samp>test</samp>&rsquo;, which happens not have any characters that descend below
+the baseline.  The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed
+extra below-baseline space.
 </p>
 <a name="index-package_002c-TikZ-1"></a>
 <a name="index-TikZ-package-1"></a>
@@ -16602,7 +16813,7 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\fbox
 \makebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]{<var>text</var>}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Create a box, a container for material.  The <var>text</var> is is typeset in
+<p>Create a box, a container for material.  The <var>text</var> is typeset in
 LR mode (see <a href="#Modes">Modes</a>) so it is not broken into lines.  The
 <code>\mbox</code> command is robust, while <code>\makebox</code> is fragile
 (see <a href="#g_t_005cprotect">\protect</a>).
@@ -17119,9 +17330,9 @@ Next: <a href="#Graphics" accesskey="n" rel="next">Graphics</a>, Previous: <a hr
 <p>You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
 or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
 </p>
-<p>Color support comes as an additional package.  So all the commands below
-will only work if your document preamble contains
-<code>\usepackage{color}</code>, that brings in the standard package.
+<p>Color support comes as an additional package.  So put
+<code>\usepackage{color}</code> in your document preamble to use the
+commands described here.
 </p>
 <p>Many other packages also supplement LaTeX&rsquo;s color abilities.
 Particularly worth mentioning is <samp>xcolor</samp>, which is widely used and
@@ -17929,7 +18140,7 @@ file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a
 single backward quote.  Thus,
 <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c
 #1}</code> specifies that any file with the extension <samp>.eps.gz</samp> should
-be treated as an <code>eps</code> file, with the the BoundingBox information
+be treated as an <code>eps</code> file, with the BoundingBox information
 stored in the file with extension <samp>.eps.bb</samp>, and that the command
 <code>gunzip -c</code> will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
 </p>
@@ -18380,13 +18591,13 @@ Next: <a href="#g_t_005cscalebox" accesskey="n" rel="next">\scalebox</a>, Previo
 <a name="index-rotating-text"></a>
 <a name="index-_005crotatebox"></a>
 
-<p>Synopsis for <samp>graphics</samp> package:
+<p>Synopsis if you use the <samp>graphics</samp> package:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Synopses for <samp>graphicx</samp> package:
+<p>Synopses if you use the <samp>graphicx</samp> package:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\rotatebox{<var>angle</var>}{<var>material</var>}
@@ -18423,10 +18634,11 @@ bounding box, in its new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when
 typesetting this material.
 </p>
 <p>If you use the <samp>graphics</samp> package then the rotation is about the
-reference point of the box.  If you use the <samp>graphicx</samp> package then
-then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>, but
-note that you can get the same effect without needing this package,
-except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options (see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a>).
+reference point of the box. If you use the <samp>graphicx</samp> package
+then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>,
+but note that you can get the same effect without needing this
+package, except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options
+(see <a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a>).
 </p>
 <dl compact="compact">
 <dt><code>origin</code></dt>
@@ -18436,15 +18648,15 @@ left, <code>r</code> for right, <code>b</code> for bottom, <code>c</code> for ce
 <code>t</code> for top, and <code>B</code> for baseline.  Thus, the first line here
 </p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}
-\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}
+<pre class="example">\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
+\rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will
 turn its picture upside down about its left baseline.  (The character
 <code>c</code> gives the horizontal center in <code>bc</code> or <code>tc</code> but gives
-the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>.)  The default is
-<code>lB</code>.
+the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>, and gives both in
+<code>c</code>.)  The default is <code>lB</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><code>x, y</code></dt>
@@ -20546,7 +20758,7 @@ multiple indices and contains a command
 <p>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
 <samp><var>root-name</var>.idx</samp> file.  Specifically, it writes text of the
 command
-<code>\indexentry{<var>index-entry-string</var>}{<var>page-num</var>}</code>, where
+<code>\indexentry{<var>index-entry-string</var>}{<var>page-num</var>}</code>,
 where <var>page-num</var> is the value of the <code>\thepage</code> counter.  On
 occasion, when the <code>\printindex</code> command is confused, you have to
 delete this file to start with a fresh slate.
@@ -20658,7 +20870,7 @@ plus5pt minus3pt</code>).
 </dt>
 <dd><p>An integer.  It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.  If
 it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing
-will be inserted before the group. If it is is positive then at a new
+will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new
 letter the <code>lethead_prefix</code> and <code>lethead_suffix</code> will be
 inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them.  If it is negative
 then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase.  The default
@@ -20802,12 +21014,12 @@ roman <code>R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code>A</code>.  Default:
 
 <a name="index-xindy"></a>
 <a name="index-xindy-program"></a>
-<p>There are a number of other programs that do the job <code>makeindex</code>
-does.  One is <code>xindy</code>, which does internationalization and can
-process indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of
-other languages.  It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and
-in terms of the collating order of the text.  See the documentation on
-CTAN.
+<p>There are a number of other programs that do the job
+<code>makeindex</code> does. One is <code>xindy</code>, which does
+internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up
+using LaTeX and a number of other languages. It is highly
+configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order
+of the text, as described in its documentation.
 </p>
 
 <hr>
@@ -21808,8 +22020,9 @@ and output file will then be named <samp><var>string</var>.log</samp> and
 <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash then TeX considers it
 the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first
 <code>\input</code> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job
-name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  This option
-overrides that process and directly specifies the name.  See <a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a> for an example of its use.
+name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  The
+<code>jobname</code> option overrides that process and directly specifies the
+name.  See <a href="#Command-line-input">Command line input</a> for an example of its use.
 </p>
 <a name="index-_002d_002doutput_002ddirectory-command_002dline-option"></a>
 </dd>
@@ -21821,10 +22034,10 @@ overrides that process and directly specifies the name.  See <a href="#Command-l
 <a name="index-_002d_002denable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></a>
 <a name="index-_002d_002ddisable_002dwrite18-command_002dline-option"></a>
 </dd>
-<dt><code>shell-escape</code></dt>
-<dt><code>no-shell-escape</code></dt>
-<dt><code>enable-write18</code></dt>
-<dt><code>disable-write18</code></dt>
+<dt><code>--shell-escape</code></dt>
+<dt><code>--no-shell-escape</code></dt>
+<dt><code>--enable-write18</code></dt>
+<dt><code>--disable-write18</code></dt>
 <dd><p>Enable or disable <code>\write18{<var>shell command</var>}</code>.  The first two
 options are for with TeX Live or MacTeX while the second two are
 for MiKTeX.
@@ -21900,8 +22113,8 @@ PDF.
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>Compiling this document <samp>book.tex</samp> with the command line
-<code>pdflatex test</code> will give the &lsquo;<samp>CTAN</samp>&rsquo; link in blue.  But
-compiling it with <code>pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion{}\input test.tex&quot;</code>
+<code>pdflatex book</code> will give the &lsquo;<samp>CTAN</samp>&rsquo; link in blue.  But
+compiling it with <code>pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex&quot;</code>
 has the link in black.  (Note the use of double quotes to prevent
 interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may
 do this differently.)
@@ -21925,7 +22138,7 @@ called <samp>main.pdf</samp> and the second would overwrite the first.
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>so the graphic files are read for their size information but not
-incorporated into the PDF.  (The <code>jobname</code> option is needed because
+incorporated into the PDF.  (The <code>jobname</code> option is there because
 otherwise the output file would be <samp>graphicx.pdf</samp>, as
 <code>\RequirePackage</code> does an <code>\input</code> of its own.)
 </p>
@@ -21980,8 +22193,8 @@ instead of <code>pdflatex test</code> you might type <code>pdflatex tste</code>.
 Please type another input file name:
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The simplest thing is to enter <code>&lt;Contol&gt;</code> and &lsquo;<samp>d</samp>&rsquo; (holding
-them down at the same time), and just fix the command line.
+<p>The simplest thing is to enter <code>&lt;Control&gt;</code> and &lsquo;<samp>d</samp>&rsquo; (holding
+them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line.
 </p>
 
 <hr>
@@ -23366,8 +23579,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-5"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-6"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-7"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-8"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-8"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-9"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package-10"><code>amsmath</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsmath-package_002c-replacing-eqnarray">amsmath <span class="roman">package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#eqnarray">eqnarray</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsthm-package"><code>amsthm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-amsthm-package-1"><code>amsthm</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
@@ -23472,6 +23686,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter">chapter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-chapter-1">chapter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cchapter">\chapter</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character-category-code">character category code</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-character_002c-invisible">character, invisible</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-accented">characters, accented</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-case-of">characters, case of</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-characters_002c-non_002dEnglish">characters, non-English</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
@@ -23802,6 +24017,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-home-page-for-manual">home page for manual</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-space">horizontal space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-space_002c-stretchable">horizontal space, stretchable</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005chss">\hss</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-horizontal-spacing">horizontal spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hungarian-umlaut-accent">hungarian umlaut accent</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Accents">Accents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-hyperref-package-1"><code>hyperref</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
@@ -23850,6 +24066,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inserting-figures">inserting figures</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#figure">figure</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-insertions-of-special-characters">insertions of special characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Special-insertions">Special insertions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-internal-vertical-mode">internal vertical mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-invisible-character">invisible character</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-italic-correction">italic correction</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_002f">\/</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-italic-font">italic font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-itemize-environment"><code><code>itemize</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#itemize">itemize</a></td></tr>
@@ -23982,10 +24199,14 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode">math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Modes">Modes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-entering">math mode, entering</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-spacing-1">math mode, spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-mode_002c-vertical-space">math mode, vertical space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math-symbols">math symbols</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-math_002c-bold">math, bold</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-1"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-2"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mathtools-package-3"><code>mathtools</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-MetaPost-package"><code>MetaPost</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mfirstuc-package"><code>mfirstuc</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-mhchem-package"><code>mhchem</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
@@ -24072,8 +24293,9 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-5"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-6"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Dots">Dots</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-7"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-functions">Math functions</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-8"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-8"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-9"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsmath-10"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsmath</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character &amp; \colon</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsthm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#theorem">theorem</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-amsthm-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>amsthm</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005crule">\rule</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-appendix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>appendix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cappendix">\appendix</a></td></tr>
@@ -24125,6 +24347,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-macros2e"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>macros2e</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Math-formulas">Math formulas</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Over_002d-and-Underlining">Over- and Underlining</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mathtools-3"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mathtools</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-MetaPost"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>MetaPost</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mfirstuc"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mfirstuc</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-mhchem"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>mhchem</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Subscripts-_0026-superscripts">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</a></td></tr>
@@ -24330,6 +24554,7 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing-within-math-mode">spacing within math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfrenchspacing">\frenchspacing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-inter_002dsentence-1">spacing, inter-sentence</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">\normalsfcodes</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-spacing_002c-math-mode">spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-Spanish-ordinals_002c-feminine-and-masculine">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters">special characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Reserved-characters">Reserved characters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-special-characters-1">special characters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
@@ -24481,6 +24706,8 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space">vertical space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cvspace">\vspace</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space-1">vertical space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005caddvspace">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-space-before-paragraphs">vertical space before paragraphs</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip">\parindent &amp; \parskip</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing">vertical spacing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-vertical-spacing_002c-math-mode">vertical spacing, math mode</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005csmash">\smash</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-visible-space">visible space</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-visible-space-symbol_002c-in-text">visible space symbol, in text</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
@@ -24583,6 +24810,6 @@ Previous: <a href="#Document-templates" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Document templa
 <hr>
 
 
-
+<hr/><div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>
 </body>
 </html>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf
index 7eb362ad0ec..7437ab02479 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi
index afd657383e5..d4f0726deb0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.texi
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 \input texinfo
-@c $Id: latex2e.texi 678 2018-07-02 20:51:26Z karl $
+@c $Id: latex2e.texi 710 2018-10-14 14:32:52Z karl $
 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
 @setfilename latex2e.info
-@set UPDATED July 2018
+@set UPDATED October 2018
 @include common.texi
 @settitle @LaTeX{}2e unofficial reference manual (@value{UPDATED})
 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 @c xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar
 @c xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline?
 @c xx JH more on \write18, beyond what's mentioned in Command line.
+@c xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr
 @c
 @c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel
 @c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included.
@@ -39,8 +40,8 @@
 This document is an unofficial reference manual for @LaTeX{}, a
 document preparation system, version of @value{UPDATED}.
 
-This manual was originally translated from @file{LATEX.HLP} v1.0a in
-the VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
+This manual was originally translated from @file{LATEX.HLP} v1.0a in the
+VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
 George@tie{}D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University.  The
 @LaTeX{}@tie{}2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore.  The
 @LaTeX{}2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen.  Karl
@@ -48,8 +49,10 @@ Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges
 using @cite{Hypertext Help with @LaTeX{}}, by Sheldon Green, and
 @cite{@LaTeX{} Command Summary} (for @LaTeX{}@tie{}2.09) by
 L.@tie{}Botway and C.@tie{}Biemesderfer (published by the @TeX{} Users
-Group as @cite{@TeX{}niques} number 10), as reference material (no
-text was directly copied).
+Group as @cite{@TeX{}niques} number 10), as reference material.  We also
+gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in
+latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze.  (From these references no
+text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry.@*
@@ -180,10 +183,17 @@ This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
 @cindex home page for manual
 This is an unofficial reference manual for the @LaTeX{}2e document
 preparation system, which is a macro package for the @TeX{}
-typesetting program (@pxref{Overview}).  This document's home page is
-@url{@value{LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE}}.  That page has links to the
-current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and
-subscriptions, and other infrastructure.
+typesetting program (@pxref{Overview}).
+
+This document's home page is @url{@value{LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE}}.  There
+you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its
+archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in
+various formats.  In particular, the output comes in two web formats.
+Probably the most convenient one, shown at @url{http://latexref.xyz/},
+has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the
+note there about easy-to-remember links.  The other, shown at
+@url{http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co},
+has all the information on single page.
 
 @cindex @LaTeX{} vs.@: @LaTeX{}2e
 In this document, we will mostly just use `@LaTeX{}' rather than
@@ -268,10 +278,11 @@ produce the logo with @code{\LaTeX}.  Where use of the logo is not
 sensible, such as in plain text, write it as @samp{LaTeX}.
 
 @menu
-* Starting and ending::    The standard beginning and end of a document.
+* Starting and ending::     The standard beginning and end of a document.
 * Output files::            Files produced.
 * @TeX{} engines::          Programs that can compile @TeX{} and  @LaTeX{}.
 * @LaTeX{} command syntax:: General syntax of @LaTeX{} commands.
+* Environment::             Area of the source giving distinct behavior.
 * CTAN::                    Our repository.
 @end menu
 
@@ -511,6 +522,12 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make
 the first character of the following text be an open square bracket,
 hide it inside curly braces.
 
+Some of @LaTeX{}'s commands are a @dfn{declaration}.  Such a command
+changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter.  For
+instance, the @code{\mainmatter} declaration changes the typesetting of
+page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (@pxref{\frontmatter &
+\mainmatter & \backmatter}).
+
 @LaTeX{} has the convention that some commands have a @code{*} form that
 is related to the form without a @code{*}, such as @code{\chapter} and
 @code{\chapter*}.  The exact difference in behavior varies from command
@@ -519,15 +536,9 @@ to command.
 This manual describes all accepted options and @code{*}-forms for the
 commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.@: bugs).
 
-@menu
-* Environment::          Area of the source with distinct behavior.
-* Declaration::          Change the value or meaning of a command.
-* \makeatletter & \makeatother::  Change the status of the at-sign character.
-@end menu
-
 
 @node Environment
-@subsection Environments
+@section Environment
 
 Synopsis:
 
@@ -548,7 +559,9 @@ behavior.  For instance, for poetry in @LaTeX{} put the lines between
 \end@{verse@}
 @end example
 
-@xref{Environments} for a list of environments. 
+@xref{Environments} for a list of environments.  Particularly notable is
+that every @LaTeX{} document must have a @code{document} environment,
+a @code{\begin@{document@} ... \end@{document@}} pair.
 
 The @var{environment name} at the beginning must exactly match that at
 the end.  This includes the case where @var{environment name} ends in a
@@ -567,151 +580,8 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns).
 @end example 
 
 
-@node Declaration
-@subsection Command declarations
-
-A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other
-command or parameter.  For instance, the @code{\mainmatter} command
-changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic.
-
-
-@node \makeatletter & \makeatother
-@subsection @code{\makeatletter} & @code{\makeatother}
-
-Synopsis:
-
-@example
-\makeatletter
-  ... definition of commands with @@ in their name ..
-\makeatother
-@end example
-
-Used to redefine internal @LaTeX{} commands.  @code{\makeatletter} makes
-the at-sign character@tie{}@code{@@} have the category code of a letter,
-11.  @code{\makeatother} sets the category code of@tie{}@code{@@} to 12,
-its original value.
-
-As each character is read by @TeX{} for @LaTeX{}, it is assigned a
-character category code, or 
-@cindex catcode
-@cindex character category code
-@cindex category code, character
-@dfn{catcode} for short. For instance, the backslash@tie{}@code{\} is
-assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command.  These two
-commands alter the catcode assigned to @code{@@}.
-
-The alteration is needed because many of @LaTeX{}'s commands use
-@code{@@} in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a
-command that replaces one of @LaTeX{}'s own.  Command names consist of a
-category@tie{}0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters,
-category@tie{}11 characters (except that a command name can also consist
-of a category@tie{}0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol).
-So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot
-contain an @code{@@}.  But @code{\makeatletter} and @code{\makeatother}
-allow users to define or redefine commands named with @code{@@}.
-
-Use these two commands inside a @file{.tex} file, in the preamble, when
-defining or redefining a command with @code{@@} in its name.  Don't use
-them inside @file{.sty} or @file{.cls} files since the
-@code{\usepackage} and @code{\documentclass} commands set the at sign to
-have the character code of a letter.
-
-@PkgIndex{macros2e}
-For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign
-in their names see @url{http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e}. These macros are
-mainly intended to package or class authors.
-
-In this example the class file has a command
-@code{\thesis@@universityname} that the user wants to change.  These
-three lines should go in the preamble, before the
-@code{\begin@{document@}}.
-
-@example
-\makeatletter
-\renewcommand@{\thesis@@universityname@}@{Saint Michael's College@}
-\makeatother
-@end example
-
-@menu
-* \@@ifstar:: Define your own commands with *-variants.
-@end menu
-
-
-@node \@@ifstar
-@subsubsection @code{\@@ifstar}
-
-@findex \@@ifstar
-@cindex commands, star-variants
-@cindex star-variants, commands
-
-Synopsis:
-
-@example
-\newcommand@{\mycmd@}@{\@@ifstar@{\mycmd@@star@}@{\mycmd@@nostar@}@}
-\newcommand@{\mycmd@@nostar@}[@var{nostar-num-args}]@{@var{nostar-body}@} 
-\newcommand@{\mycmd@@star@}[@var{star-num-args}]@{@var{star-body}@}
-@end example
-
-Many standard @LaTeX{} environments or commands have a variant with the
-same name but ending with a star character@tie{}@code{*}, an asterisk.
-Examples are the @code{table} and @code{table*} environments and the
-@code{\section} and @code{\section*} commands.
-
-When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
-because @code{\newenvironment} and @code{\renewenvironment} allow the
-environment name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more
-complex.  As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command,
-given above as @code{\mycmd}, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed
-by a star.  For instance, @LaTeX{} does not really have a
-@code{\section*} command; instead, the @code{\section} command peeks
-ahead.  This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to
-one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In the synopsis these two
-are @code{\mycmd@@nostar} and @code{\mycmd@@star}.  They could take the
-same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all.
-As always, in a @LaTeX{} document a command using at-sign@tie{}@code{@@}
-must be enclosed inside a @code{\makeatletter ... \makeatother} block
-(@pxref{\makeatletter & \makeatother}).
-
-This example of @code{\@@ifstar} defines the command @code{\ciel} and a
-variant @code{\ciel*}.  Both have one required argument.  A call to
-@code{\ciel@{night@}} will return "starry night sky" while
-@code{\ciel*@{blue@}} will return "starry not blue sky".
-
-@example
-\newcommand*@{\ciel@@unstarred@}[1]@{starry #1 sky@}
-\newcommand*@{\ciel@@starred@}[1]@{starry not #1 sky@}
-\newcommand*@{\ciel@}@{\@@ifstar@{\ciel@@starred@}@{\ciel@@unstarred@}@}
-@end example
-
-In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
-arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007's
-@code{``My name is \agentsecret*@{Bond@},
-\agentsecret@{James@}@{Bond@}.''} is equivalent to entering the commands
-@code{``My name is \textsc@{Bond@}, \textit@{James@} textsc@{Bond@}.''}
-
-@example
-\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}[2]@{\textit@{#1@} \textsc@{#2@}@}
-\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@@starred@}[1]@{\textsc@{#1@}@}
-\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@}@{%
-  \@@ifstar@{\agentsecret@@starred@}@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}@}
-@end example
-
-There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of
-@code{\@@ifstar}.  The @file{suffix} package allows the construct
-@code{\newcommand\mycommand@{@var{unstarred version}@}} followed by
-@code{\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*@{@var{starred version}@}}.  And
-@LaTeX{}3 has the @file{xparse} package that allows this code.
-
-@example
-\NewDocumentCommand\foo@{s@}@{\IfBooleanTF#1
-  @{@var{starred version}@}%
-  @{@var{unstarred version}@}% 
-  @}
-@end example
-
-
 @node CTAN
-@section CTAN: Comprehensive @TeX{} Archive Network
+@section CTAN: the Comprehensive @TeX{} Archive Network
 
 @cindex CTAN
 
@@ -1033,9 +903,11 @@ others. For instance, the class @code{smcmemo} might have commands
 
 A class file or package file typically has four parts.  
 @enumerate
+@item
 In the @dfn{identification part}, the file says that it is a @LaTeX{}
 package or class and describes itself, using the @code{\NeedsTeXFormat}
 and @code{\ProvidesClass} or @code{\ProvidesPackage} commands.
+
 @item
 The @dfn{preliminary declarations part} declares some commands and
 can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed
@@ -1045,6 +917,7 @@ people for the to-head, as @code{\documentclass[mathto]@{smcmemo@}}, and
 therefore needs to define a command
 @code{\newcommand@{\setto@}[1]@{\def\@@tolist@{#1@}@}} used in that
 file.
+
 @item
 In the @dfn{handle options part} the class or package declares
 and processes its options.  Class options allow a user to start their
@@ -1052,6 +925,7 @@ document as @code{\documentclass[@var{option list}]@{@var{class
 name}@}}, to modify the behavior of the class.  An example is when you
 declare @code{\documentclass[11pt]@{article@}} to set the default
 document font size.  
+
 @item
 Finally, in the @dfn{more declarations part} the class or package usually does
 most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and
@@ -5244,7 +5118,7 @@ depends on the list type.
 
 Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets
 @samp{[...]}, if you have an item whose text starts with @samp{[}, you
-have to to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: @code{\item
+have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: @code{\item
 @{[@} is an open square bracket}; otherwise, @LaTeX{} will think it
 marks the start of an optional label.
 
@@ -5446,7 +5320,7 @@ stretchable space.
 
 @end table
 
-The @var{inner-pos} argument makes sense when the @var{height} options
+The @var{inner-pos} argument makes sense when the @var{height} option
 is set to a value larger than the @code{minipage}'s natural height.  To
 see the effect of the options, run this example with the various choices
 in place of @code{b}.
@@ -6589,8 +6463,8 @@ ampersand, @code{&}.  The end of each row is marked with a double
 backslash, @code{\\}.  Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
 backslash, with @code{\hline}.
 @findex \\ @r{for @code{tabular}}
-This @code{\\} is optional after the last row unless an @code{\hline}
-command follows, to put a rule below the table.
+After the last row the @code{\\} is optional, unless an @code{\hline}
+command follows to put a rule below the table.
 
 The required and optional arguments to @code{tabular} consist of:
 
@@ -6643,9 +6517,9 @@ If you override the default and use an @@-expression then @LaTeX{} does
 not insert @code{\tabcolsep} so you must insert any desired space
 yourself, as in @code{@@@{\hspace@{1em@}@}}.
 
-An empty expression @code{@@@{@}} will eliminate the space.  In
-particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space before the
-first column or after the last one, as in the example below where the
+An empty expression @code{@@@{@}} will eliminate the space. In
+particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before the first
+column or after the last one, as in the example below where the
 tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.
 
 @example
@@ -6855,10 +6729,10 @@ range en-dash.
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-Note that although the @code{tabular} specification by default puts a
-vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no
-vertical bar in the @var{cols} of either of the first row's
-@code{\multicolumn} commands, no rule appears in the first row.
+Although the @code{tabular} specification by default puts a vertical
+rule between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears
+in the first row here.  That's because there is no vertical bar in the
+@var{cols} part of the first row's first @code{\multicolumn} command.
 
 
 @node \vline
@@ -7126,12 +7000,21 @@ The ultimate source is \cite@{texbook@}.
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-produces the output @samp{... source is [1]}.
+produces output like @samp{... source is [1]}.  (You can change the
+appearance of the citation with bibliography styles.  More is in
+@ref{Using BibTeX}.)
 
 The optional argument @var{subcite} is appended to the citation.  For
 example, @code{See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]@{texbook@}} might produce
 @samp{See 14.3 in [1, p.@tie{}314]}.
 
+In addition to what appears in the output, @code{\cite} writes
+information to the auxiliary file @file{@var{filename}.aux}.  For
+instance, @code{\cite@{latexdps@}} writes @samp{\citation@{latexdps@}}
+to that file.  This information is used by Bib@TeX{} to include in your
+reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see
+@ref{\nocite} also.
+
 If @var{keys} is not in your bibliography information then you get
 @samp{LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references}, and in the output
 the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets.
@@ -7139,14 +7022,7 @@ There are two possible causes.  If you have mistyped something, as in
 @code{\cite@{texbok@}} then you need to correct the spelling.  On the
 other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic
 information and so changed the @file{.aux} file (@pxref{\bibitem}) then
-the fix may be to just run @LaTeX{} again.
-
-In addition to what appears in the output, @code{\cite} writes
-information to the auxiliary file @file{@var{filename}.aux}.  For
-instance, @code{\cite@{latexdps@}} writes @samp{\citation@{latexdps@}}
-to that file.  This information is used by Bib@TeX{} to include in your
-reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see
-@ref{\nocite} also.
+the fix may be to run @LaTeX{} again.
 
 
 @node \nocite
@@ -8501,15 +8377,17 @@ second.\footnotefrom@{%
 @LaTeX{} has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
 
 @menu
-* \newcommand & \renewcommand::           (Re)define a new command.
-* \providecommand::                       Define a new command, if name not used.
-* \newcounter::                           Define a new counter.
-* \newlength::                            Define a new length.
-* \newsavebox::                           Define a new box.
+* \newcommand & \renewcommand::    (Re)define a new command.
+* \providecommand::                Define a new command, if name not used.
+* \makeatletter & \makeatother::   Change the status of the at-sign character.
+* \@@ifstar::                      Define your own commands with *-variants.
+* \newcounter::                    Define a new counter.
+* \newlength::                     Define a new length.
+* \newsavebox::                    Define a new box.
 * \newenvironment & \renewenvironment::   Define a new environment.
-* \newtheorem::                           Define a new theorem-like environment.
-* \newfont::                              Define a new font name.
-* \protect::                              Using tricky commands.
+* \newtheorem::                    Define a new theorem-like environment.
+* \newfont::                       Define a new font name.
+* \protect::                       Using tricky commands.
 * \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend:: Discard extra spaces.
 @end menu
 
@@ -8713,6 +8591,137 @@ outputs @samp{From Saint Michael's College}.  Unlike @code{\newcommand},
 the repeated use of @code{\providecommand} does not give an error.
 
 
+@node \makeatletter & \makeatother
+@section @code{\makeatletter} & @code{\makeatother}
+
+Synopsis:
+
+@example
+\makeatletter
+  ... definition of commands with @@ in their name ..
+\makeatother
+@end example
+
+Use this pair when you redefine @LaTeX{} commands that are named with an
+at-sign character@tie{}@samp{@code{@@}}.  The @code{\makeatletter}
+declaration makes the at-sign character have the category code of a
+letter, code@tie{}11.  The @code{\makeatother} declaration sets the
+category code of the at-sign to code@tie{}12, its default value.
+
+As @TeX{} reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
+@cindex catcode
+@cindex character category code
+@cindex category code, character
+@dfn{catcode}. For instance, it assigns the backslash
+character@tie{}@samp{@code{\}} the catcode@tie{}0.  Command names
+consist of a category@tie{}0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
+by letters, category@tie{}11 characters (except that a command name can
+also consist of a category@tie{}0 character followed by a single
+non-letter symbol).
+
+@LaTeX{}'s source code has the convention that some commands use
+@code{@@} in their name.  These commands are mainly intended for package
+or class writers.  The convention prevents authors who are just using a
+package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of
+their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode@tie{}12.
+
+The pair @code{\makeatletter} and @code{\makeatother} changes the
+default code and then changes it back.  Use them inside a @file{.tex}
+file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands
+named with @code{@@}, by having them surround your definition.  Don't
+use these inside @file{.sty} or @file{.cls} files since the
+@code{\usepackage} and @code{\documentclass} commands already arrange
+that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode@tie{}11.
+
+@PkgIndex{macros2e}
+For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
+@url{http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e}.
+
+In this example the class file has a command
+@code{\thesis@@universityname} that the user wants to change.  These
+three lines should go in the preamble, before the
+@code{\begin@{document@}}.
+
+@example
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand@{\thesis@@universityname@}@{Saint Michael's College@}
+\makeatother
+@end example
+
+
+@node \@@ifstar
+@section @code{\@@ifstar}
+
+@findex \@@ifstar
+@cindex commands, star-variants
+@cindex star-variants, commands
+
+Synopsis:
+
+@example
+\newcommand@{\mycmd@}@{\@@ifstar@{\mycmd@@star@}@{\mycmd@@nostar@}@}
+\newcommand@{\mycmd@@nostar@}[@var{nostar-num-args}]@{@var{nostar-body}@} 
+\newcommand@{\mycmd@@star@}[@var{star-num-args}]@{@var{star-body}@}
+@end example
+
+Many standard @LaTeX{} environments or commands have a variant with the
+same name but ending with a star character@tie{}@code{*}, an asterisk.
+Examples are the @code{table} and @code{table*} environments and the
+@code{\section} and @code{\section*} commands.
+
+When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
+because @code{\newenvironment} and @code{\renewenvironment} allow the
+environment name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more
+complex.  As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command,
+given above as @code{\mycmd}, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed
+by a star.  For instance, @LaTeX{} does not really have a
+@code{\section*} command; instead, the @code{\section} command peeks
+ahead.  This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to
+one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In the synopsis these two
+are @code{\mycmd@@nostar} and @code{\mycmd@@star}.  They could take the
+same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all.
+As always, in a @LaTeX{} document a command using at-sign@tie{}@code{@@}
+must be enclosed inside a @code{\makeatletter ... \makeatother} block
+(@pxref{\makeatletter & \makeatother}).
+
+This example of @code{\@@ifstar} defines the command @code{\ciel} and a
+variant @code{\ciel*}.  Both have one required argument.  A call to
+@code{\ciel@{night@}} will return "starry night sky" while
+@code{\ciel*@{blue@}} will return "starry not blue sky".
+
+@example
+\newcommand*@{\ciel@@unstarred@}[1]@{starry #1 sky@}
+\newcommand*@{\ciel@@starred@}[1]@{starry not #1 sky@}
+\newcommand*@{\ciel@}@{\@@ifstar@{\ciel@@starred@}@{\ciel@@unstarred@}@}
+@end example
+
+In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
+arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007's
+@code{``My name is \agentsecret*@{Bond@},
+\agentsecret@{James@}@{Bond@}.''} is equivalent to entering the commands
+@code{``My name is \textsc@{Bond@}, \textit@{James@} textsc@{Bond@}.''}
+
+@example
+\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}[2]@{\textit@{#1@} \textsc@{#2@}@}
+\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@@starred@}[1]@{\textsc@{#1@}@}
+\newcommand*@{\agentsecret@}@{%
+  \@@ifstar@{\agentsecret@@starred@}@{\agentsecret@@unstarred@}@}
+@end example
+
+There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of
+@code{\@@ifstar}.  The @file{suffix} package allows the construct
+@code{\newcommand\mycommand@{@var{unstarred version}@}} followed by
+@code{\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*@{@var{starred version}@}}.  And
+@LaTeX{}3 has the @file{xparse} package that allows this code.
+
+@example
+\NewDocumentCommand\foo@{s@}@{\IfBooleanTF#1
+  @{@var{starred version}@}%
+  @{@var{unstarred version}@}% 
+  @}
+@end example
+
+
 @node \newcounter
 @section @code{\newcounter}: Allocating a counter
 
@@ -8808,16 +8817,17 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual}.
 Synopsis:
 
 @example
-\newsavebox@{@var{cmd}@}
+\newsavebox@{\@var{cmd}@}
 @end example
 
-Define @code{\@var{cmd}} to refer to a new ``bin'' for storing boxes.
-Such a box is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to
-measure or manipulate (@pxref{Boxes}).  The required bin name
-@code{@var{cmd}} must start with a backslash, @code{\}, and must not
-already be defined.  This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}).
+Define \@var{cmd}, the string consisting of a backslash followed by
+@var{cmd}, to refer to a new bin for storing material.  These bins hold
+material that has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or
+manipulate (@pxref{Boxes}).  The bin name \@var{cmd} is required, must
+start with a backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command.
+This command is fragile (@pxref{\protect}).
 
-The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use. 
+This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it.
 
 @example
 \newsavebox@{\logobox@}
@@ -9155,8 +9165,8 @@ Synopsis:
 @end example
 
 Define a command @code{\@var{cmd}} that will change the current font.
-The control sequence must must not already be defined.  It must begin
-with a backslash, @code{\}.
+The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
+backslash, @code{\}.
 
 @cindex at clause, in font definitions
 @cindex design size, in font definitions
@@ -9438,7 +9448,7 @@ Here are the symbols:
 @multitable  @columnfractions .10 .30 .30 .30
 @headitem Number@tab Name@tab Command@tab Symbol
 @item
-1@tab asterisk@tab@code{\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{@ast},*}
+1@tab asterisk@tab@code{\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{\ast},*}
 @item
 2@tab dagger@tab@code{\dagger}@tab@BES{2020,\dagger}
 @item
@@ -9450,7 +9460,7 @@ Here are the symbols:
 @item
 6@tab double-vert@tab@code{\parallel}@tab@BES{2016,\parallel}
 @item
-7@tab double-asterisk@tab@code{\ast\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{@ast@ast},**}
+7@tab double-asterisk@tab@code{\ast\ast}@tab@iftexthenelse{@math{\ast\ast},**}
 @item
 8@tab
   double-dagger@tab@code{\dagger\dagger}@tab@BES{2020,\dagger}@BES{2020,\dagger}
@@ -9670,30 +9680,37 @@ bogus month value produces no output).
 A @dfn{length} is a measure of distance.  Many @LaTeX{} commands take a
 length as an argument.
 
-This shows a box of the given length.
+Lengths come in two types.  A @dfn{rigid length} such as @code{10pt}
+does not contain a @code{plus} or @code{minus} component.  (Plain @TeX{}
+calls this a @dfn{dimen}.)  A @dfn{rubber length} (what Plain @TeX{}
+calls a @dfn{skip}) such as as with @code{1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm}
+can contain either or both of those components.  In that rubber length,
+the @code{1cm} is the @dfn{natural length} while the other two, the
+@code{plus} and @code{minus} components, allow @TeX{} to stretch or
+shrink the length to optimize placement.
+
+The illustrations below use these two commands.
 
 @example
-\newcommand@{\blackbar@}[1]@{\rule@{#1@}@{10pt@}@}   % make a bar 
-\newcommand@{\showhbox@}[2]@{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox@{\hbox to #1@{#2@}@}@} % box it
-XXX\showhbox@{100pt@}@{\blackbar@{100pt@}@}YYY
+% make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide
+\newcommand@{\blackbar@}[1]@{\rule@{#1@}@{10pt@}@}
+
+% Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border)
+\newcommand@{\showhbox@}[2]@{%
+  \fboxsep=0pt\fbox@{\hbox to #1@{#2@}@}@} 
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-It produces a black bar 100@tie{}points long between @samp{XXX} and
-@samp{YYY}.
-
-Lengths come in two types.  A @dfn{rigid length} (what Plain @TeX{}
-calls a @dfn{dimen}) such as @code{10pt} does not contain a @code{plus}
-or @code{minus} component.  The above example shows a rigid length. A
-@dfn{rubber length} (what Plain @TeX{} calls a @dfn{skip}) can contain
-those components, as with @code{1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm}.  Here the
-@code{1cm} is the @dfn{natural length} while the other two, the
-@code{plus} and @code{minus} components, allow the length to stretch or
-shrink.
-
-Shrinking is simpler: with @code{1cm minus 0.05cm}, the natural length
-is 1@dmn{cm} but if smaller is needed then @TeX{} can shrink it down as
-far as 0.95@dmn{cm}.  Beyond that, @TeX{} refuses to shrink any more.
+This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100@tie{}points
+long between @samp{XXX} and @samp{YYY}.  This length is rigid.
+
+@example
+XXX\showhbox@{100pt@}@{\blackbar@{100pt@}@}YYY
+@end example
+
+As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with @code{1cm minus
+0.05cm}, the natural length is 1@dmn{cm} but @TeX{} can shrink it down
+as far as 0.95@dmn{cm}.  Beyond that, @TeX{} refuses to shrink any more.
 Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of
 98@tie{}points between the two bars.
 
@@ -9713,7 +9730,7 @@ wider than the 300@dmn{pt} allocated, as @TeX{} has refused to shrink
 the total to less than 309@tie{}points.
 
 Stretching is like shrinking except that if @TeX{} is asked to stretch
-beyond the given amount, it won't refuse.  Here the first line is fine,
+beyond the given amount, it will do it.  Here the first line is fine,
 producing a space of 110@tie{}points between the bars.
 
 @example
@@ -9726,11 +9743,9 @@ XXX\showhbox@{300pt@}@{%
 
 @noindent
 In the second line @TeX{} needs a stretch of 10@tie{}points and only
-1@tie{}point was specified.  In this situation, @TeX{} stretches the
-space to the required length, but it complains with a warning like
-@samp{Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line 22}.  (We won't
-discuss badness; the point is that the system was not given as much
-stretch as needed.)
+1@tie{}point was specified.  @TeX{} stretches the space to the required
+length but it gives you a warning like @samp{Underfull \hbox (badness
+10000) detected at line 22}.  (We won't discuss badness.)
 
 You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in
 @code{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex}.
@@ -9739,17 +9754,18 @@ If @TeX{} is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
 stretch or shrink in proportion.
 
 @example
-XXX\showhbox@{300pt@}@{\blackbar@{100pt@}%  left
+XXX\showhbox@{300pt@}@{%
+  \blackbar@{100pt@}%  left
   \hspace@{0pt plus 50pt@}\blackbar@{80pt@}\hspace@{0pt plus 10pt@}%  middle
   \blackbar@{100pt@}@}YYY  % right
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-The outside bars take up 100@tie{}points, so the middle needs another
-100.  In the middle the bar takes up 80@tie{}points, so the two
-@code{\hspace}'s must stretch 20@tie{}points.  Because the two say
-@code{plus 50pt} and @code{plus 10pt}, @TeX{} gets 5/6 of the
-stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
+The left and right bars take up 100@tie{}points, so the middle needs
+another 100.  The middle bar is 80@tie{}points so the two
+@code{\hspace}'s must stretch 20@tie{}points.  Because the two are
+@code{plus 50pt} and @code{plus 10pt}, @TeX{} gets 5/6 of the stretch
+from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
 
 The @code{plus} or @code{minus} component of a rubber length can contain
 a @dfn{fill} component, as in @code{1in plus2fill}.  This gives the
@@ -9765,10 +9781,10 @@ the page.
 \end@{minipage@}
 @end example
 
-@TeX{} actually has three infinite glue components @code{fil},
-@code{fill}, and @code{filll}.  The later ones are more infinite than
-the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
-(@pxref{\hfill} and @pxref{\vfill}).
+@TeX{} actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
+@code{fil}, @code{fill}, and @code{filll}.  The later ones are more
+infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
+the middle one (@pxref{\hfill} and @pxref{\vfill}).
 
 Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after @code{\setlength@{\ylength@}@{1in plus 0.2in@}} and
@@ -9799,7 +9815,7 @@ math mode.
 @findex pt
 @cindex Point
 @anchor{units of length pt}
-Point 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
+Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
 places, is 1@dmn{point} = 2.85@dmn{mm} = 28.45@dmn{cm}. 
 
 @item pc
@@ -9912,8 +9928,13 @@ I told the doctor I broke my leg in two places.
 He said stop going to those places.
 @end example
 
-If there is no such length @var{len} then you get something like
-@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent}.
+If you did not declare @var{len} with @code{\newlength}, for example if
+you mistype the above as
+@code{\newlength@{\specparindent@}\setlength@{\sepcparindent@}@{...@}},
+then you get an error like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument>
+\sepcindent}.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
+then you get an error like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be
+read again> \relax l.19 \setlength@{specparindent@}@{0.6\parindent@}}
 
 
 @node \addtolength
@@ -9937,8 +9958,8 @@ length}).
 Below, if @code{\parskip} starts with the value @code{0pt plus 1pt} 
 
 @example
-\addtolength@{\parskip@}@{1pt@}
 Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
+\addtolength@{\parskip@}@{1pt@}
 
 Nurse: no change.
 @end example
@@ -9946,9 +9967,11 @@ Nurse: no change.
 @noindent
 then it has the value @code{1pt plus 1pt} for the second paragraph.
 
-If there is no such length @var{len} then you get something like
-@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent}.  If you leave
-off the backslash at the start of @var{len}, as in
+If you did not declare the length @var{len} with @code{\newlength}, if
+for example you mistype the above as
+@code{\addtolength@{\specparindent@}@{0.6\praindent@}}, then you get
+something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent}.
+If you leave off the backslash at the start of @var{len}, as in
 @code{\addtolength@{parindent@}@{1pt@}}, then you get something like
 @samp{You can't use `the letter p' after \advance}.
 
@@ -9976,9 +9999,10 @@ This will show how low the character descenders go.
 \the\alphabetdepth
 @end example
 
-If there is no such length @var{len} then you get something like
-@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetdepth}.  If you
-leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in
+If you did not set aside the length @var{len}, if for example you
+mistype the above as @code{\settodepth@{\aplhabetdepth@}@{abc...@}},
+then you get something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument>
+\aplhabetdepth}.  If you leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in
 @code{\settodepth@{alphabetdepth@}@{...@}} then you get something like
 @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox}.
 
@@ -10006,9 +10030,11 @@ This will show how high the characters go.
 \the\alphabetheight
 @end example
 
-If there is no such length @var{len} then you get something like
-@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight}.  If you
-leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in
+If no such length @var{len} has been declared with @code{\newlength}, if
+for example you mistype as
+@code{\settoheight@{\aplhabetheight@}@{abc...@}}, then you get something
+like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight}.  If
+you leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in
 @code{\settoheight@{alphabetheight@}@{...@}} then you get something like
 @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox}.
 
@@ -10036,51 +10062,23 @@ This measures the width of the lowercase ASCII alphabet.
 \the\alphabetwidth
 @end example
 
-If there is no such length @var{len} then you get something like
-@samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument> \alphabetwidth}.  If you
-leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in
+If no such length @var{len} has been set aside, if for example you
+mistype the above as @code{\settowidth@{\aplhabetwidth@}@{abc...@}},
+then you get something like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument>
+\aplhabetwidth}.  If you leave the backslash out of @var{len}, as in
 @code{\settoheight@{alphabetwidth@}@{...@}} then you get something like
 @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox}.
 
 
-@c @node Predefined lengths
-@c @section Predefined lengths
-
-@c @cindex lengths, predefined
-@c @cindex predefined lengths
-
-@c @code{\width}
-@c @findex \width
-
-@c @code{\height}
-@c @findex \height
-
-@c @code{\depth}
-@c @findex \depth
-
-@c @code{\totalheight}
-@c @findex \totalheight
-
-@c These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making
-@c commands (@pxref{Boxes}).  They specify the natural width, etc., of the
-@c text in the box. @code{\totalheight} equals
-@c @math{@code{@backslashchar{}height} + @code{@backslashchar{}depth}}. To
-@c make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say
-
-@c @example
-@c \makebox[2\width]@{Get a stretcher@}
-@c @end example
-
-
 @node Making paragraphs
 @chapter Making paragraphs
 
 @cindex making paragraphs
 @cindex paragraphs
 
-Once @LaTeX{} has all of a paragraph's contents it divides it into
-lines, in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (@pxref{Line
-breaking}).  To end the current paragraph, put an empty line.
+To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
+paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, separated by
+two empty lines.
 
 @example
 It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession
@@ -10098,6 +10096,10 @@ of some one or other of their daughters.
 The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment
 character, @code{%}.
 
+Once @LaTeX{} has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that
+content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph
+(@pxref{Line breaking}).
+
 There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted.  Don't put a
 blank line in math mode (@pxref{Modes}); here the line before the
 @code{\end@{equation@}}
@@ -10138,7 +10140,7 @@ complete}.
 @findex \par
 @cindex paragraph, ending
 
-Synopsis (note that while reading the input @TeX{}, converts two
+Synopsis (note that while reading the input @TeX{} converts two
 consecutive newlines to a @code{\par}):
 
 @example
@@ -10157,22 +10159,25 @@ readability.
   \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou@}
 @end example
 
-The @code{\par} command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but
-it terminates paragraph mode, bringing @LaTeX{} to vertical mode
+In LR mode or a vertical mode the @code{\par} command does nothing but
+it terminates paragraph mode, switching @LaTeX{} to vertical mode
 (@pxref{Modes}).
 
-You cannot use the @code{\par} command in math mode or in the argument
-of many commands, such as the @code{\section} command (@pxref{Making
-paragraphs} and @pxref{\newcommand & \renewcommand}).
+You cannot use the @code{\par} command in a math mode.  You also cannot
+use it in the argument of many commands, such as the @code{\section}
+command (@pxref{Making paragraphs} and @ref{\newcommand &
+\renewcommand}).
 
-The @code{\par} command differs from the @code{\paragraph} command in
-that the latter is, like @code{\section} or @code{\subsection}, a
-sectioning unit used by the standard @LaTeX{} documents.
+The @code{\par} command is not the same as the @code{\paragraph}
+command. The latter is, like @code{\section} or @code{\subsection}, a
+sectioning unit used by the standard @LaTeX{} documents
+(@pxref{\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph}).
 
-The @code{\par} command differs from @code{\newline} and the line break
-double backslash, @code{\\}, in that \par ends the paragraph not just
-the line.  It also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph
-vertical space @code{\parskip} (@pxref{\parindent & \parskip}).
+The @code{\par} command is not the same as @code{\newline} or the line
+break double backslash, @code{\\}.  The difference is that @code{\par}
+ends the paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of
+the between-paragraph vertical space @code{\parskip} (@pxref{\parindent
+& \parskip}).
 
 The output from this example
 
@@ -10331,9 +10336,9 @@ subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the
 prior paragraph.  Revert that to the default position with
 @code{\normalmarginpar}.
 
-When you specify the optional argument @var{left} then it is used for a
-note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument @var{right} is
-used for a note in the the right margin.
+When you specify the optional argument @var{left} then it is used for
+a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument @var{right} is
+used for a note in the right margin.
 
 Normally, a note's first word will not be hyphenated.  You can enable
 hyphenation there by beginning @var{left} or @var{right} with
@@ -10606,7 +10611,7 @@ said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can be used only in math
 mode.  To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current
 mode, see @ref{\ensuremath}.
 
-@c xx Add Negation: @code{} for negations of relevant symbols
+@c xx Add Negation: for negations of relevant symbols
 @c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html
 
 @ftable @code
@@ -12216,6 +12221,158 @@ A length of 2 quads, that is, 36@dmn{mu} = 2@dmn{em}.  It is available in
 both text and math mode.
 @end table
 
+@menu
+* \smash::                            Eliminate height or depth of a subformula.
+* \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom::  Make empty box with the same size as the argument.
+@end menu
+
+
+@node \smash
+@subsection @code{\smash}
+
+@cindex vertical spacing, math mode
+@cindex math mode, vertical space
+
+Synopsis:
+
+@example
+\smash@{@var{subformula}@}
+@end example
+
+Typeset @var{subformula} as if its height and depth were zero.
+
+In this example the exponential is so tall that without the
+@code{\smash} command @LaTeX{} would separate its line from the line
+above it, and the uneven line spacing might be unsightly.
+
+@example
+To compute the tetration $\smash@{2^@{2^@{2^2@}@}@}$,
+evaluate from the top down, as $2^@{2^4@}=2^@{16@}=65536$.
+@end example
+
+(Because of the @code{\smash} the printed expression could run into the
+line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the
+document to make such adjustments.)
+
+This pictures the effect of @code{\smash} by using @code{\fbox} to
+surround the box that @LaTeX{} will put on the line.  The
+@code{\blackbar} command makes a bar extending from 10@tie{}points below
+the baseline to 20@tie{}points above.
+
+@example
+\newcommand@{\blackbar@}@{\rule[-10pt]@{5pt@}@{30pt@}@}
+\fbox@{\blackbar@}
+\fbox@{\smash@{\blackbar@}@}
+@end example
+
+The first box that @LaTeX{} places is 20@tie{}points high and
+10@tie{}points deep.  But the second box is treated by @LaTeX{} as
+having zero height and zero depth, despite that the ink printed on the
+page still extends well above and below the line.
+
+The @code{\smash} command appears often in mathematics to adjust the
+size of an element that surrounds a subformula.  Here the first radical
+extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
+
+@example
+\begin@{equation@}
+\sqrt@{\sum_@{0\leq k< n@} f(k)@}
+\sqrt@{\vphantom@{\sum@}\smash@{\sum_@{0\leq k< n@}@} f(k)@}
+\end@{equation@}
+@end example
+
+Note the use of @code{\vphantom} to give the @code{\sqrt} command an
+argument with the height of the @code{\sum} (@pxref{\phantom & \vphantom
+& \hphantom}).
+
+While most often used in mathematics, the @code{\smash} command can
+appear in other contexts.  However, it doesn't change into horizontal
+mode.  So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a
+@code{\leavevmode}, as in the bottom line below.
+
+@example
+xxx xxx xxx
+
+\smash@{yyy@}  % no paragraph indent
+
+\leavevmode\smash@{zzz@}  % usual paragraph indent
+@end example
+
+@PkgIndex{mathtools}
+The package @code{mathtools} has operators that provide even finer
+control over smashing a subformula box.
+
+
+@node \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom
+@subsection @code{\phantom} & @code{\vphantom} & @code{\hphantom}
+
+@cindex spacing, math mode
+@cindex horizontal spacing
+@cindex vertical spacing
+@cindex math mode, spacing
+@cindex invisible character
+@cindex character, invisible
+
+Synopsis:
+
+@example
+\phantom@{@var{subformula}@}
+@end example
+
+or
+
+@example
+\vphantom@{@var{subformula}@}
+@end example
+
+or
+
+@example
+\hphantom@{@var{subformula}@}
+@end example
+
+The @code{\phantom} command creates a box with the same height, depth,
+and width as @var{subformula}, but empty.  That is, this command causes
+@LaTeX{} to typeset the box but not its ink.  The @code{\vphantom}
+variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as
+@var{subformula}, but it has width zero.  And @code{\hphantom} makes a
+box with the same width as @var{subformula} but with height and depth
+zero.
+
+Without the @code{\vphantom} in this example, the top bars of the two
+square roots would be at different heights.
+
+@example
+\( \sqrt@{\vphantom@{a^3@}a@}\cdot\sqrt@{a^3@} \)
+@end example
+
+The @code{\vphantom@{a^3@}} causes the first @code{\sqrt} to have inside
+it a box of the same height as the second @code{\sqrt}, so @LaTeX{}
+makes the bars align.
+
+These commands often are combined with @code{\smash}.  @xref{\smash}
+for another example of the use of @code{\vphantom}.
+
+@PkgIndex{mathtools}
+The three phantom commands appear often but note that @LaTeX{} provides
+a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
+convenient, including @code{\makebox} (@pxref{\mbox & \makebox}) as well
+as @code{\settodepth} (@pxref{\settodepth}), @code{\settoheight}
+(@pxref{\settoheight}), and @code{\settowidth} (@pxref{\settowidth}).
+In addition, the @file{mathtools} package has many commands that offer
+fine-grained control over spacing.
+
+@PkgIndex{amsmath}
+All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
+mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
+should give it such a status, for example with the @code{\operatorname}
+command from the package @file{amsmath}.
+
+While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other
+contexts.  However, they don't cause @LaTeX{} to change into horizontal
+mode.  So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
+with @code{\leavevmode}.
+
 
 @node Math miscellany
 @section Math miscellany
@@ -12480,7 +12637,7 @@ back to paragraph mode.
 @cindex outer paragraph mode
 @anchor{modes inner paragraph mode}
 @anchor{modes outer paragraph mode}
-Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a @code{\parbox} command or
+Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a @code{\parbox} command
 or a @code{minipage} then @LaTeX{} is put into paragraph mode.  But it
 will not put a page break here.  Inside one of these boxes, called a
 @dfn{parbox}, @LaTeX{} is in @dfn{inner paragraph mode}.  Its more usual
@@ -12488,7 +12645,7 @@ situation, where it can put page breaks, is @dfn{outer paragraph mode}
 (@pxref{Page breaking}).
 
 @menu
-* \ensuremath:: Ensure that math mode is active
+* \ensuremath:: Ensure that math mode is active.
 @end menu
 
 @node \ensuremath
@@ -12615,9 +12772,10 @@ To have no date, instead use @code{\date@{@}}.
 @cindex thanks, for titlepage
 @cindex credit footnote
 Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
-for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text so
-you can use it to print an email address, or for any purpose.
+for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
+the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text at
+all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
+address.
 
 @item \title@{@var{text}@}
 @cindex title, for titlepage
@@ -12629,11 +12787,11 @@ omit the @code{\title} declaration then you get @samp{LaTeX Error: No
 
 @end ftable
 
-Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of @code{article}
-in that example, that formats the title according to their house
-requirements.  To make your own, see@tie{}@ref{titlepage}. You can
-either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a
-renewed @code{\maketitle} command.
+To make your own title page, see@tie{}@ref{titlepage}. You can either
+create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
+@code{\maketitle} command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use
+in place of @code{article} that formats the title according to their
+house requirements.)
 
 
 @node \pagenumbering
@@ -12669,7 +12827,7 @@ also@tie{}@ref{\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol}).
 
 @table @code
 @item arabic
-arabic numerals: 1, 2, @dots{} 
+Arabic numerals: 1, 2, @dots{} 
 
 @item roman
 lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, @dots{}
@@ -12828,7 +12986,7 @@ or environments.
 
 Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style.  For
 example, this @LaTeX{} book document has the first page of the first
-chapter in in @code{plain} style, as is the default (@pxref{Page
+chapter in @code{plain} style, as is the default (@pxref{Page
 styles}).
 
 @example
@@ -13257,35 +13415,35 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
 Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length
 3.33333@dmn{pt} plus 1.66666@dmn{pt} minus 1.11111@dmn{pt}.
 
-A blank is not a space.  When you type a blank between words, @LaTeX{}
-produces white space.  That's different from an explicit space.  This
-illustrates.
+When you type one or more blanks between words, @LaTeX{} produces white
+space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.
 
 @example
 \begin@{tabular@}@{l@}
+One blank: makes some space \\
 Three blanks:   in a row \\
 Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\
 \end@{tabular@}
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-On the first line @LaTeX{} collapses the three blanks to output one
-whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance,
-with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a
-blank). But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is
-wider.  Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal
-space.  (But the best way to create horizontal space is with
-@code{\hspace}; @xref{\hspace}.)
-
-The backslash-space command has two main uses.  First, it is often used
-after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that
-follows, as in @code{\TeX\ is nice}.  (But the approach of using curly
-parentheses, as in @code{\TeX@{@} is nice}, has the advantage of still
-working if the next character is a period.)
-
-The second common use is that
-it mark  a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending
-a sentence, as in @code{So says Prof.\ Smith} (@pxref{\@@}).
+On the first line @LaTeX{} puts some space after the colon.  On the
+second line @LaTeX{} collapses the three blanks to output one
+whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the
+first line.  @LaTeX{} would similarly collapse a blank followed by a
+tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank.  However, the bottom line
+asks for three spaces so the white area is wider.  That is, the
+backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space.
+(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with
+@code{\hspace}; see@tie{}@ref{\hspace}.)
+
+The backslash-space command has two main uses.  It is often used after
+control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as
+in @code{\TeX\ is nice}.  (But using curly parentheses, as in
+@code{\TeX@{@} is best}, has the advantage of still working if the next
+character is a period.)  The other common use is that it marks a period
+as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in @code{So
+says Prof.\ Smith} (@pxref{\@@}).
 
 Under normal circumstances, @code{\}@key{tab} and @code{\}@key{newline}
 are equivalent to backslash-space, @code{\ }.
@@ -13684,11 +13842,11 @@ item's second line.
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-The final two lists use @code{fbox} to show what's happening.  The third
-list's @code{\parbox} goes only to the bottom of its second @samp{test},
-which happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline.
-The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra
-below-baseline space.
+The final two lists use @code{\fbox} to show what's happening.  The
+third list's @code{\parbox} goes only to the bottom of its second
+@samp{test}, which happens not have any characters that descend below
+the baseline.  The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed
+extra below-baseline space.
 
 @PkgIndex{TikZ} @PkgIndex{Asymptote}
 The @code{\strut} command is often useful in graphics, such as in
@@ -13891,6 +14049,7 @@ with a @code{\par} command (@pxref{\par}), as in the above example.
 
 @cindex boxes
 
+@c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere.
 At its core, @LaTeX{} puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
 page.  So these commands are central.
 
@@ -13926,7 +14085,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
 \makebox[@var{width}][@var{position}]@{@var{text}@}
 @end example
 
-Create a box, a container for material.  The @var{text} is is typeset in
+Create a box, a container for material.  The @var{text} is typeset in
 LR mode (@pxref{Modes}) so it is not broken into lines.  The
 @code{\mbox} command is robust, while @code{\makebox} is fragile
 (@pxref{\protect}).
@@ -14410,9 +14569,9 @@ robust (@pxref{\protect}).
 You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
 or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
 
-Color support comes as an additional package.  So all the commands below
-will only work if your document preamble contains
-@code{\usepackage@{color@}}, that brings in the standard package.
+Color support comes as an additional package.  So put
+@code{\usepackage@{color@}} in your document preamble to use the
+commands described here.
 
 Many other packages also supplement @LaTeX{}'s color abilities.
 Particularly worth mentioning is @file{xcolor}, which is widely used and
@@ -15131,7 +15290,7 @@ file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a
 single backward quote.  Thus,
 @code{\DeclareGraphicsRule@{.eps.gz@}@{eps@}@{.eps.bb@}@{`gunzip -c
 #1@}} specifies that any file with the extension @file{.eps.gz} should
-be treated as an @code{eps} file, with the the BoundingBox information
+be treated as an @code{eps} file, with the BoundingBox information
 stored in the file with extension @file{.eps.bb}, and that the command
 @code{gunzip -c} will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
 
@@ -15565,13 +15724,13 @@ external commands.
 @cindex rotating text
 @findex \rotatebox
 
-Synopsis for @file{graphics} package:
+Synopsis if you use the @file{graphics} package:
 
 @example
 \rotatebox@{@var{angle}@}@{@var{material}@}
 @end example
 
-Synopses for @file{graphicx} package:
+Synopses if you use the @file{graphicx} package:
 
 @example
 \rotatebox@{@var{angle}@}@{@var{material}@}
@@ -15608,10 +15767,11 @@ bounding box, in its new position, is what @LaTeX{} uses as the box when
 typesetting this material.
 
 If you use the @file{graphics} package then the rotation is about the
-reference point of the box.  If you use the @file{graphicx} package then
-then these are the options that can go in the @var{key-value list}, but
-note that you can get the same effect without needing this package,
-except for the @code{x} and @code{y} options (@pxref{\includegraphics}).
+reference point of the box. If you use the @file{graphicx} package
+then these are the options that can go in the @var{key-value list},
+but note that you can get the same effect without needing this
+package, except for the @code{x} and @code{y} options
+(@pxref{\includegraphics}).
 
 @table @code
 @item origin
@@ -15621,16 +15781,16 @@ left, @code{r} for right, @code{b} for bottom, @code{c} for center,
 @code{t} for top, and @code{B} for baseline.  Thus, the first line here
 
 @example
-\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]@{moon@}
-\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]@{LeBateau@}
+\rotatebox[origin=c]@{180@}@{moon@}
+\rotatebox[origin=lB]@{180@}@{LeBateau@}
 @end example
 
 @noindent
 will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will
 turn its picture upside down about its left baseline.  (The character
 @code{c} gives the horizontal center in @code{bc} or @code{tc} but gives
-the vertical center in @code{lc} or @code{rc}.)  The default is
-@code{lB}.
+the vertical center in @code{lc} or @code{rc}, and gives both in
+@code{c}.)  The default is @code{lB}.
 
 @item x, y
 Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with
@@ -17352,7 +17512,7 @@ multiple indices and contains a command
 The @code{\index} command writes the indexing information to the file
 @file{@var{root-name}.idx} file.  Specifically, it writes text of the
 command
-@code{\indexentry@{@var{index-entry-string}@}@{@var{page-num}@}}, where
+@code{\indexentry@{@var{index-entry-string}@}@{@var{page-num}@}},
 where @var{page-num} is the value of the @code{\thepage} counter.  On
 occasion, when the @code{\printindex} command is confused, you have to
 delete this file to start with a fresh slate.
@@ -17450,7 +17610,7 @@ plus5pt minus3pt}).
 @item lethead_flag
 An integer.  It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.  If
 it is 0 (which is the default) then other than @code{group_skip} nothing
-will be inserted before the group. If it is is positive then at a new
+will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new
 letter the @code{lethead_prefix} and @code{lethead_suffix} will be
 inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them.  If it is negative
 then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase.  The default
@@ -17557,12 +17717,12 @@ roman @code{R}, and uppercase alphabetic @code{A}.  Default:
 
 @findex xindy
 @cindex @command{xindy} program
-There are a number of other programs that do the job @command{makeindex}
-does.  One is @command{xindy}, which does internationalization and can
-process indexes for documents marked up using @LaTeX{} and a number of
-other languages.  It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and
-in terms of the collating order of the text.  See the documentation on
-CTAN.
+There are a number of other programs that do the job
+@command{makeindex} does. One is @command{xindy}, which does
+internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up
+using @LaTeX{} and a number of other languages. It is highly
+configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order
+of the text, as described in its documentation.
 
 
 @node \printindex
@@ -18426,9 +18586,9 @@ When you run @code{@command{pdflatex} @var{options} @var{argument}}, if
 @var{argument} does not start with a backslash then @TeX{} considers it
 the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first
 @code{\input} instruction and the name of the input file will be the job
-name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  This option
-overrides that process and directly specifies the name.  @xref{Command
-line input} for an example of its use.
+name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  The
+@code{jobname} option overrides that process and directly specifies the
+name.  @xref{Command line input} for an example of its use.
 
 @findex --output-directory @r{command-line option}
 @item -output-directory=@var{directory}
@@ -18438,10 +18598,10 @@ Write files in the directory @var{directory}.  It must already exist.
 @findex --no-shell-escape @r{command-line option}
 @findex --enable-write18 @r{command-line option}
 @findex --disable-write18 @r{command-line option}
-@item shell-escape
-@itemx no-shell-escape
-@itemx enable-write18
-@itemx disable-write18
+@item --shell-escape
+@itemx --no-shell-escape
+@itemx --enable-write18
+@itemx --disable-write18
 Enable or disable @code{\write18@{@var{shell command}@}}.  The first two
 options are for with @TeX{} Live or Mac@TeX{} while the second two are
 for MiK@TeX{}.
@@ -18505,8 +18665,8 @@ PDF.
 
 @noindent
 Compiling this document @file{book.tex} with the command line
-@code{pdflatex test} will give the @samp{CTAN} link in blue.  But
-compiling it with @code{pdflatex "\def\paperversion@{@}\input test.tex"}
+@code{pdflatex book} will give the @samp{CTAN} link in blue.  But
+compiling it with @code{pdflatex "\def\paperversion@{@}\input book.tex"}
 has the link in black.  (Note the use of double quotes to prevent
 interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may
 do this differently.)
@@ -18534,7 +18694,7 @@ pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]@{graphicx@}\input@{aa.tex@}"
 
 @noindent
 so the graphic files are read for their size information but not
-incorporated into the PDF.  (The @code{jobname} option is needed because
+incorporated into the PDF.  (The @code{jobname} option is there because
 otherwise the output file would be @file{graphicx.pdf}, as
 @code{\RequirePackage} does an @code{\input} of its own.)
 
@@ -18586,8 +18746,8 @@ Please type another input file name:
 @end example
 
 @noindent
-The simplest thing is to enter @code{<Contol>} and @samp{d} (holding
-them down at the same time), and just fix the command line.
+The simplest thing is to enter @code{<Control>} and @samp{d} (holding
+them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line.
 
 
 @node Document templates
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt
index ba93e97513a..d6bc68bdb68 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.txt
@@ -36,11 +36,8 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
   2.2 Output files
   2.3 TeX engines
   2.4 LaTeX command syntax
-    2.4.1 Environments
-    2.4.2 Command declarations
-    2.4.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
-      2.4.3.1 '\@ifstar'
-  2.5 CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
+  2.5 Environment
+  2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
 3 Document classes
   3.1 Document class options
   3.2 Additional packages
@@ -157,14 +154,16 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 12 Definitions
   12.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand'
   12.2 '\providecommand'
-  12.3 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
-  12.4 '\newlength'
-  12.5 '\newsavebox'
-  12.6 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
-  12.7 '\newtheorem'
-  12.8 '\newfont'
-  12.9 '\protect'
-  12.10 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
+  12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
+  12.4 '\@ifstar'
+  12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
+  12.6 '\newlength'
+  12.7 '\newsavebox'
+  12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
+  12.9 '\newtheorem'
+  12.10 '\newfont'
+  12.11 '\protect'
+  12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
 13 Counters
   13.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters
   13.2 '\usecounter'
@@ -197,6 +196,8 @@ LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
   16.4 Math accents
   16.5 Over- and Underlining
   16.6 Spacing in math mode
+    16.6.1 '\smash'
+    16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom'
   16.7 Math miscellany
     16.7.1 Colon character ':' & '\colon'
     16.7.2 '\*'
@@ -312,18 +313,26 @@ Index
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2018)
-for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October
+2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 1 About this document
 *********************
 
 This is an unofficial reference manual for the LaTeX2e document
 preparation system, which is a macro package for the TeX typesetting
-program (*note Overview::).  This document's home page is
-<puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>.  That page has links to the
-current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and
-subscriptions, and other infrastructure.
+program (*note Overview::).
+
+   This document's home page is
+<https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman>.  There you can get
+the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its archives, see
+other infrastructure, and get the current output in various formats.  In
+particular, the output comes in two web formats.  Probably the most
+convenient one, shown at <http://latexref.xyz/>, has pages for each
+topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the note there about
+easy-to-remember links.  The other, shown at
+<http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co>,
+has all the information on single page.
 
    In this document, we will mostly just use 'LaTeX' rather than
 'LaTeX2e', since the previous version of LaTeX (2.09) was frozen decades
@@ -538,6 +547,12 @@ bracket (']') hide it inside curly braces, as in '\item[closing bracket
 argument after it, then to make the first character of the following
 text be an open square bracket, hide it inside curly braces.
 
+   Some of LaTeX's commands are a "declaration".  Such a command changes
+the value the meaning of some other command or parameter.  For instance,
+the '\mainmatter' declaration changes the typesetting of page numbers
+from roman numerals to arabic (*note \frontmatter & \mainmatter &
+\backmatter::).
+
    LaTeX has the convention that some commands have a '*' form that is
 related to the form without a '*', such as '\chapter' and '\chapter*'.
 The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command.
@@ -545,8 +560,8 @@ The exact difference in behavior varies from command to command.
    This manual describes all accepted options and '*'-forms for the
 commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a. bugs).
 
-2.4.1 Environments
-------------------
+2.5 Environment
+===============
 
 Synopsis:
 
@@ -563,7 +578,9 @@ behavior.  For instance, for poetry in LaTeX put the lines between
        ...
      \end{verse}
 
-   *Note Environments:: for a list of environments.
+   *Note Environments:: for a list of environments.  Particularly
+notable is that every LaTeX document must have a 'document' environment,
+a '\begin{document} ... \end{document}' pair.
 
    The ENVIRONMENT NAME at the beginning must exactly match that at the
 end.  This includes the case where ENVIRONMENT NAME ends in a
@@ -578,120 +595,8 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns).
        ... rows of table ...
      \end{tabular}
 
-2.4.2 Command declarations
---------------------------
-
-A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other
-command or parameter.  For instance, the '\mainmatter' command changes
-the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic.
-
-2.4.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
---------------------------------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
-     \makeatletter
-       ... definition of commands with @ in their name ..
-     \makeatother
-
-   Used to redefine internal LaTeX commands.  '\makeatletter' makes the
-at-sign character '@' have the category code of a letter, 11.
-'\makeatother' sets the category code of '@' to 12, its original value.
-
-   As each character is read by TeX for LaTeX, it is assigned a
-character category code, or "catcode" for short.  For instance, the
-backslash '\' is assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a
-command.  These two commands alter the catcode assigned to '@'.
-
-   The alteration is needed because many of LaTeX's commands use '@' in
-their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a command that
-replaces one of LaTeX's own.  Command names consist of a category 0
-character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters, category 11
-characters (except that a command name can also consist of a category 0
-character followed by a single non-letter symbol).  So under the default
-category codes, user-defined commands cannot contain an '@'.  But
-'\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' allow users to define or redefine
-commands named with '@'.
-
-   Use these two commands inside a '.tex' file, in the preamble, when
-defining or redefining a command with '@' in its name.  Don't use them
-inside '.sty' or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and
-'\documentclass' commands set the at sign to have the character code of
-a letter.
-
-   For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
-<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>.  These macros are mainly intended to
-package or class authors.
-
-   In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname'
-that the user wants to change.  These three lines should go in the
-preamble, before the '\begin{document}'.
-
-     \makeatletter
-     \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
-     \makeatother
-
-2.4.3.1 '\@ifstar'
-..................
-
-Synopsis:
-
-     \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
-     \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY}
-     \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY}
-
-   Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the
-same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk.  Examples
-are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and
-'\section*' commands.
-
-   When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
-because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment
-name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more complex.  As
-in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above
-as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star.  For
-instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the
-'\section' command peeks ahead.  This command does not accept arguments
-but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In
-the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'.  They
-could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no
-arguments at all.  As always, in a LaTeX document a command using
-at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother'
-block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::).
-
-   This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant
-'\ciel*'.  Both have one required argument.  A call to '\ciel{night}'
-will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry
-not blue sky".
-
-     \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky}
-     \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky}
-     \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
-
-   In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
-arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007's
-'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is
-equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond},
-\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.'''
-
-     \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
-     \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
-     \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
-       \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
-
-   There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work
-of '\@ifstar'.  The 'suffix' package allows the construct
-'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by
-'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'.  And LaTeX3 has
-the 'xparse' package that allows this code.
-
-     \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
-       {STARRED VERSION}%
-       {UNSTARRED VERSION}%
-       }
-
-2.5 CTAN: Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
-===========================================
+2.6 CTAN: the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
+===============================================
 
 The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network, CTAN, is the TeX and LaTeX
 community's repository of free material.  It is a set of Internet sites
@@ -892,23 +797,26 @@ class or package from interfering with others.  For instance, the class
 ---------------------------------
 
 A class file or package file typically has four parts.
-     In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX
+  1. In the "identification part", the file says that it is a LaTeX
      package or class and describes itself, using the '\NeedsTeXFormat'
      and '\ProvidesClass' or '\ProvidesPackage' commands.
-  1. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can
+
+  2. The "preliminary declarations part" declares some commands and can
      also load other files.  Usually these commands will be those needed
      for the code used in the next part.  For example, an 'smcmemo'
      class might be called with an option to read in a file with a list
      of people for the to-head, as '\documentclass[mathto]{smcmemo}',
      and therefore needs to define a command
      '\newcommand{\setto}[1]{\def\@tolist{#1}}' used in that file.
-  2. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and
+
+  3. In the "handle options part" the class or package declares and
      processes its options.  Class options allow a user to start their
      document as '\documentclass[OPTION LIST]{CLASS NAME}', to modify
      the behavior of the class.  An example is when you declare
      '\documentclass[11pt]{article}' to set the default document font
      size.
-  3. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package
+
+  4. Finally, in the "more declarations part" the class or package
      usually does most of its work: declaring new variables, commands
      and fonts, and loading other files.
 
@@ -3996,7 +3904,7 @@ or
 default depends on the list type.
 
    Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets '[...]',
-if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to to hide the
+if you have an item whose text starts with '[', you have to hide the
 bracket inside curly braces, as in: '\item {[} is an open square
 bracket'; otherwise, LaTeX will think it marks the start of an optional
 label.
@@ -4156,10 +4064,9 @@ is the value of POSITION).
      Stretch CONTENTS out vertically; it must contain vertically
      stretchable space.
 
-   The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT options is set to
-a value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height.  To see the effect
-of the options, run this example with the various choices in place of
-'b'.
+   The INNER-POS argument makes sense when the HEIGHT option is set to a
+value larger than the 'minipage''s natural height.  To see the effect of
+the options, run this example with the various choices in place of 'b'.
 
      Text before
      \begin{center}
@@ -5022,8 +4929,8 @@ between them.  This is specified in 'tabular''s argument '{l|l}'.  Put
 the entries into different columns by separating them with an ampersand,
 '&'.  The end of each row is marked with a double backslash, '\\'.  Put
 a horizontal rule below a row, after a double backslash, with '\hline'.
-This '\\' is optional after the last row unless an '\hline' command
-follows, to put a rule below the table.
+After the last row the '\\' is optional, unless an '\hline' command
+follows to put a rule below the table.
 
    The required and optional arguments to 'tabular' consist of:
 
@@ -5075,10 +4982,9 @@ COLS
           space yourself, as in '@{\hspace{1em}}'.
 
           An empty expression '@{}' will eliminate the space.  In
-          particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space
-          before the first column or after the last one, as in the
-          example below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left
-          margin.
+          particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before
+          the first column or after the last one, as in the example
+          below where the tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.
 
                \begin{flushleft}
                  \begin{tabular}{@{}l}
@@ -5244,10 +5150,10 @@ center those two columns on the page range en-dash.
        Impressionistic  &1875           &1925
      \end{tabular}
 
-Note that although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a
-vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no
-vertical bar in the COLS of either of the first row's '\multicolumn'
-commands, no rule appears in the first row.
+Although the 'tabular' specification by default puts a vertical rule
+between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears in
+the first row here.  That's because there is no vertical bar in the COLS
+part of the first row's first '\multicolumn' command.
 
 8.23.2 '\vline'
 ---------------
@@ -5452,12 +5358,20 @@ citation keys (*note \bibitem::).
        Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1983.
      \end{thebibliography}
 
-produces the output '... source is [1]'.
+produces output like '... source is [1]'.  (You can change the
+appearance of the citation with bibliography styles.  More is in *note
+Using BibTeX::.)
 
    The optional argument SUBCITE is appended to the citation.  For
 example, 'See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]{texbook}' might produce 'See 14.3 in
 [1, p. 314]'.
 
+   In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information
+to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'.  For instance, '\cite{latexdps}'
+writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file.  This information is used by
+BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have
+actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also.
+
    If KEYS is not in your bibliography information then you get 'LaTeX
 Warning: There were undefined references', and in the output the
 citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets.
@@ -5465,13 +5379,7 @@ There are two possible causes.  If you have mistyped something, as in
 '\cite{texbok}' then you need to correct the spelling.  On the other
 hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic information
 and so changed the '.aux' file (*note \bibitem::) then the fix may be to
-just run LaTeX again.
-
-   In addition to what appears in the output, '\cite' writes information
-to the auxiliary file 'FILENAME.aux'.  For instance, '\cite{latexdps}'
-writes '\citation{latexdps}' to that file.  This information is used by
-BibTeX to include in your reference list only those works that you have
-actually cited; see *note \nocite:: also.
+run LaTeX again.
 
 8.24.3 '\nocite'
 ----------------
@@ -6618,7 +6526,113 @@ be loaded more than once, such as a style file.  *Note \newcommand &
 outputs 'From Saint Michael's College'.  Unlike '\newcommand', the
 repeated use of '\providecommand' does not give an error.
 
-12.3 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
+12.3 '\makeatletter' & '\makeatother'
+=====================================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \makeatletter
+       ... definition of commands with @ in their name ..
+     \makeatother
+
+   Use this pair when you redefine LaTeX commands that are named with an
+at-sign character ''@''.  The '\makeatletter' declaration makes the
+at-sign character have the category code of a letter, code 11.  The
+'\makeatother' declaration sets the category code of the at-sign to
+code 12, its default value.
+
+   As TeX reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
+"catcode".  For instance, it assigns the backslash character ''\'' the
+catcode 0.  Command names consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily
+backslash, followed by letters, category 11 characters (except that a
+command name can also consist of a category 0 character followed by a
+single non-letter symbol).
+
+   LaTeX's source code has the convention that some commands use '@' in
+their name.  These commands are mainly intended for package or class
+writers.  The convention prevents authors who are just using a package
+or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of their
+own, because by default the at-sign has catcode 12.
+
+   The pair '\makeatletter' and '\makeatother' changes the default code
+and then changes it back.  Use them inside a '.tex' file, in the
+preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands named with '@',
+by having them surround your definition.  Don't use these inside '.sty'
+or '.cls' files since the '\usepackage' and '\documentclass' commands
+already arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter,
+catcode 11.
+
+   For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
+<http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e>.
+
+   In this example the class file has a command '\thesis@universityname'
+that the user wants to change.  These three lines should go in the
+preamble, before the '\begin{document}'.
+
+     \makeatletter
+     \renewcommand{\thesis@universityname}{Saint Michael's College}
+     \makeatother
+
+12.4 '\@ifstar'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \newcommand{\mycmd}{\@ifstar{\mycmd@star}{\mycmd@nostar}}
+     \newcommand{\mycmd@nostar}[NOSTAR-NUM-ARGS]{NOSTAR-BODY}
+     \newcommand{\mycmd@star}[STAR-NUM-ARGS]{STAR-BODY}
+
+   Many standard LaTeX environments or commands have a variant with the
+same name but ending with a star character '*', an asterisk.  Examples
+are the 'table' and 'table*' environments and the '\section' and
+'\section*' commands.
+
+   When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
+because '\newenvironment' and '\renewenvironment' allow the environment
+name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more complex.  As
+in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command, given above
+as '\mycmd', which peeks ahead to see if it is followed by a star.  For
+instance, LaTeX does not really have a '\section*' command; instead, the
+'\section' command peeks ahead.  This command does not accept arguments
+but instead expands to one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In
+the synopsis these two are '\mycmd@nostar' and '\mycmd@star'.  They
+could take the same number of arguments or a different number, or no
+arguments at all.  As always, in a LaTeX document a command using
+at-sign '@' must be enclosed inside a '\makeatletter ... \makeatother'
+block (*note \makeatletter & \makeatother::).
+
+   This example of '\@ifstar' defines the command '\ciel' and a variant
+'\ciel*'.  Both have one required argument.  A call to '\ciel{night}'
+will return "starry night sky" while '\ciel*{blue}' will return "starry
+not blue sky".
+
+     \newcommand*{\ciel@unstarred}[1]{starry #1 sky}
+     \newcommand*{\ciel@starred}[1]{starry not #1 sky}
+     \newcommand*{\ciel}{\@ifstar{\ciel@starred}{\ciel@unstarred}}
+
+   In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
+arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007's
+'``My name is \agentsecret*{Bond}, \agentsecret{James}{Bond}.''' is
+equivalent to entering the commands '``My name is \textsc{Bond},
+\textit{James} textsc{Bond}.'''
+
+     \newcommand*{\agentsecret@unstarred}[2]{\textit{#1} \textsc{#2}}
+     \newcommand*{\agentsecret@starred}[1]{\textsc{#1}}
+     \newcommand*{\agentsecret}{%
+       \@ifstar{\agentsecret@starred}{\agentsecret@unstarred}}
+
+   There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work
+of '\@ifstar'.  The 'suffix' package allows the construct
+'\newcommand\mycommand{UNSTARRED VERSION}' followed by
+'\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*{STARRED VERSION}'.  And LaTeX3 has
+the 'xparse' package that allows this code.
+
+     \NewDocumentCommand\foo{s}{\IfBooleanTF#1
+       {STARRED VERSION}%
+       {UNSTARRED VERSION}%
+       }
+
+12.5 '\newcounter': Allocating a counter
 ========================================
 
 Synopsis, one of:
@@ -6659,7 +6673,7 @@ already defined. Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual.'.
 exist.  Entering '\newcounter{jh}[lh]' when 'lh' is not a defined
 counter will get you 'LaTeX Error: No counter 'lh' defined.'
 
-12.4 '\newlength'
+12.6 '\newlength'
 =================
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -6681,20 +6695,21 @@ inserted'.  If the command sequence already exists then you get
 something like 'LaTeX Error: Command \graphichgt already defined. Or
 name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual'.
 
-12.5 '\newsavebox'
+12.7 '\newsavebox'
 ==================
 
 Synopsis:
 
-     \newsavebox{CMD}
+     \newsavebox{\CMD}
 
-   Define '\CMD' to refer to a new "bin" for storing boxes.  Such a box
-is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to measure or
-manipulate (*note Boxes::).  The required bin name 'CMD' must start with
-a backslash, '\', and must not already be defined.  This command is
-fragile (*note \protect::).
+   Define \CMD, the string consisting of a backslash followed by CMD, to
+refer to a new bin for storing material.  These bins hold material that
+has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or manipulate
+(*note Boxes::).  The bin name \CMD is required, must start with a
+backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command.  This command
+is fragile (*note \protect::).
 
-   The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use.
+   This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it.
 
      \newsavebox{\logobox}
      \savebox{\logobox}{LoGo}
@@ -6708,7 +6723,7 @@ p.192 of the manual'.
 
    The allocation of a box is global.
 
-12.6 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
+12.8 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
 ============================================
 
 Synopses, one of:
@@ -6842,7 +6857,7 @@ in ENDDEF, in this case in a box (*note \sbox & \savebox::).
        \end{quotation}
      }
 
-12.7 '\newtheorem'
+12.9 '\newtheorem'
 ==================
 
 Synopses:
@@ -6954,8 +6969,8 @@ and 'Definition 2.2'.
        Second def
      \end{defn}
 
-12.8 '\newfont'
-===============
+12.10 '\newfont'
+================
 
 This command is obsolete.  This description is here only to help with
 old documents.  New documents should define fonts in families through
@@ -6967,7 +6982,7 @@ associate a boldface with a roman (*note Fonts::).
      \newfont{\CMD}{FONT DESCRIPTION}
 
    Define a command '\CMD' that will change the current font.  The
-control sequence must must not already be defined.  It must begin with a
+control sequence must not already be defined.  It must begin with a
 backslash, '\'.
 
    The FONT DESCRIPTION consists of a FONTNAME and an optional "at
@@ -6986,8 +7001,8 @@ each.
      \testfontat abc
      \testfontscaled abc
 
-12.9 '\protect'
-===============
+12.11 '\protect'
+================
 
 All LaTeX commands are either "fragile" or "robust".  A fragile command
 can break when it is used in the argument to certain other commands.
@@ -7038,7 +7053,7 @@ because the '\(..\)' in the section title expands to illegal TeX in the
      \section{Einstein's \( e=mc^2 \)}
      ...
 
-12.10 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
+12.12 '\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend'
 =============================================
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -7347,24 +7362,30 @@ month value produces no output).
 A "length" is a measure of distance.  Many LaTeX commands take a length
 as an argument.
 
-   This shows a box of the given length.
+   Lengths come in two types.  A "rigid length" such as '10pt' does not
+contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component.  (Plain TeX calls this a
+"dimen".)  A "rubber length" (what Plain TeX calls a "skip") such as as
+with '1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm' can contain either or both of those
+components.  In that rubber length, the '1cm' is the "natural length"
+while the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow TeX to
+stretch or shrink the length to optimize placement.
 
-     \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}   % make a bar
-     \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{\fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} % box it
-     XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
+   The illustrations below use these two commands.
+
+     % make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide
+     \newcommand{\blackbar}[1]{\rule{#1}{10pt}}
+
+     % Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border)
+     \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
+       \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}}
 
-It produces a black bar 100 points long between 'XXX' and 'YYY'.
+This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points long
+between 'XXX' and 'YYY'.  This length is rigid.
 
-   Lengths come in two types.  A "rigid length" (what Plain TeX calls a
-"dimen") such as '10pt' does not contain a 'plus' or 'minus' component.
-The above example shows a rigid length.  A "rubber length" (what Plain
-TeX calls a "skip") can contain those components, as with '1cm
-plus0.05cm minus0.01cm'.  Here the '1cm' is the "natural length" while
-the other two, the 'plus' and 'minus' components, allow the length to
-stretch or shrink.
+     XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
 
-   Shrinking is simpler: with '1cm minus 0.05cm', the natural length is
-1cm but if smaller is needed then TeX can shrink it down as far as
+   As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with '1cm minus
+0.05cm', the natural length is 1cm but TeX can shrink it down as far as
 0.95cm.  Beyond that, TeX refuses to shrink any more.  Thus, below the
 first one works fine, producing a space of 98 points between the two
 bars.
@@ -7382,7 +7403,7 @@ allocated, as TeX has refused to shrink the total to less than
 309 points.
 
    Stretching is like shrinking except that if TeX is asked to stretch
-beyond the given amount, it won't refuse.  Here the first line is fine,
+beyond the given amount, it will do it.  Here the first line is fine,
 producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
 
      XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
@@ -7392,10 +7413,9 @@ producing a space of 110 points between the bars.
        \blackbar{95pt}\hspace{100pt plus 1pt}\blackbar{95pt}}YYY
 
 In the second line TeX needs a stretch of 10 points and only 1 point was
-specified.  In this situation, TeX stretches the space to the required
-length, but it complains with a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness
-10000) detected at line 22'.  (We won't discuss badness; the point is
-that the system was not given as much stretch as needed.)
+specified.  TeX stretches the space to the required length but it gives
+you a warning like 'Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line
+22'.  (We won't discuss badness.)
 
    You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in '1ex
 plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'.
@@ -7403,14 +7423,15 @@ plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex'.
    If TeX is setting two or more rubber lengths then it allocates the
 stretch or shrink in proportion.
 
-     XXX\showhbox{300pt}{\blackbar{100pt}%  left
+     XXX\showhbox{300pt}{%
+       \blackbar{100pt}%  left
        \hspace{0pt plus 50pt}\blackbar{80pt}\hspace{0pt plus 10pt}%  middle
        \blackbar{100pt}}YYY  % right
 
-The outside bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another 100.
-In the middle the bar takes up 80 points, so the two '\hspace''s must
-stretch 20 points.  Because the two say 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX
-gets 5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
+The left and right bars take up 100 points, so the middle needs another
+100.  The middle bar is 80 points so the two '\hspace''s must stretch
+20 points.  Because the two are 'plus 50pt' and 'plus 10pt', TeX gets
+5/6 of the stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
 
    The 'plus' or 'minus' component of a rubber length can contain a
 "fill" component, as in '1in plus2fill'.  This gives the length infinite
@@ -7423,10 +7444,10 @@ distance.  Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page.
        \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
      \end{minipage}
 
-   TeX actually has three infinite glue components 'fil', 'fill', and
-'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones.
-Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and
-*note \vfill::).
+   TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil',
+'fill', and 'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier
+ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note
+\hfill:: and *note \vfill::).
 
    Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length,
 so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and
@@ -7439,8 +7460,8 @@ TeX and LaTeX know about these units both inside and outside of math
 mode.
 
 'pt'
-     Point 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
-     places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm.
+     Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two
+     decimal places, is 1point = 2.85mm = 28.45cm.
 
 'pc'
      Pica, 12 pt
@@ -7502,8 +7523,13 @@ while the second will not.
      \setlength{\parindent}{0em}
      He said stop going to those places.
 
-   If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined
-control sequence. <argument> \praindent'.
+   If you did not declare LEN with '\newlength', for example if you
+mistype the above as
+'\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
+get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
+If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get
+an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
+\relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}'
 
 14.3 '\addtolength'
 ===================
@@ -7519,18 +7545,20 @@ understands (*note Units of length::).
 
    Below, if '\parskip' starts with the value '0pt plus 1pt'
 
-     \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
      Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
+     \addtolength{\parskip}{1pt}
 
      Nurse: no change.
 
 then it has the value '1pt plus 1pt' for the second paragraph.
 
-   If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined
-control sequence. <argument> \praindent'.  If you leave off the
-backslash at the start of LEN, as in '\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}',
-then you get something like 'You can't use `the letter p' after
-\advance'.
+   If you did not declare the length LEN with '\newlength', if for
+example you mistype the above as
+'\addtolength{\specparindent}{0.6\praindent}', then you get something
+like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \praindent'.  If you leave
+off the backslash at the start of LEN, as in
+'\addtolength{parindent}{1pt}', then you get something like 'You can't
+use `the letter p' after \advance'.
 
 14.4 '\settodepth'
 ==================
@@ -7549,11 +7577,12 @@ the TEXT argument.  The length name LEN must begin with a backslash,
      \settodepth{\alphabetdepth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
      \the\alphabetdepth
 
-   If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined
-control sequence. <argument> \alphabetdepth'.  If you leave the
-backslash out of LEN, as in '\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you
-get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
-\setbox'.
+   If you did not set aside the length LEN, if for example you mistype
+the above as '\settodepth{\aplhabetdepth}{abc...}', then you get
+something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetdepth'.
+If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in
+'\settodepth{alphabetdepth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
 
 14.5 '\settoheight'
 ===================
@@ -7572,11 +7601,12 @@ backslash, '\'.
      \settoheight{\alphabetheight}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
      \the\alphabetheight
 
-   If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined
-control sequence. <argument> \alphabetheight'.  If you leave the
-backslash out of LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you
-get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
-\setbox'.
+   If no such length LEN has been declared with '\newlength', if for
+example you mistype as '\settoheight{\aplhabetheight}{abc...}', then you
+get something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument>
+\alphabetheight'.  If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in
+'\settoheight{alphabetheight}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
 
 14.6 '\settowidth'
 ==================
@@ -7595,18 +7625,19 @@ backslash, '\'.
      \settowidth{\alphabetwidth}{abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz}
      \the\alphabetwidth
 
-   If there is no such length LEN then you get something like 'Undefined
-control sequence. <argument> \alphabetwidth'.  If you leave the
-backslash out of LEN, as in '\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you
-get something like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
-\setbox'.
+   If no such length LEN has been set aside, if for example you mistype
+the above as '\settowidth{\aplhabetwidth}{abc...}', then you get
+something like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \aplhabetwidth'.
+If you leave the backslash out of LEN, as in
+'\settoheight{alphabetwidth}{...}' then you get something like 'Missing
+number, treated as zero. <to be read again> \setbox'.
 
 15 Making paragraphs
 ********************
 
-Once LaTeX has all of a paragraph's contents it divides it into lines,
-in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (*note Line
-breaking::).  To end the current paragraph, put an empty line.
+To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
+paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, separated by
+two empty lines.
 
      It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession
      of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife.
@@ -7622,6 +7653,10 @@ breaking::).  To end the current paragraph, put an empty line.
    The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment
 character, '%'.
 
+   Once LaTeX has gathered all of a paragraph's contents it divides that
+content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph
+(*note Line breaking::).
+
    There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted.  Don't put a
 blank line in math mode (*note Modes::); here the line before the
 '\end{equation}'
@@ -7644,8 +7679,8 @@ complete'.
 15.1 '\par'
 ===========
 
-Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX, converts two
-consecutive newlines to a '\par'):
+Synopsis (note that while reading the input TeX converts two consecutive
+newlines to a '\par'):
 
      \par
 
@@ -7659,22 +7694,24 @@ readability.
      \newcommand{\syllabusLegalese}{%
        \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou}
 
-   The '\par' command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but it
-terminates paragraph mode, bringing LaTeX to vertical mode (*note
+   In LR mode or a vertical mode the '\par' command does nothing but it
+terminates paragraph mode, switching LaTeX to vertical mode (*note
 Modes::).
 
-   You cannot use the '\par' command in math mode or in the argument of
-many commands, such as the '\section' command (*note Making paragraphs::
-and *note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).
+   You cannot use the '\par' command in a math mode.  You also cannot
+use it in the argument of many commands, such as the '\section' command
+(*note Making paragraphs:: and *note \newcommand & \renewcommand::).
 
-   The '\par' command differs from the '\paragraph' command in that the
+   The '\par' command is not the same as the '\paragraph' command.  The
 latter is, like '\section' or '\subsection', a sectioning unit used by
-the standard LaTeX documents.
+the standard LaTeX documents (*note \subsubsection & \paragraph &
+\subparagraph::).
 
-   The '\par' command differs from '\newline' and the line break double
-backslash, '\\', in that \par ends the paragraph not just the line.  It
-also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph vertical space
-'\parskip' (*note \parindent & \parskip::).
+   The '\par' command is not the same as '\newline' or the line break
+double backslash, '\\'.  The difference is that '\par' ends the
+paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of the
+between-paragraph vertical space '\parskip' (*note \parindent &
+\parskip::).
 
    The output from this example
 
@@ -7792,7 +7829,7 @@ paragraph.  Revert that to the default position with '\normalmarginpar'.
 
    When you specify the optional argument LEFT then it is used for a
 note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument RIGHT is used for
-a note in the the right margin.
+a note in the right margin.
 
    Normally, a note's first word will not be hyphenated.  You can enable
 hyphenation there by beginning LEFT or RIGHT with '\hspace{0pt}'.
@@ -9261,6 +9298,117 @@ something like 5/18 times the width of a 'M'.
      A length of 2 quads, that is, 36mu = 2em.  It is available in both
      text and math mode.
 
+16.6.1 '\smash'
+---------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \smash{SUBFORMULA}
+
+   Typeset SUBFORMULA as if its height and depth were zero.
+
+   In this example the exponential is so tall that without the '\smash'
+command LaTeX would separate its line from the line above it, and the
+uneven line spacing might be unsightly.
+
+     To compute the tetration $\smash{2^{2^{2^2}}}$,
+     evaluate from the top down, as $2^{2^4}=2^{16}=65536$.
+
+   (Because of the '\smash' the printed expression could run into the
+line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the
+document to make such adjustments.)
+
+   This pictures the effect of '\smash' by using '\fbox' to surround the
+box that LaTeX will put on the line.  The '\blackbar' command makes a
+bar extending from 10 points below the baseline to 20 points above.
+
+     \newcommand{\blackbar}{\rule[-10pt]{5pt}{30pt}}
+     \fbox{\blackbar}
+     \fbox{\smash{\blackbar}}
+
+   The first box that LaTeX places is 20 points high and 10 points deep.
+But the second box is treated by LaTeX as having zero height and zero
+depth, despite that the ink printed on the page still extends well above
+and below the line.
+
+   The '\smash' command appears often in mathematics to adjust the size
+of an element that surrounds a subformula.  Here the first radical
+extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
+
+     \begin{equation}
+     \sqrt{\sum_{0\leq k< n} f(k)}
+     \sqrt{\vphantom{\sum}\smash{\sum_{0\leq k< n}} f(k)}
+     \end{equation}
+
+   Note the use of '\vphantom' to give the '\sqrt' command an argument
+with the height of the '\sum' (*note \phantom & \vphantom &
+\hphantom::).
+
+   While most often used in mathematics, the '\smash' command can appear
+in other contexts.  However, it doesn't change into horizontal mode.  So
+if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a '\leavevmode', as
+in the bottom line below.
+
+     xxx xxx xxx
+
+     \smash{yyy}  % no paragraph indent
+
+     \leavevmode\smash{zzz}  % usual paragraph indent
+
+   The package 'mathtools' has operators that provide even finer control
+over smashing a subformula box.
+
+16.6.2 '\phantom' & '\vphantom' & '\hphantom'
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \phantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+   or
+
+     \vphantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+   or
+
+     \hphantom{SUBFORMULA}
+
+   The '\phantom' command creates a box with the same height, depth, and
+width as SUBFORMULA, but empty.  That is, this command causes LaTeX to
+typeset the box but not its ink.  The '\vphantom' variant also produces
+an invisible box with the same height and depth as SUBFORMULA, but it
+has width zero.  And '\hphantom' makes a box with the same width as
+SUBFORMULA but with height and depth zero.
+
+   Without the '\vphantom' in this example, the top bars of the two
+square roots would be at different heights.
+
+     \( \sqrt{\vphantom{a^3}a}\cdot\sqrt{a^3} \)
+
+   The '\vphantom{a^3}' causes the first '\sqrt' to have inside it a box
+of the same height as the second '\sqrt', so LaTeX makes the bars align.
+
+   These commands often are combined with '\smash'.  *Note \smash:: for
+another example of the use of '\vphantom'.
+
+   The three phantom commands appear often but note that LaTeX provides
+a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
+convenient, including '\makebox' (*note \mbox & \makebox::) as well as
+'\settodepth' (*note \settodepth::), '\settoheight' (*note
+\settoheight::), and '\settowidth' (*note \settowidth::).  In addition,
+the 'mathtools' package has many commands that offer fine-grained
+control over spacing.
+
+   All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
+mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
+should give it such a status, for example with the '\operatorname'
+command from the package 'amsmath'.
+
+   While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other
+contexts.  However, they don't cause LaTeX to change into horizontal
+mode.  So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
+with '\leavevmode'.
+
 16.7 Math miscellany
 ====================
 
@@ -9420,11 +9568,11 @@ mode, then it reads the 'L' and switches to paragraph mode, then the
 next switch happens at the '\(' where LaTeX changes to math mode, and
 then when it leaves the formula it pops back to paragraph mode.
 
-   Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a '\parbox' command or
-or a 'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode.  But it will not
-put a page break here.  Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox",
-LaTeX is in "inner paragraph mode".  Its more usual situation, where it
-can put page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::).
+   Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a '\parbox' command or a
+'minipage' then LaTeX is put into paragraph mode.  But it will not put a
+page break here.  Inside one of these boxes, called a "parbox", LaTeX is
+in "inner paragraph mode".  Its more usual situation, where it can put
+page breaks, is "outer paragraph mode" (*note Page breaking::).
 
 17.1 '\ensuremath'
 ==================
@@ -9517,21 +9665,21 @@ either in the preamble or in the document body.
 
 '\thanks{TEXT}'
      Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author
-     information for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can
+     information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
      also use it in the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It
-     can be any text so you can use it to print an email address, or for
-     any purpose.
+     can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as
+     to print an email address.
 
 '\title{TEXT}'
      Required.  Declare TEXT to be the title of the document.  Get line
      breaks inside TEXT with a double backslash, '\\'.  If you omit the
      '\title' declaration then you get 'LaTeX Error: No \title given'.
 
-   Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of 'article' in
-that example, that formats the title according to their house
-requirements.  To make your own, see *note titlepage::.  You can either
+   To make your own title page, see *note titlepage::.  You can either
 create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-'\maketitle' command.
+'\maketitle' command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use in
+place of 'article' that formats the title according to their house
+requirements.)
 
 18.2 '\pagenumbering'
 =====================
@@ -9558,7 +9706,7 @@ numbered '1', etc.
 \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
 
 'arabic'
-     arabic numerals: 1, 2, ...
+     Arabic numerals: 1, 2, ...
 
 'roman'
      lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, ...
@@ -9688,7 +9836,7 @@ or environments.
 
    Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style.
 For example, this LaTeX book document has the first page of the first
-chapter in in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).
+chapter in 'plain' style, as is the default (*note Page styles::).
 
      \documentclass{book}
      \pagestyle{headings}
@@ -9989,32 +10137,32 @@ backslash followed by a space.  Synopsis:
    Produce a space.  By default it produces white space of length
 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt.
 
-   A blank is not a space.  When you type a blank between words, LaTeX
-produces white space.  That's different from an explicit space.  This
-illustrates.
+   When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white
+space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.
 
      \begin{tabular}{l}
+     One blank: makes some space \\
      Three blanks:   in a row \\
      Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\
      \end{tabular}
 
-On the first line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one
-whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance,
-with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a
-blank).  But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is
-wider.  Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal
-space.  (But the best way to create horizontal space is with '\hspace';
-*Note \hspace::.)
-
-   The backslash-space command has two main uses.  First, it is often
-used after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that
-follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'.  (But the approach of using curly
-parentheses, as in '\TeX{} is nice', has the advantage of still working
-if the next character is a period.)
-
-   The second common use is that it mark a period as ending an
-abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says Prof.\ Smith'
-(*note \@::).
+On the first line LaTeX puts some space after the colon.  On the second
+line LaTeX collapses the three blanks to output one whitespace, so you
+end with the same space after the colon as in the first line.  LaTeX
+would similarly collapse a blank followed by a tab, or a blank and a
+newline and a blank.  However, the bottom line asks for three spaces so
+the white area is wider.  That is, the backslash-space command creates a
+fixed amount of horizontal space.  (Note that you can define a
+horizontal space of any width at all with '\hspace'; see *note
+\hspace::.)
+
+   The backslash-space command has two main uses.  It is often used
+after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that
+follows, as in '\TeX\ is nice'.  (But using curly parentheses, as in
+'\TeX{} is best', has the advantage of still working if the next
+character is a period.)  The other common use is that it marks a period
+as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in 'So says
+Prof.\ Smith' (*note \@::).
 
    Under normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent
 to backslash-space, '\ '.
@@ -10312,7 +10460,7 @@ line.
      \end{enumerate}
      \end{minipage}%
 
-The final two lists use 'fbox' to show what's happening.  The third
+The final two lists use '\fbox' to show what's happening.  The third
 list's '\parbox' goes only to the bottom of its second 'test', which
 happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline.  The
 fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra below-baseline
@@ -10490,7 +10638,7 @@ Synopsis, one of:
      \makebox[WIDTH]{TEXT}
      \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
 
-   Create a box, a container for material.  The TEXT is is typeset in LR
+   Create a box, a container for material.  The TEXT is typeset in LR
 mode (*note Modes::) so it is not broken into lines.  The '\mbox'
 command is robust, while '\makebox' is fragile (*note \protect::).
 
@@ -10857,9 +11005,9 @@ starts with a backslash.)  This command is robust (*note \protect::).
 You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
 or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
 
-   Color support comes as an additional package.  So all the commands
-below will only work if your document preamble contains
-'\usepackage{color}', that brings in the standard package.
+   Color support comes as an additional package.  So put
+'\usepackage{color}' in your document preamble to use the commands
+described here.
 
    Many other packages also supplement LaTeX's color abilities.
 Particularly worth mentioning is 'xcolor', which is widely used and
@@ -11385,9 +11533,9 @@ COMMAND
      left blank.  This command must start with a single backward quote.
      Thus, '\DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps.gz}{eps}{.eps.bb}{`gunzip -c #1}'
      specifies that any file with the extension '.eps.gz' should be
-     treated as an 'eps' file, with the the BoundingBox information
-     stored in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command
-     'gunzip -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
+     treated as an 'eps' file, with the BoundingBox information stored
+     in the file with extension '.eps.bb', and that the command 'gunzip
+     -c' will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
 
      Such a command is specific to your platform.  In addition, your TeX
      system must allow you to run external commands; as a security
@@ -11719,11 +11867,11 @@ the file 'lion.xxx' as though it were 'lion.png'.  For more on these,
 22.3.2 '\rotatebox'
 -------------------
 
-Synopsis for 'graphics' package:
+Synopsis if you use the 'graphics' package:
 
      \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
 
-   Synopses for 'graphicx' package:
+   Synopses if you use the 'graphicx' package:
 
      \rotatebox{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
      \rotatebox[KEY-VALUE LIST]{ANGLE}{MATERIAL}
@@ -11753,7 +11901,7 @@ new position, is what LaTeX uses as the box when typesetting this
 material.
 
    If you use the 'graphics' package then the rotation is about the
-reference point of the box.  If you use the 'graphicx' package then then
+reference point of the box.  If you use the 'graphicx' package then
 these are the options that can go in the KEY-VALUE LIST, but note that
 you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the
 'x' and 'y' options (*note \includegraphics::).
@@ -11764,13 +11912,14 @@ you can get the same effect without needing this package, except for the
      left, 'r' for right, 'b' for bottom, 'c' for center, 't' for top,
      and 'B' for baseline.  Thus, the first line here
 
-          \includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]{moon}
-          \includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]{LeBateau}
+          \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{moon}
+          \rotatebox[origin=lB]{180}{LeBateau}
 
      will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second
      will turn its picture upside down about its left baseline.  (The
      character 'c' gives the horizontal center in 'bc' or 'tc' but gives
-     the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc'.)  The default is 'lB'.
+     the vertical center in 'lc' or 'rc', and gives both in 'c'.)  The
+     default is 'lB'.
 
 'x, y'
      Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with '\rotatebox[x=TeX
@@ -12936,10 +13085,9 @@ the INDEX-ENTRY-STRING as well as indexing it.
 
    The '\index' command writes the indexing information to the file
 'ROOT-NAME.idx' file.  Specifically, it writes text of the command
-'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where where PAGE-NUM is the
-value of the '\thepage' counter.  On occasion, when the '\printindex'
-command is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh
-slate.
+'\indexentry{INDEX-ENTRY-STRING}{PAGE-NUM}', where PAGE-NUM is the value
+of the '\thepage' counter.  On occasion, when the '\printindex' command
+is confused, you have to delete this file to start with a fresh slate.
 
    If you omit the closing brace of an '\index' command then you get a
 message like this.
@@ -13011,9 +13159,9 @@ then it is a comment.
 'lethead_flag'
      An integer.  It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.
      If it is 0 (which is the default) then other than 'group_skip'
-     nothing will be inserted before the group.  If it is is positive
-     then at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will
-     be inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them.  If it is
+     nothing will be inserted before the group.  If it is positive then
+     at a new letter the 'lethead_prefix' and 'lethead_suffix' will be
+     inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them.  If it is
      negative then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase.
      The default is 0.
 
@@ -13098,9 +13246,8 @@ then it is a comment.
    There are a number of other programs that do the job 'makeindex'
 does.  One is 'xindy', which does internationalization and can process
 indexes for documents marked up using LaTeX and a number of other
-languages.  It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in
-terms of the collating order of the text.  See the documentation on
-CTAN.
+languages.  It is highly configurable, both in markup terms and in terms
+of the collating order of the text, as described in its documentation.
 
 25.2.3 '\printindex'
 --------------------
@@ -13716,17 +13863,17 @@ prefixing them with '-' or '--'.  This is the case for both TeX Live
      start with a backslash then TeX considers it the name of a file to
      input.  Otherwise it waits for the first '\input' instruction and
      the name of the input file will be the job name.  This is used to
-     name the log file the output file.  This option overrides that
-     process and directly specifies the name.  *Note Command line
+     name the log file the output file.  The 'jobname' option overrides
+     that process and directly specifies the name.  *Note Command line
      input:: for an example of its use.
 
 '-output-directory=DIRECTORY'
      Write files in the directory DIRECTORY.  It must already exist.
 
-'shell-escape'
-'no-shell-escape'
-'enable-write18'
-'disable-write18'
+'--shell-escape'
+'--no-shell-escape'
+'--enable-write18'
+'--disable-write18'
      Enable or disable '\write18{SHELL COMMAND}'.  The first two options
      are for with TeX Live or MacTeX while the second two are for
      MiKTeX.
@@ -13776,9 +13923,9 @@ PDF.
      \href{https://www.ctan.org}{CTAN}  % in body
        ...
 
-Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex test'
+Compiling this document 'book.tex' with the command line 'pdflatex book'
 will give the 'CTAN' link in blue.  But compiling it with 'pdflatex
-"\def\paperversion{}\input test.tex"' has the link in black.  (Note the
+"\def\paperversion{}\input book.tex"' has the link in black.  (Note the
 use of double quotes to prevent interpretation of the symbols by the
 command line shell; your system may do this differently.)
 
@@ -13797,7 +13944,7 @@ called 'main.pdf' and the second would overwrite the first.
      pdflatex -jobname=aa "\RequirePackage[draft]{graphicx}\input{aa.tex}"
 
 so the graphic files are read for their size information but not
-incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is needed because
+incorporated into the PDF. (The 'jobname' option is there because
 otherwise the output file would be 'graphicx.pdf', as '\RequirePackage'
 does an '\input' of its own.)
 
@@ -13835,8 +13982,8 @@ instead of 'pdflatex test' you might type 'pdflatex tste'.
      (Press Enter to retry, or Control-D to exit)
      Please type another input file name:
 
-The simplest thing is to enter '<Contol>' and 'd' (holding them down at
-the same time), and just fix the command line.
+The simplest thing is to enter '<Control>' and 'd' (holding them down at
+the same time), and then retype the correct command line.
 
 Appendix A Document templates
 *****************************
@@ -14060,2561 +14207,2585 @@ Index
 
 * Menu:
 
-* &:                                     tabular.           (line  5037)
+* &:                                     tabular.           (line  4940)
 * * prompt:                              Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 13911)
+                                                            (line 14060)
 * *-form of environment commands:        \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6754)
-* *-form of sectioning commands:         Sectioning.        (line  2077)
+                                                            (line  6771)
+* *-form of sectioning commands:         Sectioning.        (line  1981)
 * *-form, defining new commands:         \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6509)
+                                                            (line  6413)
 * --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13813)
+                                                            (line 13962)
 * --enable-write18 command-line option:  Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13813)
+                                                            (line 13962)
 * --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13840)
+                                                            (line 13989)
 * --halt-on-error command-line option:   Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13837)
+                                                            (line 13986)
 * --help command-line option:            Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13778)
+                                                            (line 13927)
 * --interaction command-line option:     Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13781)
+                                                            (line 13930)
 * --jobname command-line option:         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13798)
+                                                            (line 13947)
 * --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13840)
+                                                            (line 13989)
 * --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13813)
+                                                            (line 13962)
 * --output-directory command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13810)
+                                                            (line 13959)
 * --shell-escape command-line option:    Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13813)
+                                                            (line 13962)
 * --version command-line option:         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13773)
-* .aux file:                             Output files.      (line   449)
-* .dvi file:                             Output files.      (line   426)
-* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 13245)
-* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 12884)
-* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 13036)
-* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 13036)
-* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 13048)
-* .lof file:                             Output files.      (line   459)
+                                                            (line 13922)
+* .aux file:                             Output files.      (line   458)
+* .dvi file:                             Output files.      (line   435)
+* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 13394)
+* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 13035)
+* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 13186)
+* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 13186)
+* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 13198)
+* .lof file:                             Output files.      (line   468)
 * .lof file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12650)
-* .log file:                             Output files.      (line   444)
-* .lot file:                             Output files.      (line   459)
+                                                            (line 12801)
+* .log file:                             Output files.      (line   453)
+* .lot file:                             Output files.      (line   468)
 * .lot file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12650)
-* .pdf file:                             Output files.      (line   436)
-* .tex, default extension:               Command line.      (line 13735)
-* .toc file:                             Output files.      (line   459)
+                                                            (line 12801)
+* .pdf file:                             Output files.      (line   445)
+* .tex, default extension:               Command line.      (line 13884)
+* .toc file:                             Output files.      (line   468)
 * .toc file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12650)
-* .xdv file:                             TeX engines.       (line   501)
+                                                            (line 12801)
+* .xdv file:                             TeX engines.       (line   510)
 * 10pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   771)
+                                                            (line   672)
 * 11pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   771)
+                                                            (line   672)
 * 12pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   771)
+                                                            (line   672)
 * ::                                     Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9335)
+                                                            (line  9486)
 * : <1>:                                 Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9335)
+                                                            (line  9486)
 * [...] for optional arguments:          LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   520)
+                                                            (line   529)
 * \ character starting commands:         LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   520)
+                                                            (line   529)
 * \!:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9312)
-* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 12227)
+                                                            (line  9351)
+* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 12378)
 * \#:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11939)
+                                                            (line 12090)
 * \$:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11939)
+                                                            (line 12090)
 * \%:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11939)
+                                                            (line 12090)
 * \&:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11939)
-* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 12231)
-* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4883)
-* \*:                                    \*.                (line  9355)
-* \+:                                    tabbing.           (line  4875)
+                                                            (line 12090)
+* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 12382)
+* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4786)
+* \*:                                    \*.                (line  9506)
+* \+:                                    tabbing.           (line  4778)
 * \,:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9298)
-* \-:                                    tabbing.           (line  4879)
-* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).  (line  5904)
-* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 12234)
-* \/:                                    \/.                (line 10174)
+                                                            (line  9337)
+* \-:                                    tabbing.           (line  4782)
+* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).  (line  5808)
+* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 12385)
+* \/:                                    \/.                (line 10324)
 * \::                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9294)
+                                                            (line  9333)
 * \;:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9289)
-* \<:                                    tabbing.           (line  4871)
-* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 12238)
-* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4865)
-* \>:                                    tabbing.           (line  4869)
+                                                            (line  9328)
+* \<:                                    tabbing.           (line  4774)
+* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 12389)
+* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4768)
+* \>:                                    tabbing.           (line  4772)
 * \> <1>:                                Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9294)
-* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4868)
-* \@:                                    \@.                (line  9977)
-* \@beginparpenalty:                     list.              (line  3964)
-* \@endparpenalty:                       list.              (line  3972)
-* \@fnsymbol:                            \footnote.         (line  6260)
-* \@ifstar:                              \@ifstar.          (line   642)
-* \@itempenalty:                         list.              (line  3968)
-* \@startsection:                        \@startsection.    (line  2548)
-* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4898)
-* \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  4899)
-* \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.           (line  4899)
+                                                            (line  9333)
+* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4771)
+* \@:                                    \@.                (line 10127)
+* \@beginparpenalty:                     list.              (line  3868)
+* \@endparpenalty:                       list.              (line  3876)
+* \@fnsymbol:                            \footnote.         (line  6164)
+* \@ifstar:                              \@ifstar.          (line  6598)
+* \@itempenalty:                         list.              (line  3872)
+* \@startsection:                        \@startsection.    (line  2452)
+* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4801)
+* \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  4802)
+* \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.           (line  4802)
 * \aa (aa):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12304)
+                                                            (line 12455)
 * \AA (AA):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12304)
-* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line  9182)
-* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 12744)
-* \address:                              \address.          (line 13424)
-* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 12819)
-* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.     (line  7299)
-* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  7535)
-* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 10499)
+                                                            (line 12455)
+* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line  9221)
+* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 12895)
+* \address:                              \address.          (line 13573)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 12970)
+* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.     (line  7316)
+* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  7563)
+* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 10649)
 * \ae (ae):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12308)
+                                                            (line 12459)
 * \AE (AE):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12308)
-* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  8016)
-* \Alph example:                         enumerate.         (line  3323)
-* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  8019)
+                                                            (line 12459)
+* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  8055)
+* \Alph example:                         enumerate.         (line  3227)
+* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  8058)
 * \alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7174)
+                                                            (line  7191)
 * \Alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7179)
-* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 12970)
-* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  8022)
-* \and for \author:                      \maketitle.        (line  9567)
-* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  8025)
-* \appendix:                             \appendix.         (line  2487)
-* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  8030)
+                                                            (line  7196)
+* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 13121)
+* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  8061)
+* \and for \author:                      \maketitle.        (line  9718)
+* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  8064)
+* \appendix:                             \appendix.         (line  2391)
+* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  8069)
 * \arabic{COUNTER}:                      \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7184)
-* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line  9065)
-* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line  9068)
-* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line  9071)
-* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9074)
-* \arraycolsep:                          array.             (line  3006)
-* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.           (line  5163)
-* \arraystretch:                         tabular.           (line  5169)
-* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8033)
-* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8042)
-* \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3236)
+                                                            (line  7201)
+* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line  9104)
+* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line  9107)
+* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line  9110)
+* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9113)
+* \arraycolsep:                          array.             (line  2910)
+* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.           (line  5065)
+* \arraystretch:                         tabular.           (line  5071)
+* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8072)
+* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8081)
+* \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3140)
 * \AtBeginDvi:                           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   948)
-* \AtEndDocument:                        \AtEndDocument.    (line  3252)
+                                                            (line   852)
+* \AtEndDocument:                        \AtEndDocument.    (line  3156)
 * \AtEndOfClass:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   857)
 * \AtEndOfPackage:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
-* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line  9566)
-* \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  4899)
-* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 12253)
+                                                            (line   857)
+* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line  9717)
+* \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  4802)
+* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 12404)
 * \backmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2520)
-* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  8045)
-* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line  9185)
+                                                            (line  2424)
+* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  8084)
+* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line  9224)
 * \baselineskip:                         Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1566)
+                                                            (line  1470)
 * \baselinestretch:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1576)
-* \begin:                                Environments.      (line  2898)
-* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8049)
-* \bf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1364)
-* \bfseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1329)
-* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.          (line  5390)
-* \bibliography:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5512)
-* \bibliographystyle:                    Using BibTeX.      (line  5512)
-* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  8052)
-* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  8056)
-* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  8060)
-* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  8064)
-* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8067)
-* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  8070)
+                                                            (line  1480)
+* \begin:                                Environments.      (line  2802)
+* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8088)
+* \bf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1268)
+* \bfseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1233)
+* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.          (line  5292)
+* \bibliography:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5416)
+* \bibliographystyle:                    Using BibTeX.      (line  5416)
+* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  8091)
+* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  8095)
+* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  8099)
+* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  8103)
+* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8106)
+* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  8109)
 * \bigskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10280)
+                                                            (line 10430)
 * \bigskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10281)
-* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  8081)
-* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8073)
-* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8077)
-* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8084)
-* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  8088)
-* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  8091)
-* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9077)
+                                                            (line 10431)
+* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  8120)
+* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8112)
+* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8116)
+* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8123)
+* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  8127)
+* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  8130)
+* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9116)
 * \boldmath:                             \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  8967)
+                                                            (line  9006)
 * \boldmath <1>:                         \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  8975)
-* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8094)
-* \bottomfraction:                       Floats.            (line  1990)
-* \bottomfraction <1>:                   Floats.            (line  1991)
-* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  8099)
-* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8102)
-* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line  9188)
-* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  8107)
-* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 12263)
-* \cal:                                  Font styles.       (line  1367)
-* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8110)
-* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 12231)
-* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 12289)
-* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 12293)
-* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 12263)
-* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 12242)
-* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 12227)
-* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 12267)
-* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 12246)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 12271)
-* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 12238)
-* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 12285)
-* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 12275)
-* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 12279)
-* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 12285)
-* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 12250)
-* \caption:                              figure.            (line  3449)
-* \caption <1>:                          table.             (line  4989)
-* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 13450)
-* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8115)
-* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line  9018)
-* \centering:                            \centering.        (line  3088)
-* \chapter:                              Sectioning.        (line  2052)
-* \chapter <1>:                          \chapter.          (line  2185)
-* \check:                                Math accents.      (line  9191)
+                                                            (line  9014)
+* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8133)
+* \bottomfraction:                       Floats.            (line  1894)
+* \bottomfraction <1>:                   Floats.            (line  1895)
+* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  8138)
+* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8141)
+* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line  9227)
+* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  8146)
+* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 12414)
+* \cal:                                  Font styles.       (line  1271)
+* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8149)
+* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 12382)
+* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 12440)
+* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 12444)
+* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 12414)
+* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 12393)
+* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 12378)
+* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 12418)
+* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 12397)
+* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 12422)
+* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 12389)
+* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 12436)
+* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 12426)
+* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 12430)
+* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 12436)
+* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 12401)
+* \caption:                              figure.            (line  3353)
+* \caption <1>:                          table.             (line  4892)
+* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 13599)
+* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8154)
+* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line  9057)
+* \centering:                            \centering.        (line  2992)
+* \chapter:                              Sectioning.        (line  1956)
+* \chapter <1>:                          \chapter.          (line  2089)
+* \check:                                Math accents.      (line  9230)
 * \CheckCommand:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   960)
+                                                            (line   864)
 * \CheckCommand*:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   960)
-* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8118)
-* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8121)
-* \circle:                               \circle.           (line  4536)
-* \cite:                                 \cite.             (line  5449)
+                                                            (line   864)
+* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8157)
+* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8160)
+* \circle:                               \circle.           (line  4439)
+* \cite:                                 \cite.             (line  5351)
 * \ClassError:                           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   980)
+                                                            (line   884)
 * \ClassInfo:                            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   980)
+                                                            (line   884)
 * \ClassInfoNoLine:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   980)
+                                                            (line   884)
 * \ClassWarning:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   980)
+                                                            (line   884)
 * \ClassWarningNoLine:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   980)
+                                                            (line   884)
 * \cleardoublepage:                      \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6083)
+                                                            (line  5987)
 * \clearpage:                            \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6083)
-* \cline:                                \cline.            (line  5297)
-* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 13466)
-* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  8126)
+                                                            (line  5987)
+* \cline:                                \cline.            (line  5199)
+* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 13615)
+* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  8165)
 * \colon:                                Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9335)
-* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.        (line  1644)
+                                                            (line  9486)
+* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.        (line  1548)
 * \columnsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1769)
+                                                            (line  1673)
 * \columnsep <2>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1772)
-* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.        (line  1650)
+                                                            (line  1676)
+* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.        (line  1554)
 * \columnseprule <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1770)
+                                                            (line  1674)
 * \columnseprule <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1772)
-* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.        (line  1657)
+                                                            (line  1676)
+* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.        (line  1561)
 * \columnwidth <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1771)
+                                                            (line  1675)
 * \columnwidth <2>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1772)
-* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  8129)
-* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8135)
-* \contentsline:                         \addcontentsline.  (line 12748)
-* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  8138)
-* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 12026)
-* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line  9080)
-* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9083)
-* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line  9086)
-* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line  9089)
-* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line  9092)
-* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8141)
+                                                            (line  1676)
+* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  8168)
+* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8174)
+* \contentsline:                         \addcontentsline.  (line 12899)
+* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  8177)
+* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 12177)
+* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line  9119)
+* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9122)
+* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line  9125)
+* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line  9128)
+* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line  9131)
+* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8180)
 * \CurrentOption:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   999)
-* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 12267)
-* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 12030)
-* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  8146)
-* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.          (line  4742)
-* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8149)
-* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line  9574)
+                                                            (line   903)
+* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 12418)
+* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 12181)
+* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  8185)
+* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.          (line  4645)
+* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8188)
+* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line  9725)
 * \day:                                  \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  7349)
-* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.        (line  1690)
-* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.        (line  1696)
-* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.        (line  1703)
-* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.        (line  1669)
-* \dbltopnumber:                         \twocolumn.        (line  1708)
-* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 12033)
-* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  8153)
-* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line  9194)
-* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line  9022)
+                                                            (line  7366)
+* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.        (line  1594)
+* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.        (line  1600)
+* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.        (line  1607)
+* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.        (line  1573)
+* \dbltopnumber:                         \twocolumn.        (line  1612)
+* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 12184)
+* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  8192)
+* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line  9233)
+* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line  9061)
 * \DeclareGraphicsExtensions:            \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 11358)
+                                                            (line 11508)
 * \DeclareGraphicsRule:                  \DeclareGraphicsRule.
-                                                            (line 11398)
+                                                            (line 11548)
 * \DeclareOption:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1005)
+                                                            (line   909)
 * \DeclareOption*:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1005)
+                                                            (line   909)
 * \DeclareRobustCommand:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1035)
+                                                            (line   939)
 * \DeclareRobustCommand*:                Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1035)
-* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9095)
-* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8156)
-* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8159)
-* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line  9098)
+                                                            (line   939)
+* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9134)
+* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8195)
+* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8198)
+* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line  9137)
 * \dh (d):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12312)
+                                                            (line 12463)
 * \DH (D):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12312)
-* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8162)
-* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8166)
-* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  8170)
-* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line  9101)
-* \displaystyle:                         Math formulas.     (line  7902)
-* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8173)
+                                                            (line 12463)
+* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8201)
+* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8205)
+* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  8209)
+* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line  9140)
+* \displaystyle:                         Math formulas.     (line  7941)
+* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8212)
 * \dj:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12318)
+                                                            (line 12469)
 * \DJ:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12318)
-* \documentclass:                        Document classes.  (line   729)
-* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line  9197)
-* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8176)
+                                                            (line 12469)
+* \documentclass:                        Document classes.  (line   630)
+* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line  9236)
+* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8215)
 * \dotfill:                              \hrulefill & \dotfill.
-                                                            (line 10209)
-* \dots:                                 Text symbols.      (line 12050)
-* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.           (line  5174)
-* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8180)
-* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8184)
-* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8188)
-* \emph:                                 Font styles.       (line  1349)
-* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8191)
-* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 13479)
-* \end:                                  Environments.      (line  2898)
-* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 12464)
-* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.  (line  6157)
+                                                            (line 10359)
+* \dots:                                 Text symbols.      (line 12201)
+* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.           (line  5076)
+* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8219)
+* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8223)
+* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8227)
+* \emph:                                 Font styles.       (line  1253)
+* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8230)
+* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 13628)
+* \end:                                  Environments.      (line  2802)
+* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 12615)
+* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.  (line  6061)
 * \enspace:                              \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line  9782)
-* \enumi:                                enumerate.         (line  3309)
-* \enumii:                               enumerate.         (line  3309)
-* \enumiii:                              enumerate.         (line  3309)
-* \enumiv:                               enumerate.         (line  3309)
-* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8195)
-* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8201)
-* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8204)
+                                                            (line  9932)
+* \enumi:                                enumerate.         (line  3213)
+* \enumii:                               enumerate.         (line  3213)
+* \enumiii:                              enumerate.         (line  3213)
+* \enumiv:                               enumerate.         (line  3213)
+* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8234)
+* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8240)
+* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8243)
 * \evensidemargin:                       Document class options.
-                                                            (line   841)
+                                                            (line   742)
 * \evensidemargin <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1830)
+                                                            (line  1734)
 * \evensidemargin <2>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1831)
+                                                            (line  1735)
 * \ExecuteOptions:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1111)
-* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  8207)
-* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line  9104)
-* \extracolsep:                          tabular.           (line  5114)
-* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 10644)
+                                                            (line  1015)
+* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  8246)
+* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line  9143)
+* \extracolsep:                          tabular.           (line  5016)
+* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 10794)
 * \fboxrule:                             \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  4719)
-* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10677)
-* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10676)
+                                                            (line  4622)
+* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827)
+* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10826)
 * \fboxsep:                              \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  4719)
-* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 10682)
-* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 10681)
-* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line  9869)
-* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8210)
-* \floatpagefraction:                    Floats.            (line  1994)
-* \floatpagefraction <1>:                Floats.            (line  1995)
-* \floatsep:                             Floats.            (line  2010)
-* \floatsep <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2011)
-* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.      (line  1737)
-* \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              \footnote.         (line  6260)
+                                                            (line  4622)
+* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 10832)
+* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 10831)
+* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line 10019)
+* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8249)
+* \floatpagefraction:                    Floats.            (line  1898)
+* \floatpagefraction <1>:                Floats.            (line  1899)
+* \floatsep:                             Floats.            (line  1914)
+* \floatsep <1>:                         Floats.            (line  1915)
+* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.      (line  1641)
+* \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              \footnote.         (line  6164)
 * \fnsymbol{COUNTER}:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7197)
+                                                            (line  7214)
 * \fontencoding:                         Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1476)
+                                                            (line  1380)
 * \fontfamily:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1486)
+                                                            (line  1390)
 * \fontseries:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1513)
+                                                            (line  1417)
 * \fontshape:                            Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1553)
+                                                            (line  1457)
 * \fontsize:                             Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1566)
-* \footnote:                             \footnote.         (line  6242)
-* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.     (line  6308)
-* \footnoterule:                         \footnote.         (line  6270)
-* \footnotesep:                          \footnote.         (line  6282)
-* \footnotesize:                         Font sizes.        (line  1441)
-* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.     (line  6364)
+                                                            (line  1470)
+* \footnote:                             \footnote.         (line  6146)
+* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.     (line  6212)
+* \footnoterule:                         \footnote.         (line  6174)
+* \footnotesep:                          \footnote.         (line  6186)
+* \footnotesize:                         Font sizes.        (line  1345)
+* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.     (line  6268)
 * \footskip:                             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1789)
+                                                            (line  1693)
 * \footskip <1>:                         Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1790)
-* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  8213)
-* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line  9371)
-* \frame:                                \frame.            (line  4730)
+                                                            (line  1694)
+* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  8252)
+* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line  9522)
+* \frame:                                \frame.            (line  4633)
 * \framebox:                             \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  4694)
-* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10644)
-* \frenchspacing:                        \frenchspacing.    (line 10023)
+                                                            (line  4597)
+* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10794)
+* \frenchspacing:                        \frenchspacing.    (line 10173)
 * \frontmatter:                          \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2520)
-* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  8216)
-* \fussy:                                \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5962)
-* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8219)
-* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8222)
-* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line  9107)
-* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8225)
-* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8229)
-* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8233)
-* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8236)
-* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 13315)
-* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 11296)
-* \graphpaper:                           \graphpaper.       (line  4440)
-* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line  9200)
-* \guillemotleft (<<):                   Text symbols.      (line 12042)
-* \guillemotright (>>):                  Text symbols.      (line 12043)
-* \guilsinglleft (<):                    Text symbols.      (line 12044)
-* \guilsinglright (>):                   Text symbols.      (line 12045)
-* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 12271)
-* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line  9203)
-* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8240)
+                                                            (line  2424)
+* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  8255)
+* \fussy:                                \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5866)
+* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8258)
+* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8261)
+* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line  9146)
+* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8264)
+* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8268)
+* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8272)
+* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8275)
+* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 13464)
+* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 11446)
+* \graphpaper:                           \graphpaper.       (line  4343)
+* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line  9239)
+* \guillemotleft (<<):                   Text symbols.      (line 12193)
+* \guillemotright (>>):                  Text symbols.      (line 12194)
+* \guilsinglleft (<):                    Text symbols.      (line 12195)
+* \guilsinglright (>):                   Text symbols.      (line 12196)
+* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 12422)
+* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line  9242)
+* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8279)
 * \headheight:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1777)
+                                                            (line  1681)
 * \headheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1778)
+                                                            (line  1682)
 * \headsep:                              Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1782)
+                                                            (line  1686)
 * \headsep <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1783)
-* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8243)
-* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line  9857)
-* \hline:                                \hline.            (line  5320)
-* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line  9110)
-* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8246)
-* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8249)
+                                                            (line  1687)
+* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8282)
+* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line 10007)
+* \hline:                                \hline.            (line  5222)
+* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line  9149)
+* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8285)
+* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8288)
 * \hrulefill:                            \hrulefill & \dotfill.
-                                                            (line 10209)
+                                                            (line 10359)
 * \hsize:                                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1882)
+                                                            (line  1786)
 * \hsize <1>:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1882)
-* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line  9810)
-* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line  9890)
-* \huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1441)
-* \Huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1441)
-* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.      (line  6003)
-* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 12221)
-* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8252)
+                                                            (line  1786)
+* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line  9960)
+* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line 10040)
+* \huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1345)
+* \Huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1345)
+* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.      (line  5907)
+* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 12372)
+* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8291)
 * \IfFileExists:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1067)
+                                                            (line   971)
 * \ignorespaces:                         \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7063)
+                                                            (line  7080)
 * \ignorespacesafterend:                 \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7063)
+                                                            (line  7080)
 * \ij (ij):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12324)
+                                                            (line 12475)
 * \IJ (IJ):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12324)
-* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8256)
-* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8259)
-* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8263)
+                                                            (line 12475)
+* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8295)
+* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8298)
+* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8302)
 * \include:                              \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 12495)
-* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 11477)
+                                                            (line 12646)
+* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
 * \includeonly:                          \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 12495)
+                                                            (line 12646)
 * \indent:                               \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7722)
-* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 12884)
-* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 12920)
-* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 13020)
-* \indexspace:                           makeindex.         (line 13088)
-* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line  9113)
-* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  8268)
-* \input:                                \input.            (line 12612)
+                                                            (line  7761)
+* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 13035)
+* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 13071)
+* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 13171)
+* \indexspace:                           makeindex.         (line 13238)
+* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line  9152)
+* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  8307)
+* \input:                                \input.            (line 12763)
 * \InputIfFileExists:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1067)
-* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8271)
-* \intextsep:                            Floats.            (line  2014)
-* \intextsep <1>:                        Floats.            (line  2015)
-* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8274)
-* \it:                                   Font styles.       (line  1370)
-* \item:                                 description.       (line  3155)
-* \item <1>:                             enumerate.         (line  3291)
-* \item <2>:                             itemize.           (line  3624)
-* \item <3>:                             itemize.           (line  3646)
-* \itemindent:                           list.              (line  3789)
-* \itemsep:                              list.              (line  3793)
-* \itshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1323)
-* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 12221)
-* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8281)
-* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8277)
-* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 12275)
-* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  8285)
-* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line  9116)
-* \kill:                                 tabbing.           (line  4903)
+                                                            (line   971)
+* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8310)
+* \intextsep:                            Floats.            (line  1918)
+* \intextsep <1>:                        Floats.            (line  1919)
+* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8313)
+* \it:                                   Font styles.       (line  1274)
+* \item:                                 description.       (line  3059)
+* \item <1>:                             enumerate.         (line  3195)
+* \item <2>:                             itemize.           (line  3528)
+* \item <3>:                             itemize.           (line  3550)
+* \itemindent:                           list.              (line  3693)
+* \itemsep:                              list.              (line  3697)
+* \itshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1227)
+* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 12372)
+* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8320)
+* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8316)
+* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 12426)
+* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  8324)
+* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line  9155)
+* \kill:                                 tabbing.           (line  4806)
 * \l (/l):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12328)
+                                                            (line 12479)
 * \L (/L):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12328)
-* \label:                                \label.            (line  2787)
-* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.         (line  3318)
-* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.         (line  3318)
-* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.         (line  3318)
-* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.         (line  3318)
-* \labelitemi:                           itemize.           (line  3653)
-* \labelitemii:                          itemize.           (line  3653)
-* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.           (line  3653)
-* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.           (line  3653)
-* \labelsep:                             list.              (line  3805)
-* \labelwidth:                           list.              (line  3810)
-* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8288)
-* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8291)
-* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8294)
-* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8299)
-* \large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1441)
-* \Large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1441)
-* \LARGE:                                Font sizes.        (line  1441)
-* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 12036)
-* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 12039)
-* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8304)
-* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8308)
-* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8312)
-* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line  9026)
-* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 12049)
-* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8316)
-* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  8320)
-* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line  9383)
-* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8327)
-* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8332)
-* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.          (line  3375)
-* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8336)
-* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8339)
-* \leftmargin:                           itemize.           (line  3672)
-* \leftmargin <1>:                       list.              (line  3830)
-* \leftmargini:                          itemize.           (line  3672)
-* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.           (line  3672)
-* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.           (line  3672)
-* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.           (line  3672)
-* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.           (line  3672)
-* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.           (line  3672)
-* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8342)
-* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8347)
-* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8352)
-* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8356)
-* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line  9119)
-* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8359)
-* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line  9122)
-* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line  9125)
-* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line  9128)
-* \line:                                 \line.             (line  4464)
+                                                            (line 12479)
+* \label:                                \label.            (line  2691)
+* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.         (line  3222)
+* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.         (line  3222)
+* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.         (line  3222)
+* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.         (line  3222)
+* \labelitemi:                           itemize.           (line  3557)
+* \labelitemii:                          itemize.           (line  3557)
+* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.           (line  3557)
+* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.           (line  3557)
+* \labelsep:                             list.              (line  3709)
+* \labelwidth:                           list.              (line  3714)
+* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8327)
+* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8330)
+* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8333)
+* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8338)
+* \large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1345)
+* \Large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1345)
+* \LARGE:                                Font sizes.        (line  1345)
+* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 12187)
+* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 12190)
+* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8343)
+* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8347)
+* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8351)
+* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line  9065)
+* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 12200)
+* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8355)
+* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  8359)
+* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line  9534)
+* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8366)
+* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8371)
+* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.          (line  3279)
+* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8375)
+* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8378)
+* \leftmargin:                           itemize.           (line  3576)
+* \leftmargin <1>:                       list.              (line  3734)
+* \leftmargini:                          itemize.           (line  3576)
+* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.           (line  3576)
+* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.           (line  3576)
+* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.           (line  3576)
+* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.           (line  3576)
+* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.           (line  3576)
+* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8381)
+* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8386)
+* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8391)
+* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8395)
+* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line  9158)
+* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8398)
+* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line  9161)
+* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line  9164)
+* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line  9167)
+* \line:                                 \line.             (line  4367)
 * \linebreak:                            \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6021)
+                                                            (line  5925)
 * \linespread:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1590)
-* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.    (line  4508)
+                                                            (line  1494)
+* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.    (line  4411)
 * \linewidth:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1796)
+                                                            (line  1700)
 * \linewidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1797)
+                                                            (line  1701)
 * \listoffigures:                        Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12650)
+                                                            (line 12801)
 * \listoftables:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12650)
-* \listparindent:                        list.              (line  3847)
-* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8367)
-* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line  9131)
-* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8371)
+                                                            (line 12801)
+* \listparindent:                        list.              (line  3751)
+* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8406)
+* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line  9170)
+* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8410)
 * \LoadClass:                            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1087)
+                                                            (line   991)
 * \LoadClassWithOptions:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1087)
-* \location:                             \location.         (line 13494)
-* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line  9134)
-* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8374)
-* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  8379)
-* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  8383)
-* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8388)
-* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8393)
-* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 12055)
+                                                            (line   991)
+* \location:                             \location.         (line 13643)
+* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line  9173)
+* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8413)
+* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  8418)
+* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  8422)
+* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8427)
+* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8432)
+* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 12206)
 * \mainmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2520)
-* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10555)
+                                                            (line  2424)
+* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10705)
 * \makebox (for picture):                \makebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  4656)
-* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 13208)
-* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 13245)
-* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 12884)
-* \makelabel:                            list.              (line  3766)
-* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 13504)
-* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line  9530)
-* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  8396)
-* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  7798)
+                                                            (line  4559)
+* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 13357)
+* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 13394)
+* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 13035)
+* \makelabel:                            list.              (line  3670)
+* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 13653)
+* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line  9681)
+* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  8435)
+* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  7837)
 * \marginparpush:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1803)
+                                                            (line  1707)
 * \marginparpush <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1806)
-* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  7827)
-* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  7831)
+                                                            (line  1710)
+* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  7866)
+* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  7870)
 * \marginparwidth:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1805)
+                                                            (line  1709)
 * \marginparwidth <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1806)
-* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  7835)
+                                                            (line  1710)
+* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  7874)
 * \marginsep:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1804)
+                                                            (line  1708)
 * \marginsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1806)
-* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line  9729)
-* \markright{RIGHT}:                     \pagestyle.        (line  9738)
-* \mathbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1400)
-* \mathcal:                              Font styles.       (line  1416)
-* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  8905)
-* \mathnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1413)
-* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  8908)
-* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line  9206)
-* \mathrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1397)
-* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  8911)
-* \mathsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1403)
-* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  8914)
-* \mathtt:                               Font styles.       (line  1406)
-* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  8917)
-* \mathversion:                          Font styles.       (line  1418)
-* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line  9137)
-* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10555)
-* \mdseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1326)
+                                                            (line  1710)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line  9879)
+* \markright{RIGHT}:                     \pagestyle.        (line  9888)
+* \mathbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1304)
+* \mathcal:                              Font styles.       (line  1320)
+* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  8944)
+* \mathnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1317)
+* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  8947)
+* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line  9245)
+* \mathrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1301)
+* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  8950)
+* \mathsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1307)
+* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  8953)
+* \mathtt:                               Font styles.       (line  1310)
+* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  8956)
+* \mathversion:                          Font styles.       (line  1322)
+* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line  9176)
+* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10705)
+* \mdseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1230)
 * \medskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10285)
+                                                            (line 10435)
 * \medskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10286)
+                                                            (line 10436)
 * \medspace:                             Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9294)
-* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8400)
-* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8405)
-* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line  9140)
-* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  8415)
+                                                            (line  9333)
+* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8439)
+* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8444)
+* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line  9179)
+* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  8454)
 * \month:                                \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  7349)
-* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8420)
-* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8423)
-* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.      (line  5189)
-* \multiput:                             \multiput.         (line  4392)
-* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  8426)
-* \name:                                 \name.             (line 13561)
-* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  8429)
-* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8432)
-* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8435)
+                                                            (line  7366)
+* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8459)
+* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8462)
+* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.      (line  5091)
+* \multiput:                             \multiput.         (line  4295)
+* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  8465)
+* \name:                                 \name.             (line 13710)
+* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  8468)
+* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8471)
+* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8474)
 * \NeedsTeXFormat:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1121)
-* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8438)
+                                                            (line  1025)
+* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8477)
 * \negthinspace:                         Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9312)
+                                                            (line  9351)
 * \negthinspace <1>:                     \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10150)
-* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8442)
+                                                            (line 10300)
+* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8481)
 * \newcommand:                           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6490)
-* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.       (line  6643)
+                                                            (line  6394)
+* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.       (line  6659)
 * \newenvironment:                       \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6733)
-* \newfont:                              \newfont.          (line  6979)
-* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 13256)
-* \newlength:                            \newlength.        (line  6684)
-* \newline:                              \newline.          (line  5880)
-* \NEWLINE:                              \(SPACE).          (line 10053)
-* \newpage:                              \newpage.          (line  6124)
-* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.       (line  6706)
-* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.       (line  6867)
-* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 12285)
+                                                            (line  6750)
+* \newfont:                              \newfont.          (line  6996)
+* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 13405)
+* \newlength:                            \newlength.        (line  6700)
+* \newline:                              \newline.          (line  5784)
+* \NEWLINE:                              \(SPACE).          (line 10203)
+* \newpage:                              \newpage.          (line  6028)
+* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.       (line  6722)
+* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.       (line  6884)
+* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 12436)
 * \ng:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12332)
+                                                            (line 12483)
 * \NG:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12332)
-* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8445)
-* \nocite:                               \nocite.           (line  5497)
-* \nocorr:                               Font styles.       (line  1311)
-* \nocorrlist:                           Font styles.       (line  1311)
-* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 12859)
+                                                            (line 12483)
+* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8484)
+* \nocite:                               \nocite.           (line  5401)
+* \nocorr:                               Font styles.       (line  1215)
+* \nocorrlist:                           Font styles.       (line  1215)
+* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 13010)
 * \noindent:                             \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7722)
+                                                            (line  7761)
 * \nolinebreak:                          \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6021)
-* \nonfrenchspacing:                     \frenchspacing.    (line 10023)
-* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.          (line  3370)
+                                                            (line  5925)
+* \nonfrenchspacing:                     \frenchspacing.    (line 10173)
+* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.          (line  3274)
 * \nopagebreak:                          \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6182)
-* \normalfont:                           Font styles.       (line  1347)
-* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  7814)
-* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 10043)
-* \normalsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1441)
-* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8450)
-* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  8458)
-* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8462)
-* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8465)
+                                                            (line  6086)
+* \normalfont:                           Font styles.       (line  1251)
+* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  7853)
+* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 10193)
+* \normalsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1345)
+* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8489)
+* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  8497)
+* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8501)
+* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8504)
 * \o (/o):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12336)
+                                                            (line 12487)
 * \O (/O):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12336)
+                                                            (line 12487)
 * \obeycr:                               \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  5840)
+                                                            (line  5744)
 * \oddsidemargin:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   841)
+                                                            (line   742)
 * \oddsidemargin <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1829)
+                                                            (line  1733)
 * \oddsidemargin <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1831)
-* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8468)
+                                                            (line  1735)
+* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8507)
 * \oe (oe):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12340)
+                                                            (line 12491)
 * \OE (OE):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12340)
-* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8473)
-* \oldstylenums:                         Font styles.       (line  1422)
-* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  8477)
-* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  8480)
-* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  8483)
-* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.        (line  1618)
-* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 13571)
-* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  8486)
+                                                            (line 12491)
+* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8512)
+* \oldstylenums:                         Font styles.       (line  1326)
+* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  8516)
+* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  8519)
+* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  8522)
+* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.        (line  1522)
+* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 13720)
+* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  8525)
 * \OptionNotUsed:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1139)
-* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  8490)
-* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  8493)
-* \oval:                                 \oval.             (line  4555)
+                                                            (line  1043)
+* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  8529)
+* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  8532)
+* \oval:                                 \oval.             (line  4458)
 * \overbrace{MATH}:                      Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9261)
+                                                            (line  9300)
 * \overline{TEXT}:                       Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9242)
-* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8498)
-* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 12058)
+                                                            (line  9281)
+* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8537)
+* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 12209)
 * \PackageError:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   980)
+                                                            (line   884)
 * \PackageInfo:                          Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   980)
+                                                            (line   884)
 * \PackageInfoNoLine:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   980)
+                                                            (line   884)
 * \PackageWarning:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   980)
+                                                            (line   884)
 * \PackageWarningNoLine:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   980)
+                                                            (line   884)
 * \pagebreak:                            \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6182)
-* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line  9602)
-* \pageref:                              \pageref.          (line  2845)
-* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line  9660)
+                                                            (line  6086)
+* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line  9752)
+* \pageref:                              \pageref.          (line  2749)
+* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line  9810)
 * \paperheight:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1842)
+                                                            (line  1746)
 * \paperheight <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1843)
+                                                            (line  1747)
 * \paperwidth:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1848)
+                                                            (line  1752)
 * \paperwidth <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1849)
-* \par:                                  \par.              (line  7671)
-* \paragraph:                            Sectioning.        (line  2052)
+                                                            (line  1753)
+* \par:                                  \par.              (line  7708)
+* \paragraph:                            Sectioning.        (line  1956)
 * \paragraph <1>:                        \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2420)
-* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  8503)
-* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 10711)
-* \parindent:                            minipage.          (line  4186)
+                                                            (line  2324)
+* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  8542)
+* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 10861)
+* \parindent:                            minipage.          (line  4089)
 * \parindent <1>:                        \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7722)
+                                                            (line  7761)
 * \parindent <2>:                        \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  7771)
-* \parsep:                               list.              (line  3853)
+                                                            (line  7810)
+* \parsep:                               list.              (line  3757)
 * \parskip:                              \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  7771)
-* \parskip example:                      itemize.           (line  3691)
-* \part:                                 Sectioning.        (line  2052)
-* \part <1>:                             \part.             (line  2131)
-* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  8506)
-* \partopsep:                            list.              (line  3862)
+                                                            (line  7810)
+* \parskip example:                      itemize.           (line  3595)
+* \part:                                 Sectioning.        (line  1956)
+* \part <1>:                             \part.             (line  2035)
+* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  8545)
+* \partopsep:                            list.              (line  3766)
 * \PassOptionsToClass:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1145)
+                                                            (line  1049)
 * \PassOptionsToPackage:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1145)
+                                                            (line  1049)
 * \pdfpageheight:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   797)
+                                                            (line   698)
 * \pdfpagewidth:                         Document class options.
-                                                            (line   797)
-* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8509)
-* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8514)
-* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8518)
-* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8521)
-* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8525)
-* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9143)
-* \poptabs:                              tabbing.           (line  4909)
-* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.           (line  4910)
-* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 12062)
-* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line  9146)
-* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8528)
-* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  8531)
-* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  8536)
-* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 13208)
-* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 13245)
-* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 13193)
-* \printindex <1>:                       \printindex.       (line 13197)
+                                                            (line   698)
+* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8548)
+* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8553)
+* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8557)
+* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8560)
+* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8564)
+* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9182)
+* \poptabs:                              tabbing.           (line  4812)
+* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.           (line  4813)
+* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 12213)
+* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line  9185)
+* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8567)
+* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  8570)
+* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  8575)
+* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 13357)
+* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 13394)
+* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 13342)
+* \printindex <1>:                       \printindex.       (line 13346)
 * \ProcessOptions:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1182)
+                                                            (line  1086)
 * \ProcessOptions*:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1182)
-* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8545)
-* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  8548)
-* \protect:                              \protect.          (line  7011)
-* \providecommand:                       \providecommand.   (line  6615)
+                                                            (line  1086)
+* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8584)
+* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  8587)
+* \protect:                              \protect.          (line  7028)
+* \providecommand:                       \providecommand.   (line  6519)
 * \ProvidesClass:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1220)
+                                                            (line  1124)
 * \ProvidesFile:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1253)
+                                                            (line  1157)
 * \ProvidesPackage:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1220)
-* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 13583)
-* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8551)
-* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8554)
-* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.           (line  4912)
-* \put:                                  \put.              (line  4374)
-* \qbezier:                              \qbezier.          (line  4415)
+                                                            (line  1124)
+* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 13732)
+* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8590)
+* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8593)
+* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.           (line  4815)
+* \put:                                  \put.              (line  4277)
+* \qbezier:                              \qbezier.          (line  4318)
 * \qquad:                                Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9323)
+                                                            (line  9362)
 * \qquad <1>:                            \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line  9782)
+                                                            (line  9932)
 * \quad:                                 Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9317)
+                                                            (line  9356)
 * \quad <1>:                             \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line  9782)
-* \quotedblbase (,,):                    Text symbols.      (line 12066)
-* \quotesinglbase (,):                   Text symbols.      (line 12067)
-* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 12279)
-* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.     (line  1758)
-* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.       (line  3599)
-* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.      (line  3548)
-* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 10763)
-* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8557)
-* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8562)
-* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8566)
-* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8570)
-* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8573)
-* \ref:                                  \ref.              (line  2869)
-* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 11866)
-* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.   (line  7315)
+                                                            (line  9932)
+* \quotedblbase (,,):                    Text symbols.      (line 12217)
+* \quotesinglbase (,):                   Text symbols.      (line 12218)
+* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 12430)
+* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.     (line  1662)
+* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.       (line  3503)
+* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.      (line  3452)
+* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 10913)
+* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8596)
+* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8601)
+* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8605)
+* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8609)
+* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8612)
+* \ref:                                  \ref.              (line  2773)
+* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 12017)
+* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.   (line  7332)
 * \renewenvironment:                     \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6733)
+                                                            (line  6750)
 * \RequirePackage:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1262)
+                                                            (line  1166)
 * \RequirePackageWithOptions:            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1262)
-* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 11897)
+                                                            (line  1166)
+* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 12048)
 * \restorecr:                            \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  5840)
-* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  8578)
-* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  8583)
-* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  7814)
-* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8588)
-* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8592)
-* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8599)
-* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line  9383)
-* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  8603)
-* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  8608)
-* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  8612)
-* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  8615)
-* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  8618)
-* \rightmargin:                          list.              (line  3877)
-* \rm:                                   Font styles.       (line  1373)
-* \rmfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1320)
+                                                            (line  5744)
+* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  8617)
+* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  8622)
+* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  7853)
+* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8627)
+* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8631)
+* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8638)
+* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line  9534)
+* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  8642)
+* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  8647)
+* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  8651)
+* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  8654)
+* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  8657)
+* \rightmargin:                          list.              (line  3781)
+* \rm:                                   Font styles.       (line  1277)
+* \rmfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1224)
 * \roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7187)
+                                                            (line  7204)
 * \Roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7192)
-* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 11799)
-* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 12070)
-* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 12355)
-* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 12073)
-* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 10809)
-* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 10809)
-* \sc:                                   Font styles.       (line  1376)
-* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 11866)
-* \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1441)
-* \scshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1341)
-* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8621)
-* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line  9149)
-* \section:                              Sectioning.        (line  2052)
-* \section <1>:                          \section.          (line  2278)
-* \seename:                              \index.            (line 12970)
+                                                            (line  7209)
+* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 11949)
+* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 12221)
+* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 12506)
+* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 12224)
+* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 10959)
+* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 10959)
+* \sc:                                   Font styles.       (line  1280)
+* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 12017)
+* \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1345)
+* \scshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1245)
+* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8660)
+* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line  9188)
+* \section:                              Sectioning.        (line  1956)
+* \section <1>:                          \section.          (line  2182)
+* \seename:                              \index.            (line 13121)
 * \selectfont:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1596)
-* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.       (line  7281)
-* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  7512)
-* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8624)
-* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  7562)
-* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  7585)
-* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  7608)
-* \sf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1379)
-* \sffamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1338)
-* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8630)
-* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.       (line  4591)
-* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8633)
-* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8636)
-* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 13600)
-* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8640)
-* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8643)
-* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line  9152)
-* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9155)
-* \sl:                                   Font styles.       (line  1382)
-* \sloppy:                               \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5962)
-* \slshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1335)
-* \small:                                Font sizes.        (line  1441)
-* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  8646)
+                                                            (line  1500)
+* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.       (line  7298)
+* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  7535)
+* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8663)
+* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  7592)
+* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  7616)
+* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  7640)
+* \sf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1283)
+* \sffamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1242)
+* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8669)
+* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.       (line  4494)
+* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8672)
+* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8675)
+* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 13749)
+* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8679)
+* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8682)
+* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line  9191)
+* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9194)
+* \sl:                                   Font styles.       (line  1286)
+* \sloppy:                               \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5866)
+* \slshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1239)
+* \small:                                Font sizes.        (line  1345)
+* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  8685)
 * \smallskip:                            \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10290)
+                                                            (line 10440)
 * \smallskipamount:                      \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10291)
-* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  8650)
-* \SPACE:                                \(SPACE).          (line 10053)
-* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line  9916)
-* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8653)
-* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  8656)
-* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  8660)
-* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line  9418)
-* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8664)
-* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  8669)
-* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8674)
-* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  8679)
+                                                            (line 10441)
+* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  8689)
+* \SPACE:                                \(SPACE).          (line 10203)
+* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 10066)
+* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8692)
+* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  8695)
+* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  8699)
+* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line  9569)
+* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8703)
+* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  8708)
+* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8713)
+* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  8718)
 * \ss (ss):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12344)
+                                                            (line 12495)
 * \SS (SS):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12344)
-* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line  9434)
-* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8684)
-* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.      (line  7333)
+                                                            (line 12495)
+* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line  9585)
+* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8723)
+* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.      (line  7350)
 * \stop:                                 Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 13911)
-* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 10334)
-* \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.        (line  2052)
+                                                            (line 14060)
+* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 10484)
+* \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.        (line  1956)
 * \subparagraph <1>:                     \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2420)
-* \subsection:                           Sectioning.        (line  2052)
-* \subsection <1>:                       \subsection.       (line  2356)
-* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  8692)
-* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  8695)
+                                                            (line  2324)
+* \subsection:                           Sectioning.        (line  1956)
+* \subsection <1>:                       \subsection.       (line  2260)
+* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  8731)
+* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  8734)
 * \subsubsection:                        \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2420)
-* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8698)
-* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  8702)
-* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8707)
-* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line  9158)
-* \suppressfloats:                       Floats.            (line  1983)
-* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  8711)
-* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  8714)
-* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8717)
-* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8722)
+                                                            (line  2324)
+* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8737)
+* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  8741)
+* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8746)
+* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line  9197)
+* \suppressfloats:                       Floats.            (line  1887)
+* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  8750)
+* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  8753)
+* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8756)
+* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8761)
 * \symbol:                               Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 12009)
-* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 12285)
-* \TAB:                                  \(SPACE).          (line 10053)
-* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.           (line  4917)
-* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.           (line  5178)
+                                                            (line 12160)
+* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 12436)
+* \TAB:                                  \(SPACE).          (line 10203)
+* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.           (line  4820)
+* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.           (line  5080)
 * \tableofcontents:                      Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12650)
-* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line  9161)
-* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9164)
-* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8725)
-* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 13630)
-* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 12077)
-* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 12115)
-* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 12080)
-* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 12083)
-* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 12086)
+                                                            (line 12801)
+* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line  9200)
+* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9203)
+* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8764)
+* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 13779)
+* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 12228)
+* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 12266)
+* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 12231)
+* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 12234)
+* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 12237)
 * \textbackslash:                        Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11946)
-* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 12089)
-* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 12092)
-* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 12095)
-* \textbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1329)
-* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 12098)
-* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 12101)
-* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 12104)
-* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 12107)
-* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 12114)
-* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 12110)
-* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 12113)
-* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 12027)
-* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 12122)
-* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 12125)
-* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 12128)
-* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 12051)
-* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 12131)
-* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 12136)
-* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 12139)
-* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 12145)
-* \textfloatsep:                         Floats.            (line  2019)
-* \textfloatsep <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2020)
-* \textfraction:                         Floats.            (line  1998)
-* \textfraction <1>:                     Floats.            (line  1999)
-* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 12148)
+                                                            (line 12097)
+* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 12240)
+* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 12243)
+* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 12246)
+* \textbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1233)
+* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 12249)
+* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 12252)
+* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 12255)
+* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 12258)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 12265)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 12261)
+* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 12264)
+* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 12178)
+* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 12273)
+* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 12276)
+* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 12279)
+* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 12202)
+* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 12282)
+* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 12287)
+* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 12290)
+* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 12296)
+* \textfloatsep:                         Floats.            (line  1923)
+* \textfloatsep <1>:                     Floats.            (line  1924)
+* \textfraction:                         Floats.            (line  1902)
+* \textfraction <1>:                     Floats.            (line  1903)
+* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 12299)
 * \textheight:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1854)
+                                                            (line  1758)
 * \textheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1855)
-* \textit:                               Font styles.       (line  1323)
-* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 12154)
-* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 12151)
-* \textmd:                               Font styles.       (line  1326)
-* \textnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1347)
-* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 12157)
-* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 12158)
-* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 12059)
-* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 12161)
-* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 12164)
-* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 12167)
-* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 12170)
-* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 12173)
-* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 12176)
-* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 12179)
-* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 12182)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 12183)
-* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 12186)
-* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 12189)
-* \textrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1320)
-* \textsc:                               Font styles.       (line  1341)
-* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 12074)
-* \textsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1338)
-* \textsl:                               Font styles.       (line  1335)
-* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 12063)
-* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 12192)
-* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 12195)
-* \texttt:                               Font styles.       (line  1344)
-* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 12198)
-* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 12201)
-* \textup:                               Font styles.       (line  1332)
-* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 12204)
+                                                            (line  1759)
+* \textit:                               Font styles.       (line  1227)
+* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 12305)
+* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 12302)
+* \textmd:                               Font styles.       (line  1230)
+* \textnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1251)
+* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 12308)
+* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 12309)
+* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 12210)
+* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 12312)
+* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 12315)
+* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 12318)
+* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 12321)
+* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 12324)
+* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 12327)
+* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 12330)
+* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 12333)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 12334)
+* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 12337)
+* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 12340)
+* \textrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1224)
+* \textsc:                               Font styles.       (line  1245)
+* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 12225)
+* \textsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1242)
+* \textsl:                               Font styles.       (line  1239)
+* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 12214)
+* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 12343)
+* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 12346)
+* \texttt:                               Font styles.       (line  1248)
+* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 12349)
+* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 12352)
+* \textup:                               Font styles.       (line  1236)
+* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 12355)
 * \textwidth:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1862)
+                                                            (line  1766)
 * \textwidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1863)
+                                                            (line  1767)
 * \th (th):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12348)
+                                                            (line 12499)
 * \TH (TH):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12348)
-* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line  9580)
-* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8728)
-* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.       (line  4528)
+                                                            (line 12499)
+* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line  9731)
+* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8767)
+* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.       (line  4431)
 * \thickspace:                           Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9289)
-* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.        (line  4520)
+                                                            (line  9328)
+* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.        (line  4423)
 * \thinspace:                            Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9298)
+                                                            (line  9337)
 * \thinspace <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10150)
-* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line  9744)
-* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line  9209)
-* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  8732)
-* \tiny:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1441)
-* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line  9587)
-* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8736)
-* \today:                                \today.            (line 12390)
-* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8740)
-* \topfraction:                          Floats.            (line  2003)
-* \topfraction <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2004)
+                                                            (line 10300)
+* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line  9894)
+* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line  9248)
+* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  8771)
+* \tiny:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1345)
+* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line  9738)
+* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8775)
+* \today:                                \today.            (line 12541)
+* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8779)
+* \topfraction:                          Floats.            (line  1907)
+* \topfraction <1>:                      Floats.            (line  1908)
 * \topmargin:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1887)
-* \topsep:                               list.              (line  3882)
+                                                            (line  1791)
+* \topsep:                               list.              (line  3786)
 * \topskip:                              Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1894)
+                                                            (line  1798)
 * \topskip <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1895)
-* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  8745)
-* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  8748)
-* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  8754)
-* \tt:                                   Font styles.       (line  1385)
-* \ttfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1344)
-* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.        (line  1630)
-* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 13645)
-* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 13690)
-* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 12289)
+                                                            (line  1799)
+* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  8784)
+* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  8787)
+* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  8793)
+* \tt:                                   Font styles.       (line  1289)
+* \ttfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1248)
+* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.        (line  1534)
+* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 13794)
+* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 13839)
+* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 12440)
 * \unboldmath:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  8967)
+                                                            (line  9006)
 * \unboldmath <1>:                       \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  8975)
-* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 12255)
+                                                            (line  9014)
+* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 12406)
 * \underbrace{MATH}:                     Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9247)
+                                                            (line  9286)
 * \underline{TEXT}:                      Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9230)
-* \unitlength:                           picture.           (line  4259)
-* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  8760)
-* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  8767)
-* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8774)
-* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8778)
-* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  8782)
-* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  8787)
-* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  8792)
-* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  8797)
-* \upshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1332)
-* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8804)
-* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8807)
-* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 10915)
-* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.       (line  7222)
+                                                            (line  9269)
+* \unitlength:                           picture.           (line  4162)
+* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  8799)
+* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  8806)
+* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8813)
+* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8817)
+* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  8821)
+* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  8826)
+* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  8831)
+* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  8836)
+* \upshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1236)
+* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8843)
+* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8846)
+* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 11065)
+* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.       (line  7239)
 * \usefont:                              Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1604)
+                                                            (line  1508)
 * \usepackage:                           Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   862)
-* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 12293)
-* \value:                                \value.            (line  7248)
-* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  8815)
-* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  8810)
-* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  8820)
-* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  8824)
-* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  8828)
-* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  8832)
-* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  8836)
-* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  8840)
-* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line  9035)
-* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line  9212)
-* \vector:                               \vector.           (line  4633)
-* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8844)
-* \verb:                                 \verb.             (line  5678)
-* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8849)
-* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8865)
-* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 10470)
-* \vline:                                \vline.            (line  5271)
-* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 10419)
-* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  8883)
-* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line  9215)
-* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line  9218)
-* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8887)
-* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8890)
-* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8893)
-* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8896)
+                                                            (line   763)
+* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 12444)
+* \value:                                \value.            (line  7265)
+* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  8854)
+* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  8849)
+* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  8859)
+* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  8863)
+* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  8867)
+* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  8871)
+* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  8875)
+* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  8879)
+* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line  9074)
+* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line  9251)
+* \vector:                               \vector.           (line  4536)
+* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8883)
+* \verb:                                 \verb.             (line  5582)
+* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8888)
+* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8904)
+* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 10620)
+* \vline:                                \vline.            (line  5173)
+* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 10569)
+* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  8922)
+* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line  9254)
+* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line  9257)
+* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8926)
+* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8929)
+* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8932)
+* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8935)
 * \year:                                 \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  7349)
-* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8899)
-* \\ (for center):                       center.            (line  3050)
-* \\ (for eqnarray):                     eqnarray.          (line  3358)
-* \\ (for flushright):                   flushright.        (line  3587)
-* \\ (for \shortstack objects):          \shortstack.       (line  4617)
-* \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4862)
-* \\ for flushleft:                      flushleft.         (line  3528)
-* \\ for letters:                        Letters.           (line 13388)
-* \\ for tabular:                        tabular.           (line  5040)
-* \\ for verse:                          verse.             (line  5740)
-* \\ for \author:                        \maketitle.        (line  9567)
-* \\ for \title:                         \maketitle.        (line  9588)
-* \\ force line break:                   \\.                (line  5778)
-* \\* (for eqnarray):                    eqnarray.          (line  3366)
+                                                            (line  7366)
+* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8938)
+* \\ (for center):                       center.            (line  2954)
+* \\ (for eqnarray):                     eqnarray.          (line  3262)
+* \\ (for flushright):                   flushright.        (line  3491)
+* \\ (for \shortstack objects):          \shortstack.       (line  4520)
+* \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4765)
+* \\ for flushleft:                      flushleft.         (line  3432)
+* \\ for letters:                        Letters.           (line 13537)
+* \\ for tabular:                        tabular.           (line  4943)
+* \\ for verse:                          verse.             (line  5644)
+* \\ for \author:                        \maketitle.        (line  9718)
+* \\ for \title:                         \maketitle.        (line  9739)
+* \\ force line break:                   \\.                (line  5682)
+* \\* (for eqnarray):                    eqnarray.          (line  3270)
 * \^:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11946)
-* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 12242)
+                                                            (line 12097)
+* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 12393)
 * \_:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11939)
-* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 12246)
-* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4889)
+                                                            (line 12090)
+* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 12397)
+* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4792)
 * \{:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11939)
-* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  8013)
+                                                            (line 12090)
+* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  8052)
 * \}:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11939)
+                                                            (line 12090)
 * \~:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11946)
-* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 12250)
+                                                            (line 12097)
+* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 12401)
 * ^:                                     Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  7938)
+                                                            (line  7977)
 * _:                                     Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  7938)
-* 'see' and 'see also' index entries:    \index.            (line 12970)
+                                                            (line  7977)
+* 'see' and 'see also' index entries:    \index.            (line 13121)
 * {...} for required arguments:          LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   520)
-* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 10094)
+                                                            (line   529)
+* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 10244)
 * a4paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
+                                                            (line   677)
 * a5paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* abstract environment:                  abstract.          (line  2915)
-* abstracts:                             abstract.          (line  2915)
-* accents:                               Accents.           (line 12210)
-* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line  9178)
+                                                            (line   677)
+* abstract environment:                  abstract.          (line  2819)
+* abstracts:                             abstract.          (line  2819)
+* accents:                               Accents.           (line 12361)
+* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line  9217)
 * accessing any character of a font:     Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 12009)
-* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 13208)
-* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 12231)
-* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9183)
+                                                            (line 12160)
+* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 13357)
+* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 12382)
+* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9222)
 * additional packages, loading:          Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   862)
+                                                            (line   763)
 * ae ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12308)
-* algorithm2e package:                   tabbing.           (line  4942)
-* align environment, from amsmath:       eqnarray.          (line  3335)
-* aligning equations:                    eqnarray.          (line  3335)
-* alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.           (line  4802)
-* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  7927)
-* amsmath package:                       array.             (line  3010)
-* amsmath package <1>:                   array.             (line  3021)
-* amsmath package <2>:                   displaymath.       (line  3202)
-* amsmath package <3>:                   equation.          (line  3405)
-* amsmath package <4>:                   theorem.           (line  5592)
-* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  7927)
-* amsmath package <6>:                   Dots.              (line  9038)
-* amsmath package <7>:                   Math functions.    (line  9167)
-* amsmath package <8>:                   Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9344)
+                                                            (line 12459)
+* algorithm2e package:                   tabbing.           (line  4845)
+* align environment, from amsmath:       eqnarray.          (line  3239)
+* aligning equations:                    eqnarray.          (line  3239)
+* alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.           (line  4705)
+* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  7966)
+* amsmath package:                       array.             (line  2914)
+* amsmath package <1>:                   array.             (line  2925)
+* amsmath package <2>:                   displaymath.       (line  3106)
+* amsmath package <3>:                   equation.          (line  3309)
+* amsmath package <4>:                   theorem.           (line  5496)
+* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  7966)
+* amsmath package <6>:                   Dots.              (line  9077)
+* amsmath package <7>:                   Math functions.    (line  9206)
+* amsmath package <8>:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                            (line  9467)
 * amsmath package <9>:                   Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9348)
-* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.          (line  3335)
-* amsthm package:                        theorem.           (line  5592)
-* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 12367)
-* appendices:                            \appendix.         (line  2487)
-* appendix:                              \appendix.         (line  2487)
-* appendix package:                      \appendix.         (line  2510)
+                                                            (line  9495)
+* amsmath package <10>:                  Colon character & \colon.
+                                                            (line  9499)
+* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.          (line  3239)
+* amsthm package:                        theorem.           (line  5496)
+* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 12518)
+* appendices:                            \appendix.         (line  2391)
+* appendix:                              \appendix.         (line  2391)
+* appendix package:                      \appendix.         (line  2414)
 * aring:                                 Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12304)
-* array (package) package:               array.             (line  3032)
-* array environment:                     array.             (line  2961)
-* arrays, math:                          array.             (line  2961)
-* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12155)
-* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12190)
-* article class:                         Document classes.  (line   734)
-* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 12116)
-* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12081)
-* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12084)
-* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12087)
-* Asymptote package:                     \line.             (line  4494)
-* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 10390)
-* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10622)
-* at clause, in font definitions:        \newfont.          (line  6992)
-* at-sign:                               \@.                (line  9977)
-* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line  9567)
-* auxiliary file:                        Output files.      (line   449)
+                                                            (line 12455)
+* array (package) package:               array.             (line  2936)
+* array environment:                     array.             (line  2865)
+* arrays, math:                          array.             (line  2865)
+* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12306)
+* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12341)
+* article class:                         Document classes.  (line   635)
+* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 12267)
+* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12232)
+* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12235)
+* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12238)
+* Asymptote package:                     \line.             (line  4397)
+* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 10540)
+* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10772)
+* at clause, in font definitions:        \newfont.          (line  7009)
+* at-sign:                               \@.                (line 10127)
+* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line  9718)
+* auxiliary file:                        Output files.      (line   458)
 * b5paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* babel package:                         \chapter.          (line  2250)
-* babel package <1>:                     thebibliography.   (line  5384)
-* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 12210)
-* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 12397)
+                                                            (line   677)
+* babel package:                         \chapter.          (line  2154)
+* babel package <1>:                     thebibliography.   (line  5286)
+* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 12361)
+* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 12548)
 * babel package <4>:                     Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12724)
-* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 12970)
-* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 11162)
-* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 12090)
-* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12096)
-* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 12093)
-* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 12238)
-* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9186)
-* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 12253)
-* basics of LaTeX:                       Overview.          (line   364)
-* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 13938)
-* beginning of document hook:            \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3236)
+                                                            (line 12875)
+* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 13121)
+* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 11312)
+* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 12241)
+* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12247)
+* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 12244)
+* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 12389)
+* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9225)
+* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 12404)
+* basics of LaTeX:                       Overview.          (line   373)
+* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 14087)
+* beginning of document hook:            \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3140)
 * bibliography format, open:             Document class options.
-                                                            (line   824)
-* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX.     (line  5512)
-* bibliography, creating (manually):     thebibliography.   (line  5337)
-* bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5512)
-* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12099)
-* Big point:                             Units of length.   (line  7476)
+                                                            (line   725)
+* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX.     (line  5416)
+* bibliography, creating (manually):     thebibliography.   (line  5239)
+* bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5416)
+* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12250)
+* Big point:                             Units of length.   (line  7499)
 * bigfoot package:                       Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  6469)
+                                                            (line  6373)
 * black boxes, omitting:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   810)
-* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line  8923)
+                                                            (line   711)
+* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line  8962)
 * bm package:                            \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  8993)
-* bold font:                             Font styles.       (line  1365)
-* bold math:                             Font styles.       (line  1418)
-* bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.       (line  3160)
+                                                            (line  9032)
+* bold font:                             Font styles.       (line  1269)
+* bold math:                             Font styles.       (line  1322)
+* bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.       (line  3064)
 * boldface mathematics:                  \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  8967)
-* book class:                            Document classes.  (line   734)
+                                                            (line  9006)
+* book class:                            Document classes.  (line   635)
 * book, back matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2520)
+                                                            (line  2424)
 * book, end matter:                      \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2520)
+                                                            (line  2424)
 * book, front matter:                    \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2520)
+                                                            (line  2424)
 * book, main matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2520)
-* bottomnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2026)
-* bottomnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2027)
-* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10555)
-* box, allocating new:                   \newsavebox.       (line  6706)
-* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 11125)
-* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 10809)
-* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 10915)
-* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 10546)
-* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  7476)
-* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12102)
-* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12105)
-* breaking lines:                        Line breaking.     (line  5761)
-* breaking pages:                        Page breaking.     (line  6052)
-* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line  9355)
-* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 12289)
-* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9189)
+                                                            (line  2424)
+* bottomnumber:                          Floats.            (line  1930)
+* bottomnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  1931)
+* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10705)
+* box, allocating new:                   \newsavebox.       (line  6722)
+* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 11275)
+* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 10959)
+* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 11065)
+* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 10696)
+* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  7499)
+* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12253)
+* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12256)
+* breaking lines:                        Line breaking.     (line  5665)
+* breaking pages:                        Page breaking.     (line  5956)
+* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line  9506)
+* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 12440)
+* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9228)
 * bug reporting:                         About this document.
-                                                            (line   335)
-* bullet lists:                          itemize.           (line  3624)
-* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  8108)
-* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 12108)
-* bulleted lists:                        itemize.           (line  3624)
-* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line  8949)
-* calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.       (line  1368)
-* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 12116)
-* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 12293)
+                                                            (line   344)
+* bullet lists:                          itemize.           (line  3528)
+* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  8147)
+* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 12259)
+* bulleted lists:                        itemize.           (line  3528)
+* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line  8988)
+* calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.       (line  1272)
+* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 12267)
+* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 12444)
 * catcode:                               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line   606)
+                                                            (line  6560)
 * category code, character:              \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line   606)
-* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  7489)
-* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 13450)
-* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 12263)
-* center environment:                    center.            (line  3040)
-* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 12087)
+                                                            (line  6560)
+* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  7512)
+* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 13599)
+* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 12414)
+* center environment:                    center.            (line  2944)
+* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 12238)
 * centered equations:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   814)
-* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 12162)
-* centering text, declaration for:       \centering.        (line  3088)
-* centering text, environment for:       center.            (line  3040)
-* Centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  7480)
-* chapter:                               Sectioning.        (line  2052)
-* chapter <1>:                           \chapter.          (line  2185)
+                                                            (line   715)
+* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 12313)
+* centering text, declaration for:       \centering.        (line  2992)
+* centering text, environment for:       center.            (line  2944)
+* Centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  7503)
+* chapter:                               Sectioning.        (line  1956)
+* chapter <1>:                           \chapter.          (line  2089)
 * character category code:               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line   606)
-* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 12210)
+                                                            (line  6560)
+* character, invisible:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                            (line  9429)
+* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 12361)
 * characters, case of:                   Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 11964)
+                                                            (line 12115)
 * characters, non-English:               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12298)
+                                                            (line 12449)
 * characters, reserved:                  Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11932)
+                                                            (line 12083)
 * characters, special:                   Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11932)
-* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 12293)
-* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9192)
-* Cicero:                                Units of length.   (line  7489)
-* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12099)
-* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 12111)
-* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 12242)
-* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9204)
-* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 12081)
-* citation key:                          \bibitem.          (line  5399)
+                                                            (line 12083)
+* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 12444)
+* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9231)
+* Cicero:                                Units of length.   (line  7512)
+* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12250)
+* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 12262)
+* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 12393)
+* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9243)
+* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 12232)
+* citation key:                          \bibitem.          (line  5301)
 * class and package commands:            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   945)
+                                                            (line   849)
 * class and package difference:          Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   887)
+                                                            (line   788)
 * class and package structure:           Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   901)
+                                                            (line   802)
 * class file example:                    Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   931)
+                                                            (line   835)
 * class file layout:                     Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   901)
+                                                            (line   802)
 * class options:                         Document class options.
-                                                            (line   763)
+                                                            (line   664)
 * class options <1>:                     Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   901)
+                                                            (line   802)
 * class options <2>:                     Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1005)
-* classes of documents:                  Document classes.  (line   729)
-* cleveref package:                      Cross references.  (line  2779)
-* cleveref package <1>:                  \ref.              (line  2892)
-* cleveref package <2>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6350)
+                                                            (line   909)
+* classes of documents:                  Document classes.  (line   630)
+* cleveref package:                      Cross references.  (line  2683)
+* cleveref package <1>:                  \ref.              (line  2796)
+* cleveref package <2>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6254)
 * clock option to slides class:          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   856)
-* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 13466)
-* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 12071)
-* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  7480)
-* code, typesetting:                     verbatim.          (line  5639)
+                                                            (line   757)
+* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 13615)
+* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 12222)
+* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  7503)
+* code, typesetting:                     verbatim.          (line  5543)
 * colon character:                       Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9335)
-* color:                                 Color.             (line 10927)
-* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 11032)
-* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 11054)
-* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 11125)
-* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 11162)
-* color models:                          Color models.      (line 10980)
+                                                            (line  9486)
+* color:                                 Color.             (line 11077)
+* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 11182)
+* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 11204)
+* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 11275)
+* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 11312)
+* color models:                          Color models.      (line 11130)
 * color package commands:                Commands for color.
-                                                            (line 11027)
+                                                            (line 11177)
 * color package options:                 Color package options.
-                                                            (line 10942)
-* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 11032)
-* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 11125)
-* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 11162)
-* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 11054)
-* command line:                          Command line.      (line 13723)
+                                                            (line 11092)
+* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 11182)
+* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 11275)
+* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 11312)
+* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 11204)
+* command line:                          Command line.      (line 13872)
 * command syntax:                        LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   520)
+                                                            (line   529)
 * commands, class and package:           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   945)
+                                                            (line   849)
 * commands, defining new ones:           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6490)
-* commands, defining new ones <1>:       \providecommand.   (line  6615)
+                                                            (line  6394)
+* commands, defining new ones <1>:       \providecommand.   (line  6519)
 * commands, document class:              Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   878)
+                                                            (line   779)
 * commands, graphics package:            Commands for graphics.
-                                                            (line 11471)
+                                                            (line 11621)
 * commands, ignore spaces:               \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7063)
+                                                            (line  7080)
 * commands, redefining:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6490)
-* commands, star-variants:               \@ifstar.          (line   642)
-* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12116)
-* computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.          (line  5639)
+                                                            (line  6394)
+* commands, star-variants:               \@ifstar.          (line  6598)
+* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12267)
+* computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.          (line  5543)
 * configuration, graphics package:       Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11284)
-* contents file:                         Output files.      (line   459)
-* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12028)
-* counters, a list of:                   Counters.          (line  7138)
-* counters, defining new:                \newcounter.       (line  6643)
-* counters, getting value of:            \value.            (line  7248)
+                                                            (line 11434)
+* contents file:                         Output files.      (line   468)
+* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12179)
+* counters, a list of:                   Counters.          (line  7155)
+* counters, defining new:                \newcounter.       (line  6659)
+* counters, getting value of:            \value.            (line  7265)
 * counters, printing:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7166)
-* counters, setting:                     \setcounter.       (line  7281)
-* cprotect package:                      verbatim.          (line  5659)
-* cprotect package <1>:                  \verb.             (line  5717)
-* creating pictures:                     picture.           (line  4240)
-* creating tables:                       table.             (line  4951)
-* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line  9581)
-* cross references:                      Cross references.  (line  2747)
-* cross references, resolving:           Output files.      (line   449)
-* cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.          (line  2845)
-* cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.              (line  2869)
-* CTAN:                                  CTAN.              (line   703)
-* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 12129)
-* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 12140)
-* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 12126)
-* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 12031)
-* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 12123)
-* DANTE e.V.:                            CTAN.              (line   717)
-* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line  9575)
-* date, today's:                         \today.            (line 12390)
-* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 12411)
-* dbltopnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2030)
-* dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2031)
-* dcolumn package:                       array.             (line  3032)
-* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  7486)
-* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 11032)
+                                                            (line  7183)
+* counters, setting:                     \setcounter.       (line  7298)
+* cprotect package:                      verbatim.          (line  5563)
+* cprotect package <1>:                  \verb.             (line  5621)
+* creating pictures:                     picture.           (line  4143)
+* creating tables:                       table.             (line  4854)
+* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line  9732)
+* cross references:                      Cross references.  (line  2651)
+* cross references, resolving:           Output files.      (line   458)
+* cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.          (line  2749)
+* cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.              (line  2773)
+* CTAN:                                  CTAN.              (line   604)
+* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 12280)
+* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 12291)
+* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 12277)
+* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 12182)
+* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 12274)
+* DANTE e.V.:                            CTAN.              (line   618)
+* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line  9726)
+* date, today's:                         \today.            (line 12541)
+* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 12562)
+* dbltopnumber:                          Floats.            (line  1934)
+* dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  1935)
+* dcolumn package:                       array.             (line  2936)
+* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  7509)
+* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 11182)
 * defining a new command:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6490)
-* defining a new command <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  6615)
+                                                            (line  6394)
+* defining a new command <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  6519)
 * defining new environments:             \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6733)
-* defining new fonts:                    \newfont.          (line  6979)
-* defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.       (line  6867)
-* definitions:                           Definitions.       (line  6485)
-* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line  9383)
-* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 13140)
-* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 13144)
-* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 13148)
-* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 13152)
-* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 13156)
-* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 13296)
-* description environment:               description.       (line  3130)
-* description lists, creating:           description.       (line  3130)
-* design size, in font definitions:      \newfont.          (line  6992)
-* Didot point:                           Units of length.   (line  7486)
-* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 12227)
+                                                            (line  6750)
+* defining new fonts:                    \newfont.          (line  6996)
+* defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.       (line  6884)
+* definitions:                           Definitions.       (line  6389)
+* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line  9534)
+* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 13290)
+* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 13294)
+* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 13298)
+* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 13302)
+* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 13306)
+* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 13445)
+* description environment:               description.       (line  3034)
+* description lists, creating:           description.       (line  3034)
+* design size, in font definitions:      \newfont.          (line  7009)
+* Didot point:                           Units of length.   (line  7509)
+* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 12378)
 * difference between class and package:  Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   887)
-* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line  9355)
-* discretionary hyphenation:             \discretionary.    (line  5939)
-* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line  9467)
+                                                            (line   788)
+* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line  9506)
+* discretionary hyphenation:             \discretionary.    (line  5843)
+* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line  9618)
 * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  4772)
+                                                            (line  4675)
 * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  4772)
-* displaymath environment:               displaymath.       (line  3186)
-* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  7847)
+                                                            (line  4675)
+* displaymath environment:               displaymath.       (line  3090)
+* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  7886)
 * document class commands:               Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   878)
+                                                            (line   779)
 * document class options:                Document class options.
-                                                            (line   763)
+                                                            (line   664)
 * document class, defined:               Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   401)
-* document classes:                      Document classes.  (line   729)
-* document environment:                  document.          (line  3230)
+                                                            (line   410)
+* document classes:                      Document classes.  (line   630)
+* document environment:                  document.          (line  3134)
 * document templates:                    Document templates.
-                                                            (line 13931)
-* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 12129)
-* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 12234)
-* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9198)
-* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 12234)
-* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 12267)
-* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 12221)
-* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8260)
-* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 12221)
-* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8282)
-* dots:                                  Dots.              (line  9007)
-* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 12046)
-* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 12034)
-* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 12126)
-* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9195)
-* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 12046)
-* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 12168)
-* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 12068)
-* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 12184)
-* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 12171)
+                                                            (line 14080)
+* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 12280)
+* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 12385)
+* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9237)
+* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 12385)
+* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 12418)
+* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 12372)
+* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8299)
+* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 12372)
+* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8321)
+* dots:                                  Dots.              (line  9046)
+* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 12197)
+* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 12185)
+* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 12277)
+* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9234)
+* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 12197)
+* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 12319)
+* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 12219)
+* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 12335)
+* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 12322)
 * double spacing:                        Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1583)
-* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12096)
-* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line  8923)
+                                                            (line  1487)
+* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12247)
+* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line  8962)
 * draft option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   806)
-* dvipdfmx command:                      Output files.      (line   426)
-* dvips command:                         Output files.      (line   426)
-* dvitype command:                       Output files.      (line   426)
-* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 12137)
-* e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   475)
-* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line  9007)
-* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 12052)
-* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  7494)
-* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  7494)
-* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 12132)
-* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 12193)
-* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 12199)
-* emphasis:                              Font styles.       (line  1349)
-* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 13479)
-* end of document hook:                  \AtEndDocument.    (line  3252)
+                                                            (line   707)
+* dvipdfmx command:                      Output files.      (line   435)
+* dvips command:                         Output files.      (line   435)
+* dvitype command:                       Output files.      (line   435)
+* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 12288)
+* e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   484)
+* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line  9046)
+* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 12203)
+* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  7517)
+* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  7517)
+* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 12283)
+* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 12344)
+* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 12350)
+* emphasis:                              Font styles.       (line  1253)
+* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 13628)
+* end of document hook:                  \AtEndDocument.    (line  3156)
 * ending and starting:                   Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   390)
-* engines, TeX:                          TeX engines.       (line   468)
-* enlarge current page:                  \enlargethispage.  (line  6157)
-* enumerate environment:                 enumerate.         (line  3268)
-* enumitem package:                      list.              (line  3976)
+                                                            (line   399)
+* engines, TeX:                          TeX engines.       (line   477)
+* enlarge current page:                  \enlargethispage.  (line  6061)
+* enumerate environment:                 enumerate.         (line  3172)
+* enumitem package:                      list.              (line  3880)
 * environment:                           Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   409)
-* environment, abstract:                 abstract.          (line  2915)
-* environment, array:                    array.             (line  2961)
-* environment, center:                   center.            (line  3040)
-* environment, description:              description.       (line  3130)
-* environment, displaymath:              displaymath.       (line  3186)
-* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  7847)
-* environment, document:                 document.          (line  3230)
-* environment, enumerate:                enumerate.         (line  3268)
-* environment, eqnarray:                 eqnarray.          (line  3335)
-* environment, equation:                 equation.          (line  3391)
-* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  7847)
-* environment, figure:                   figure.            (line  3411)
-* environment, filecontents:             filecontents.      (line  3469)
-* environment, filecontents*:            filecontents.      (line  3469)
-* environment, flushleft:                flushleft.         (line  3520)
-* environment, flushright:               flushright.        (line  3581)
-* environment, itemize:                  itemize.           (line  3624)
-* environment, letter:                   letter.            (line  3707)
-* environment, list:                     list.              (line  3712)
-* environment, math:                     math.              (line  4076)
-* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  7847)
-* environment, minipage:                 minipage.          (line  4088)
-* environment, picture:                  picture.           (line  4240)
-* environment, quotation:                quotation & quote. (line  4772)
-* environment, quote:                    quotation & quote. (line  4772)
-* environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.           (line  4802)
-* environment, table:                    table.             (line  4951)
-* environment, tabular:                  tabular.           (line  5011)
-* environment, thebibliography:          thebibliography.   (line  5337)
-* environment, theorem:                  theorem.           (line  5570)
-* environment, theorem-like:             \newtheorem.       (line  6867)
-* environment, titlepage:                titlepage.         (line  5600)
-* environment, verbatim:                 verbatim.          (line  5639)
-* environment, verse:                    verse.             (line  5725)
-* environments:                          Environments.      (line  2898)
+                                                            (line   418)
+* environment, abstract:                 abstract.          (line  2819)
+* environment, array:                    array.             (line  2865)
+* environment, center:                   center.            (line  2944)
+* environment, description:              description.       (line  3034)
+* environment, displaymath:              displaymath.       (line  3090)
+* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  7886)
+* environment, document:                 document.          (line  3134)
+* environment, enumerate:                enumerate.         (line  3172)
+* environment, eqnarray:                 eqnarray.          (line  3239)
+* environment, equation:                 equation.          (line  3295)
+* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  7886)
+* environment, figure:                   figure.            (line  3315)
+* environment, filecontents:             filecontents.      (line  3373)
+* environment, filecontents*:            filecontents.      (line  3373)
+* environment, flushleft:                flushleft.         (line  3424)
+* environment, flushright:               flushright.        (line  3485)
+* environment, itemize:                  itemize.           (line  3528)
+* environment, letter:                   letter.            (line  3611)
+* environment, list:                     list.              (line  3616)
+* environment, math:                     math.              (line  3980)
+* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  7886)
+* environment, minipage:                 minipage.          (line  3992)
+* environment, picture:                  picture.           (line  4143)
+* environment, quotation:                quotation & quote. (line  4675)
+* environment, quote:                    quotation & quote. (line  4675)
+* environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.           (line  4705)
+* environment, table:                    table.             (line  4854)
+* environment, tabular:                  tabular.           (line  4914)
+* environment, thebibliography:          thebibliography.   (line  5239)
+* environment, theorem:                  theorem.           (line  5474)
+* environment, theorem-like:             \newtheorem.       (line  6884)
+* environment, titlepage:                titlepage.         (line  5504)
+* environment, verbatim:                 verbatim.          (line  5543)
+* environment, verse:                    verse.             (line  5629)
+* environments:                          Environments.      (line  2802)
 * environments, defining:                \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6733)
-* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 13553)
+                                                            (line  6750)
+* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 13702)
 * EPS files:                             Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11284)
-* EPS files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11477)
-* eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.          (line  3335)
-* equation environment:                  equation.          (line  3391)
-* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  7847)
-* equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  2869)
+                                                            (line 11434)
+* EPS files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
+* eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.          (line  3239)
+* equation environment:                  equation.          (line  3295)
+* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  7886)
+* equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  2773)
 * equation numbers, left vs. right:      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   820)
-* equation numbers, omitting:            eqnarray.          (line  3370)
-* equations, aligning:                   eqnarray.          (line  3335)
-* equations, environment for:            equation.          (line  3391)
+                                                            (line   721)
+* equation numbers, omitting:            eqnarray.          (line  3274)
+* equations, aligning:                   eqnarray.          (line  3239)
+* equations, environment for:            equation.          (line  3295)
 * equations, flush left vs. centered:    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   814)
+                                                            (line   715)
 * es-zet German letter:                  Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12344)
-* etex command:                          TeX engines.       (line   475)
+                                                            (line 12495)
+* etex command:                          TeX engines.       (line   484)
 * eth, Icelandic letter:                 Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12312)
+                                                            (line 12463)
 * etoolbox package:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1049)
-* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 12140)
-* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 12140)
-* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  7494)
-* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  7494)
-* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 12146)
+                                                            (line   953)
+* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 12291)
+* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 12291)
+* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  7517)
+* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  7517)
+* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 12297)
 * executivepaper option:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
+                                                            (line   677)
 * exponent:                              Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  7938)
+                                                            (line  7977)
 * extended Latin:                        Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12298)
-* external files, writing:               filecontents.      (line  3469)
+                                                            (line 12449)
+* external files, writing:               filecontents.      (line  3373)
 * families, of fonts:                    Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1486)
-* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line  9524)
-* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line  9667)
-* fancyvrb package:                      tabbing.           (line  4942)
-* fancyvrb package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  5670)
-* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 12159)
-* figure environment:                    figure.            (line  3411)
-* figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.              (line  2869)
-* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.          (line  4190)
-* figures, inserting:                    figure.            (line  3411)
+                                                            (line  1390)
+* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line  9675)
+* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line  9817)
+* fancyvrb package:                      tabbing.           (line  4845)
+* fancyvrb package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  5574)
+* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 12310)
+* figure environment:                    figure.            (line  3315)
+* figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.              (line  2773)
+* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.          (line  4093)
+* figures, inserting:                    figure.            (line  3315)
 * file, root:                            Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 12425)
-* filecontents environment:              filecontents.      (line  3469)
-* filecontents* environment:             filecontents.      (line  3469)
+                                                            (line 12576)
+* filecontents environment:              filecontents.      (line  3373)
+* filecontents* environment:             filecontents.      (line  3373)
 * final option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   806)
+                                                            (line   707)
 * first-latex-doc document:              About this document.
-                                                            (line   347)
-* fixed-width font:                      Font styles.       (line  1386)
-* flafter package:                       Floats.            (line  1978)
+                                                            (line   356)
+* fixed-width font:                      Font styles.       (line  1290)
+* flafter package:                       Floats.            (line  1882)
 * fleqn option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   806)
-* float package:                         Floats.            (line  1948)
-* float page:                            Floats.            (line  1954)
+                                                            (line   707)
+* float package:                         Floats.            (line  1852)
+* float page:                            Floats.            (line  1858)
 * flush left equations:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   814)
+                                                            (line   715)
 * flushing floats and starting a page:   \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6083)
-* flushleft environment:                 flushleft.         (line  3520)
-* flushright environment:                flushright.        (line  3581)
+                                                            (line  5987)
+* flushleft environment:                 flushleft.         (line  3424)
+* flushright environment:                flushright.        (line  3485)
 * font catalogue:                        Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1486)
+                                                            (line  1390)
 * font commands, low-level:              Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1471)
+                                                            (line  1375)
 * font size:                             Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1566)
-* font sizes:                            Font sizes.        (line  1436)
-* font styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1296)
+                                                            (line  1470)
+* font sizes:                            Font sizes.        (line  1340)
+* font styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1200)
 * font symbols, by number:               Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 12009)
-* fonts:                                 Fonts.             (line  1290)
-* fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.          (line  6979)
-* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line  8949)
-* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line  9660)
+                                                            (line 12160)
+* fonts:                                 Fonts.             (line  1194)
+* fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.          (line  6996)
+* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line  8988)
+* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line  9810)
 * footer, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1769)
-* footnote number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  2869)
-* footnote parameters:                   \footnote.         (line  6270)
+                                                            (line  1673)
+* footnote number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  2773)
+* footnote parameters:                   \footnote.         (line  6174)
 * footnote, in a table:                  Footnotes in a table.
-                                                            (line  6399)
+                                                            (line  6303)
 * footnote, in section headings:         Footnotes in section headings.
-                                                            (line  6380)
+                                                            (line  6284)
 * footnote, of a footnote:               Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  6469)
-* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.          (line  4190)
-* footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.         (line  6223)
-* Footnotes, in a minipage:              \footnote.         (line  6298)
-* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote.         (line  6260)
-* formulas, environment for:             equation.          (line  3391)
-* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  7847)
-* forward reference:                     Cross references.  (line  2768)
-* forward references, resolving:         Output files.      (line   449)
-* fraction:                              \frac.             (line  9371)
-* fragile commands:                      \protect.          (line  7011)
-* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 10677)
-* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 10677)
-* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 10682)
-* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 12046)
-* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line  9062)
+                                                            (line  6373)
+* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.          (line  4093)
+* footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.         (line  6127)
+* Footnotes, in a minipage:              \footnote.         (line  6202)
+* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote.         (line  6164)
+* formulas, environment for:             equation.          (line  3295)
+* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  7886)
+* forward reference:                     Cross references.  (line  2672)
+* forward references, resolving:         Output files.      (line   458)
+* fraction:                              \frac.             (line  9522)
+* fragile commands:                      \protect.          (line  7028)
+* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827)
+* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 10827)
+* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 10832)
+* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 12197)
+* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line  9101)
 * geometry package:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   797)
+                                                            (line   698)
 * geometry package <1>:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   801)
+                                                            (line   702)
 * global options:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   763)
+                                                            (line   664)
 * global options <1>:                    Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   871)
-* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 13208)
-* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 13208)
-* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 13256)
-* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 13315)
-* glue register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  6684)
-* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 11183)
+                                                            (line   772)
+* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 13357)
+* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 13357)
+* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 13405)
+* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 13464)
+* glue register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  6700)
+* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 11333)
 * graphics <1>:                          Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11284)
-* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 11477)
-* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 11183)
+                                                            (line 11434)
+* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
+* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 11333)
 * graphics package <1>:                  Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11284)
-* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 11477)
+                                                            (line 11434)
+* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
 * graphics package commands:             Commands for graphics.
-                                                            (line 11471)
+                                                            (line 11621)
 * graphics package options:              Graphics package options.
-                                                            (line 11220)
-* graphics packages:                     \line.             (line  4494)
-* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 11866)
-* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 11897)
-* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 11866)
-* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 11897)
-* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 12246)
-* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9201)
-* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12149)
-* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  8001)
-* group, and environments:               Environments.      (line  2910)
-* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 13087)
-* ha'c<ek accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line  9192)
-* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 12293)
-* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 12362)
-* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 12242)
-* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line  9204)
-* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line  9660)
+                                                            (line 11370)
+* graphics packages:                     \line.             (line  4397)
+* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 12017)
+* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 12048)
+* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 12017)
+* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 12048)
+* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 12397)
+* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9240)
+* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12300)
+* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  8040)
+* group, and environments:               Environments.      (line  2814)
+* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 13237)
+* ha'c<ek accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line  9231)
+* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 12444)
+* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 12513)
+* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 12393)
+* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line  9243)
+* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line  9810)
 * header, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1769)
+                                                            (line  1673)
 * hello, world:                          Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   390)
-* here, putting floats:                  Floats.            (line  1948)
+                                                            (line   399)
+* here, putting floats:                  Floats.            (line  1852)
 * home page for manual:                  About this document.
-                                                            (line   320)
-* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line  9890)
-* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line  9890)
-* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 12271)
-* hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.     (line  6350)
-* hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6359)
-* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line  9641)
+                                                            (line   321)
+* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line 10040)
+* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line 10040)
+* horizontal spacing:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                            (line  9429)
+* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 12422)
+* hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.     (line  6254)
+* hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6263)
+* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line  9791)
 * hyperref package <3>:                  Command line input.
-                                                            (line 13852)
-* hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.      (line  6003)
-* hyphenation, discretionary:            \discretionary.    (line  5939)
-* hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).  (line  5904)
-* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10555)
+                                                            (line 14001)
+* hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.      (line  5907)
+* hyphenation, discretionary:            \discretionary.    (line  5843)
+* hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).  (line  5808)
+* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10705)
 * Icelandic eth:                         Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12312)
+                                                            (line 12463)
 * Icelandic thorn:                       Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12348)
-* idx file:                              \index.            (line 13020)
+                                                            (line 12499)
+* idx file:                              \index.            (line 13171)
 * ij letter, Dutch:                      Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12324)
-* implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.       (line   468)
-* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 11477)
-* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  7473)
-* in-line formulas:                      math.              (line  4076)
-* inch:                                  Units of length.   (line  7473)
-* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 11477)
+                                                            (line 12475)
+* implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.       (line   477)
+* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
+* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  7496)
+* in-line formulas:                      math.              (line  3980)
+* inch:                                  Units of length.   (line  7496)
+* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
 * indent, forcing:                       \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7722)
-* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.         (line  4186)
-* indentfirst package:                   \part.             (line  2175)
-* indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.          (line  2237)
-* indentfirst package <2>:               \section.          (line  2332)
-* indentfirst package <3>:               \subsection.       (line  2398)
+                                                            (line  7761)
+* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.         (line  4089)
+* indentfirst package:                   \part.             (line  2079)
+* indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.          (line  2141)
+* indentfirst package <2>:               \section.          (line  2236)
+* indentfirst package <3>:               \subsection.       (line  2302)
 * indentfirst package <4>:               \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2475)
+                                                            (line  2379)
 * indentfirst package <5>:               \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7764)
-* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 13168)
-* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 13164)
-* index entries, 'see' and 'see also':   \index.            (line 12970)
-* index entry:                           \index.            (line 12920)
-* index package:                         \index.            (line 13015)
-* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 12954)
-* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 13193)
-* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 13036)
-* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 13048)
-* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 12884)
-* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line  9857)
-* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 10470)
-* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line  9485)
+                                                            (line  7803)
+* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 13318)
+* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 13314)
+* index entries, 'see' and 'see also':   \index.            (line 13121)
+* index entry:                           \index.            (line 13071)
+* index package:                         \index.            (line 13166)
+* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 13105)
+* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 13342)
+* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 13186)
+* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 13198)
+* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 13035)
+* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line 10007)
+* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 10620)
+* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line  9636)
 * input file:                            Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 12421)
+                                                            (line 12572)
 * input, on command line:                Command line input.
-                                                            (line 13848)
+                                                            (line 13997)
 * input/output, to terminal:             Terminal input/output.
-                                                            (line 13642)
-* inserting figures:                     figure.            (line  3411)
+                                                            (line 13791)
+* inserting figures:                     figure.            (line  3315)
 * insertions of special characters:      Special insertions.
-                                                            (line 11926)
-* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line  9476)
-* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 10174)
-* italic font:                           Font styles.       (line  1371)
-* itemize environment:                   itemize.           (line  3624)
-* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 13111)
-* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 13120)
-* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 13114)
-* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 13130)
-* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 13117)
-* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 13124)
-* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 13134)
+                                                            (line 12077)
+* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line  9627)
+* invisible character:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                            (line  9429)
+* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 10324)
+* italic font:                           Font styles.       (line  1275)
+* itemize environment:                   itemize.           (line  3528)
+* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 13261)
+* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 13270)
+* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 13264)
+* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 13280)
+* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 13267)
+* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 13274)
+* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 13284)
 * JPEG files:                            Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11284)
-* JPEG files <1>:                        \includegraphics.  (line 11477)
+                                                            (line 11434)
+* JPEG files <1>:                        \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
 * JPG files:                             Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11284)
-* JPG files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11477)
-* justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.       (line  3599)
-* justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.      (line  3548)
-* Knuth, Donald E.:                      Overview.          (line   364)
-* label:                                 Cross references.  (line  2747)
-* labelled lists, creating:              description.       (line  3130)
-* Lamport TeX:                           Overview.          (line   382)
-* Lamport, Leslie:                       Overview.          (line   364)
+                                                            (line 11434)
+* JPG files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
+* justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.       (line  3503)
+* justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.      (line  3452)
+* Knuth, Donald E.:                      Overview.          (line   373)
+* label:                                 Cross references.  (line  2651)
+* labelled lists, creating:              description.       (line  3034)
+* Lamport TeX:                           Overview.          (line   391)
+* Lamport, Leslie:                       Overview.          (line   373)
 * landscape option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   806)
+                                                            (line   707)
 * landscape orientation:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   817)
-* latex command:                         Output files.      (line   426)
-* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 12037)
-* LaTeX overview:                        Overview.          (line   364)
+                                                            (line   718)
+* latex command:                         Output files.      (line   435)
+* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 12188)
+* LaTeX overview:                        Overview.          (line   373)
 * LaTeX Project team:                    About this document.
-                                                            (line   331)
+                                                            (line   340)
 * LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e:                     About this document.
-                                                            (line   327)
+                                                            (line   336)
 * latex-doc-ptr document:                About this document.
-                                                            (line   344)
-* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 12040)
+                                                            (line   353)
+* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 12191)
 * <latexrefman@tug.org> email address:   About this document.
-                                                            (line   331)
+                                                            (line   340)
 * Latin letters, additional:             Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12298)
-* layout commands:                       Layout.            (line  1613)
+                                                            (line 12449)
+* layout commands:                       Layout.            (line  1517)
 * layout, page parameters for:           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1769)
-* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 12046)
-* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12155)
-* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12102)
-* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 12056)
-* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 12168)
-* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 12174)
+                                                            (line  1673)
+* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 12197)
+* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12306)
+* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12253)
+* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 12207)
+* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 12319)
+* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 12325)
 * left-hand equation numbers:            Document class options.
-                                                            (line   820)
-* left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.      (line  3548)
-* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.         (line  3520)
-* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line  9454)
+                                                            (line   721)
+* left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.      (line  3452)
+* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.         (line  3424)
+* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line  9605)
 * legalpaper option:                     Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  7535)
-* lengths, allocating new:               \newlength.        (line  6684)
-* lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.           (line  7368)
-* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  7512)
+                                                            (line   677)
+* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  7563)
+* lengths, allocating new:               \newlength.        (line  6700)
+* lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.           (line  7385)
+* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  7535)
 * leqno option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   806)
-* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12152)
-* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 13094)
-* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 13103)
-* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 13107)
-* letter class:                          Document classes.  (line   734)
-* letter environment:                    letter.            (line  3707)
+                                                            (line   707)
+* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12303)
+* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 13244)
+* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 13253)
+* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 13257)
+* letter class:                          Document classes.  (line   635)
+* letter environment:                    letter.            (line  3611)
 * letterpaper option:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 12210)
+                                                            (line   677)
+* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 12361)
 * letters, additional Latin:             Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12298)
-* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 13466)
-* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 13571)
-* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 13345)
-* line break, forcing:                   \\.                (line  5778)
-* line breaking:                         Line breaking.     (line  5761)
-* line breaks, changing:                 \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5962)
+                                                            (line 12449)
+* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 13615)
+* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 13720)
+* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 13494)
+* line break, forcing:                   \\.                (line  5682)
+* line breaking:                         Line breaking.     (line  5665)
+* line breaks, changing:                 \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5866)
 * line breaks, forcing:                  \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6021)
-* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line  9355)
+                                                            (line  5925)
+* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line  9506)
 * line breaks, preventing:               \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6021)
-* lines in tables:                       tabular.           (line  5011)
-* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 13160)
-* lining numerals:                       Font styles.       (line  1422)
-* lining text up in tables:              tabular.           (line  5011)
-* lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.           (line  4802)
-* list environment:                      list.              (line  3712)
-* list items, specifying counter:        \usecounter.       (line  7222)
-* list of figures file:                  Output files.      (line   459)
-* list of tables file:                   Output files.      (line   459)
-* listings package:                      tabbing.           (line  4942)
-* listings package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  5664)
-* listings package <2>:                  \verb.             (line  5714)
-* lists of items:                        itemize.           (line  3624)
-* lists of items, generic:               list.              (line  3712)
-* lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.         (line  3268)
+                                                            (line  5925)
+* lines in tables:                       tabular.           (line  4914)
+* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 13310)
+* lining numerals:                       Font styles.       (line  1326)
+* lining text up in tables:              tabular.           (line  4914)
+* lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.           (line  4705)
+* list environment:                      list.              (line  3616)
+* list items, specifying counter:        \usecounter.       (line  7239)
+* list of figures file:                  Output files.      (line   468)
+* list of tables file:                   Output files.      (line   468)
+* listings package:                      tabbing.           (line  4845)
+* listings package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  5568)
+* listings package <2>:                  \verb.             (line  5618)
+* lists of items:                        itemize.           (line  3528)
+* lists of items, generic:               list.              (line  3616)
+* lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.         (line  3172)
 * loading additional packages:           Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   862)
-* log file:                              Output files.      (line   444)
-* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 12037)
-* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 12040)
-* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 12078)
+                                                            (line   763)
+* log file:                              Output files.      (line   453)
+* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 12188)
+* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 12191)
+* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 12229)
 * long command:                          Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   962)
-* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 12068)
+                                                            (line   866)
+* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 12219)
 * low-level font commands:               Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1471)
+                                                            (line  1375)
 * lowercase:                             Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 11964)
-* LR box:                                picture.           (line  4337)
-* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line  9454)
-* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 10887)
+                                                            (line 12115)
+* LR box:                                picture.           (line  4240)
+* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line  9605)
+* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 11037)
 * lshort document:                       About this document.
-                                                            (line   355)
-* ltugboat class:                        tugboat template.  (line 14062)
-* lualatex command:                      TeX engines.       (line   492)
-* LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.       (line   492)
-* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  7494)
-* macro package, LaTeX as:               Overview.          (line   369)
-* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 12238)
-* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line  9186)
+                                                            (line   364)
+* ltugboat class:                        tugboat template.  (line 14211)
+* lualatex command:                      TeX engines.       (line   501)
+* LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.       (line   501)
+* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  7517)
+* macro package, LaTeX as:               Overview.          (line   378)
+* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 12389)
+* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line  9225)
 * macros2e package:                      \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line   627)
-* Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.          (line  3335)
-* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10555)
-* makeindex:                             makeindex.         (line 13036)
-* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 13036)
-* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 13048)
-* making a title page:                   titlepage.         (line  5600)
-* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  7631)
-* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  7798)
-* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 12159)
-* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line  9383)
-* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line  9383)
-* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line  9178)
-* math environment:                      math.              (line  4076)
-* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  7847)
-* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  7847)
-* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line  9062)
-* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line  9329)
-* math mode:                             Modes.             (line  9464)
-* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  7847)
+                                                            (line  6584)
+* Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.          (line  3239)
+* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10705)
+* makeindex:                             makeindex.         (line 13186)
+* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 13186)
+* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 13198)
+* making a title page:                   titlepage.         (line  5504)
+* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  7664)
+* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  7837)
+* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 12310)
+* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line  9534)
+* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line  9534)
+* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line  9217)
+* math environment:                      math.              (line  3980)
+* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  7886)
+* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  7886)
+* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line  9101)
+* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line  9480)
+* math mode:                             Modes.             (line  9615)
+* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  7886)
 * math mode, spacing:                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9272)
-* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  8001)
-* math, bold:                            Font styles.       (line  1418)
-* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  7927)
+                                                            (line  9311)
+* math mode, spacing <1>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                            (line  9429)
+* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.            (line  9368)
+* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  8040)
+* math, bold:                            Font styles.       (line  1322)
+* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  7966)
 * mathtools package <1>:                 Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9266)
-* MetaPost package:                      \line.             (line  4494)
+                                                            (line  9305)
+* mathtools package <2>:                 \smash.            (line  9423)
+* mathtools package <3>:                 \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                            (line  9459)
+* MetaPost package:                      \line.             (line  4397)
 * mfirstuc package:                      Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12003)
+                                                            (line 12154)
 * mhchem package:                        Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  7994)
-* Millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  7483)
-* minipage environment:                  minipage.          (line  4088)
-* minipage, creating a:                  minipage.          (line  4088)
-* minted package:                        tabbing.           (line  4942)
-* minted package <1>:                    verbatim.          (line  5664)
-* minted package <2>:                    \verb.             (line  5714)
-* mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.              (line   717)
-* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  7483)
-* modes:                                 Modes.             (line  9444)
-* monospace font:                        Font styles.       (line  1386)
-* moving arguments:                      \protect.          (line  7024)
-* mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.         (line  6298)
-* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  7505)
-* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  7505)
-* multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.        (line  1630)
-* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 12210)
-* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 12910)
-* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line  9355)
-* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 13293)
-* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 10094)
+                                                            (line  8033)
+* Millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  7506)
+* minipage environment:                  minipage.          (line  3992)
+* minipage, creating a:                  minipage.          (line  3992)
+* minted package:                        tabbing.           (line  4845)
+* minted package <1>:                    verbatim.          (line  5568)
+* minted package <2>:                    \verb.             (line  5618)
+* mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.              (line   618)
+* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  7506)
+* modes:                                 Modes.             (line  9595)
+* monospace font:                        Font styles.       (line  1290)
+* moving arguments:                      \protect.          (line  7041)
+* mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.         (line  6202)
+* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  7528)
+* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  7528)
+* multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.        (line  1534)
+* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 12361)
+* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 13061)
+* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line  9506)
+* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 13442)
+* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 10244)
 * nested \include, not allowed:          \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 12593)
+                                                            (line 12744)
 * new class commands:                    Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   878)
+                                                            (line   779)
 * new command, check:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   960)
+                                                            (line   864)
 * new command, definition:               Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1035)
+                                                            (line   939)
 * new commands, defining:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6490)
-* new commands, defining <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  6615)
+                                                            (line  6394)
+* new commands, defining <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  6519)
 * new line, output as input:             \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  5840)
-* new line, starting:                    \\.                (line  5778)
-* new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.          (line  5880)
-* new page, starting:                    \newpage.          (line  6124)
+                                                            (line  5744)
+* new line, starting:                    \\.                (line  5682)
+* new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.          (line  5784)
+* new page, starting:                    \newpage.          (line  6028)
 * non-English characters:                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12298)
-* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  7798)
+                                                            (line 12449)
+* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  7837)
 * notitlepage option:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   806)
-* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line  9383)
-* numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.       (line  7222)
-* numerals, old-style:                   Font styles.       (line  1422)
-* oblique font:                          Font styles.       (line  1383)
+                                                            (line   707)
+* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line  9534)
+* numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.       (line  7239)
+* numerals, old-style:                   Font styles.       (line  1326)
+* oblique font:                          Font styles.       (line  1287)
 * oe ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12340)
-* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 12275)
-* old-style numerals:                    Font styles.       (line  1422)
-* one-column output:                     \onecolumn.        (line  1618)
+                                                            (line 12491)
+* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 12426)
+* old-style numerals:                    Font styles.       (line  1326)
+* one-column output:                     \onecolumn.        (line  1522)
 * onecolumn option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   835)
+                                                            (line   736)
 * oneside option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   835)
+                                                            (line   736)
 * openany option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   835)
+                                                            (line   736)
 * openbib option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   806)
-* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 12056)
+                                                            (line   707)
+* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 12207)
 * openright option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   835)
-* OpenType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   468)
+                                                            (line   736)
+* OpenType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   477)
 * options, class:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1005)
+                                                            (line   909)
 * options, color package:                Color package options.
-                                                            (line 10942)
+                                                            (line 11092)
 * options, command line:                 Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13765)
+                                                            (line 13914)
 * options, document class:               Document class options.
-                                                            (line   763)
+                                                            (line   664)
 * options, document class <1>:           Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   901)
+                                                            (line   802)
 * options, global:                       Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   871)
+                                                            (line   772)
 * options, graphics package:             Graphics package options.
-                                                            (line 11220)
+                                                            (line 11370)
 * options, package:                      Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   901)
+                                                            (line   802)
 * options, package <1>:                  Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1005)
-* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 12159)
+                                                            (line   909)
+* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 12310)
 * oslash:                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12336)
-* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line  9485)
-* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 12238)
-* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line  9198)
+                                                            (line 12487)
+* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line  9636)
+* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 12389)
+* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line  9237)
 * overlining:                            Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9227)
-* overview of LaTeX:                     Overview.          (line   364)
+                                                            (line  9266)
+* overview of LaTeX:                     Overview.          (line   373)
 * package file layout:                   Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   901)
+                                                            (line   802)
 * package options:                       Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   901)
+                                                            (line   802)
 * package options <1>:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1005)
-* package, algorithm2e:                  tabbing.           (line  4942)
-* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  7927)
-* package, amsmath:                      array.             (line  3010)
-* package, amsmath <1>:                  array.             (line  3021)
-* package, amsmath <2>:                  displaymath.       (line  3202)
-* package, amsmath <3>:                  equation.          (line  3405)
-* package, amsmath <4>:                  theorem.           (line  5592)
-* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  7927)
-* package, amsmath <6>:                  Dots.              (line  9038)
-* package, amsmath <7>:                  Math functions.    (line  9167)
-* package, amsmath <8>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9344)
+                                                            (line   909)
+* package, algorithm2e:                  tabbing.           (line  4845)
+* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  7966)
+* package, amsmath:                      array.             (line  2914)
+* package, amsmath <1>:                  array.             (line  2925)
+* package, amsmath <2>:                  displaymath.       (line  3106)
+* package, amsmath <3>:                  equation.          (line  3309)
+* package, amsmath <4>:                  theorem.           (line  5496)
+* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  7966)
+* package, amsmath <6>:                  Dots.              (line  9077)
+* package, amsmath <7>:                  Math functions.    (line  9206)
+* package, amsmath <8>:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                            (line  9467)
 * package, amsmath <9>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9348)
-* package, amsthm:                       theorem.           (line  5592)
-* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 12367)
-* package, appendix:                     \appendix.         (line  2510)
-* package, array (package):              array.             (line  3032)
-* package, Asymptote:                    \line.             (line  4494)
-* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 10390)
-* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10622)
-* package, babel:                        \chapter.          (line  2250)
-* package, babel <1>:                    thebibliography.   (line  5384)
-* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 12210)
-* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 12397)
+                                                            (line  9495)
+* package, amsmath <10>:                 Colon character & \colon.
+                                                            (line  9499)
+* package, amsthm:                       theorem.           (line  5496)
+* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 12518)
+* package, appendix:                     \appendix.         (line  2414)
+* package, array (package):              array.             (line  2936)
+* package, Asymptote:                    \line.             (line  4397)
+* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 10540)
+* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10772)
+* package, babel:                        \chapter.          (line  2154)
+* package, babel <1>:                    thebibliography.   (line  5286)
+* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 12361)
+* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 12548)
 * package, babel <4>:                    Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12724)
-* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 12970)
+                                                            (line 12875)
+* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 13121)
 * package, bigfoot:                      Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  6469)
+                                                            (line  6373)
 * package, bm:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  8993)
-* package, cleveref:                     Cross references.  (line  2779)
-* package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.              (line  2892)
-* package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6350)
-* package, cprotect:                     verbatim.          (line  5659)
-* package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.             (line  5717)
-* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 12411)
-* package, dcolumn:                      array.             (line  3032)
-* package, enumitem:                     list.              (line  3976)
-* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 13553)
+                                                            (line  9032)
+* package, cleveref:                     Cross references.  (line  2683)
+* package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.              (line  2796)
+* package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6254)
+* package, cprotect:                     verbatim.          (line  5563)
+* package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.             (line  5621)
+* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 12562)
+* package, dcolumn:                      array.             (line  2936)
+* package, enumitem:                     list.              (line  3880)
+* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 13702)
 * package, etoolbox:                     Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1049)
-* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 12140)
-* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line  9524)
-* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line  9667)
-* package, fancyvrb:                     tabbing.           (line  4942)
-* package, fancyvrb <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  5670)
-* package, flafter:                      Floats.            (line  1978)
-* package, float:                        Floats.            (line  1948)
+                                                            (line   953)
+* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 12291)
+* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line  9675)
+* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line  9817)
+* package, fancyvrb:                     tabbing.           (line  4845)
+* package, fancyvrb <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  5574)
+* package, flafter:                      Floats.            (line  1882)
+* package, float:                        Floats.            (line  1852)
 * package, geometry:                     Document class options.
-                                                            (line   797)
+                                                            (line   698)
 * package, geometry <1>:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   801)
-* package, hyperref:                     \footnotemark.     (line  6350)
-* package, hyperref <1>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6359)
-* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line  9641)
+                                                            (line   702)
+* package, hyperref:                     \footnotemark.     (line  6254)
+* package, hyperref <1>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6263)
+* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line  9791)
 * package, hyperref <3>:                 Command line input.
-                                                            (line 13852)
-* package, indentfirst:                  \part.             (line  2175)
-* package, indentfirst <1>:              \chapter.          (line  2237)
-* package, indentfirst <2>:              \section.          (line  2332)
-* package, indentfirst <3>:              \subsection.       (line  2398)
+                                                            (line 14001)
+* package, indentfirst:                  \part.             (line  2079)
+* package, indentfirst <1>:              \chapter.          (line  2141)
+* package, indentfirst <2>:              \section.          (line  2236)
+* package, indentfirst <3>:              \subsection.       (line  2302)
 * package, indentfirst <4>:              \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2475)
+                                                            (line  2379)
 * package, indentfirst <5>:              \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7764)
-* package, index:                        \index.            (line 13015)
-* package, listings:                     tabbing.           (line  4942)
-* package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  5664)
-* package, listings <2>:                 \verb.             (line  5714)
+                                                            (line  7803)
+* package, index:                        \index.            (line 13166)
+* package, listings:                     tabbing.           (line  4845)
+* package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  5568)
+* package, listings <2>:                 \verb.             (line  5618)
 * package, macros2e:                     \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line   627)
-* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  7927)
+                                                            (line  6584)
+* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  7966)
 * package, mathtools <1>:                Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9266)
-* package, MetaPost:                     \line.             (line  4494)
+                                                            (line  9305)
+* package, mathtools <2>:                \smash.            (line  9423)
+* package, mathtools <3>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                            (line  9459)
+* package, MetaPost:                     \line.             (line  4397)
 * package, mfirstuc:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12003)
+                                                            (line 12154)
 * package, mhchem:                       Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  7994)
-* package, minted:                       tabbing.           (line  4942)
-* package, minted <1>:                   verbatim.          (line  5664)
-* package, minted <2>:                   \verb.             (line  5714)
-* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 12910)
-* package, pict2e:                       \line.             (line  4494)
-* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 12210)
-* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 12397)
+                                                            (line  8033)
+* package, minted:                       tabbing.           (line  4845)
+* package, minted <1>:                   verbatim.          (line  5568)
+* package, minted <2>:                   \verb.             (line  5618)
+* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 13061)
+* package, pict2e:                       \line.             (line  4397)
+* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 12361)
+* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 12548)
 * package, polyglossia <2>:              Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12724)
-* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 12970)
-* package, PSTricks:                     \line.             (line  4494)
+                                                            (line 12875)
+* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 13121)
+* package, PSTricks:                     \line.             (line  4397)
 * package, sagetex:                      Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13821)
+                                                            (line 13970)
 * package, setspace:                     Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1583)
-* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 12910)
-* package, siunitx:                      ~.                 (line 10120)
-* package, symbols:                      Math symbols.      (line  8001)
+                                                            (line  1487)
+* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 13061)
+* package, siunitx:                      ~.                 (line 10270)
+* package, symbols:                      Math symbols.      (line  8040)
 * package, textcase:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12000)
-* package, textcomp:                     Font styles.       (line  1422)
-* package, TikZ:                         \line.             (line  4494)
-* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 10390)
-* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10621)
-* package, titlesec:                     \part.             (line  2179)
-* package, titlesec <1>:                 \chapter.          (line  2258)
-* package, titlesec <2>:                 \section.          (line  2336)
-* package, titlesec <3>:                 \subsection.       (line  2402)
+                                                            (line 12151)
+* package, textcomp:                     Font styles.       (line  1326)
+* package, TikZ:                         \line.             (line  4397)
+* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 10540)
+* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10771)
+* package, titlesec:                     \part.             (line  2083)
+* package, titlesec <1>:                 \chapter.          (line  2162)
+* package, titlesec <2>:                 \section.          (line  2240)
+* package, titlesec <3>:                 \subsection.       (line  2306)
 * package, titlesec <4>:                 \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2479)
+                                                            (line  2383)
 * package, tocbibbind:                   Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12735)
+                                                            (line 12886)
 * package, tocloft:                      Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12735)
+                                                            (line 12886)
 * package, ulem:                         Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9236)
-* package, url:                          \verb.             (line  5710)
-* package, verbatimbox:                  verbatim.          (line  5670)
+                                                            (line  9275)
+* package, url:                          \verb.             (line  5614)
+* package, verbatimbox:                  verbatim.          (line  5574)
 * packages, loading additional:          Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   862)
+                                                            (line   763)
 * page break, forcing:                   \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6182)
+                                                            (line  6086)
 * page break, preventing:                \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6182)
-* page breaking:                         Page breaking.     (line  6052)
+                                                            (line  6086)
+* page breaking:                         Page breaking.     (line  5956)
 * page layout parameters:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1769)
-* page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.          (line  2845)
-* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line  9602)
-* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line  9744)
-* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line  9518)
-* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 11162)
-* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 13173)
-* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line  9383)
-* paragraph:                             Sectioning.        (line  2052)
+                                                            (line  1673)
+* page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.          (line  2749)
+* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line  9752)
+* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line  9894)
+* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line  9669)
+* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 11312)
+* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 13323)
+* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line  9534)
+* paragraph:                             Sectioning.        (line  1956)
 * paragraph <1>:                         \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2420)
+                                                            (line  2324)
 * paragraph indentation:                 \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  7771)
-* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.          (line  4186)
-* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line  4772)
+                                                            (line  7810)
+* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.          (line  4089)
+* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line  4675)
 * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  4772)
-* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line  9450)
-* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 10711)
-* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12060)
-* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  7671)
-* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 10711)
-* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  7631)
-* parameters, for footnotes:             \footnote.         (line  6270)
+                                                            (line  4675)
+* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line  9601)
+* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 10861)
+* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12211)
+* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  7708)
+* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 10861)
+* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  7664)
+* parameters, for footnotes:             \footnote.         (line  6174)
 * parameters, page layout:               Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1769)
-* part:                                  Sectioning.        (line  2052)
-* part <1>:                              \part.             (line  2131)
-* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  7470)
+                                                            (line  1673)
+* part:                                  Sectioning.        (line  1956)
+* part <1>:                              \part.             (line  2035)
+* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  7493)
 * PDF graphic files:                     Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11284)
-* PDF graphic files <1>:                 \includegraphics.  (line 11477)
-* pdflatex command:                      Output files.      (line   436)
-* pdfTeX:                                Output files.      (line   436)
-* pdfTeX engine:                         TeX engines.       (line   475)
-* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line  9977)
-* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12162)
-* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line  9977)
-* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line  9977)
-* pica:                                  Units of length.   (line  7470)
-* pict2e package:                        \line.             (line  4494)
-* pict2e package <1>:                    \line.             (line  4494)
-* picture environment:                   picture.           (line  4240)
-* pictures, creating:                    picture.           (line  4240)
-* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 12060)
-* placement of floats:                   Floats.            (line  1927)
-* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 13301)
+                                                            (line 11434)
+* PDF graphic files <1>:                 \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
+* pdflatex command:                      Output files.      (line   445)
+* pdfTeX:                                Output files.      (line   445)
+* pdfTeX engine:                         TeX engines.       (line   484)
+* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line 10127)
+* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12313)
+* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line 10127)
+* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line 10127)
+* pica:                                  Units of length.   (line  7493)
+* pict2e package:                        \line.             (line  4397)
+* pict2e package <1>:                    \line.             (line  4397)
+* picture environment:                   picture.           (line  4143)
+* pictures, creating:                    picture.           (line  4143)
+* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 12211)
+* placement of floats:                   Floats.            (line  1831)
+* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 13450)
 * PNG files:                             Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11284)
-* PNG files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11477)
-* poetry, an environment for:            verse.             (line  5725)
-* Point:                                 Units of length.   (line  7466)
+                                                            (line 11434)
+* PNG files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11627)
+* poetry, an environment for:            verse.             (line  5629)
+* Point:                                 Units of length.   (line  7489)
 * polish l:                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12328)
-* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 12210)
-* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 12397)
+                                                            (line 12479)
+* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 12361)
+* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 12548)
 * polyglossia package <2>:               Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12724)
-* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 12970)
+                                                            (line 12875)
+* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 13121)
 * portrait orientation:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   817)
-* position, in picture:                  picture.           (line  4311)
+                                                            (line   718)
+* position, in picture:                  picture.           (line  4214)
 * positional parameter:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6536)
-* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 13084)
-* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 13583)
-* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 12064)
-* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 13080)
+                                                            (line  6440)
+* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 13234)
+* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 13732)
+* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 12215)
+* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 13230)
 * preamble, defined:                     Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   406)
+                                                            (line   415)
 * prompt, *:                             Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 13911)
-* pronunciation:                         Overview.          (line   382)
-* PSTricks package:                      \line.             (line  4494)
-* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  7466)
+                                                            (line 14060)
+* pronunciation:                         Overview.          (line   391)
+* PSTricks package:                      \line.             (line  4397)
+* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  7489)
 * quad:                                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9317)
-* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 12165)
-* quotation environment:                 quotation & quote. (line  4772)
-* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 12046)
-* quote environment:                     quotation & quote. (line  4772)
-* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 12180)
-* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 12184)
+                                                            (line  9356)
+* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 12316)
+* quotation environment:                 quotation & quote. (line  4675)
+* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 12197)
+* quote environment:                     quotation & quote. (line  4675)
+* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 12331)
+* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 12335)
 * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  4772)
+                                                            (line  4675)
 * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  4772)
-* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line  9418)
-* ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.       (line  3599)
-* ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.        (line  3581)
-* ragged right text:                     \raggedright.      (line  3548)
-* ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.         (line  3520)
+                                                            (line  4675)
+* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line  9569)
+* ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.       (line  3503)
+* ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.        (line  3485)
+* ragged right text:                     \raggedright.      (line  3452)
+* ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.         (line  3424)
 * redefining environments:               \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6733)
-* reference, forward:                    Cross references.  (line  2768)
-* references, resolving forward:         Output files.      (line   449)
-* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 12187)
-* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line  9434)
-* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  7798)
-* report class:                          Document classes.  (line   734)
+                                                            (line  6750)
+* reference, forward:                    Cross references.  (line  2672)
+* references, resolving forward:         Output files.      (line   458)
+* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 12338)
+* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line  9585)
+* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  7837)
+* report class:                          Document classes.  (line   635)
 * reporting bugs:                        About this document.
-                                                            (line   335)
+                                                            (line   344)
 * reserved characters:                   Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11932)
-* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 11866)
-* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 11897)
-* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 12046)
-* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12190)
-* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12105)
-* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 12071)
-* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 12171)
-* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 12177)
+                                                            (line 12083)
+* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 12017)
+* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 12048)
+* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 12197)
+* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12341)
+* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12256)
+* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 12222)
+* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 12322)
+* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 12328)
 * right-hand equation numbers:           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   820)
-* right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.       (line  3599)
-* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.       (line  3581)
-* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 12279)
-* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line  9207)
-* robust commands:                       \protect.          (line  7011)
-* roman font:                            Font styles.       (line  1374)
+                                                            (line   721)
+* right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.       (line  3503)
+* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.       (line  3485)
+* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 12430)
+* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line  9246)
+* robust commands:                       \protect.          (line  7028)
+* roman font:                            Font styles.       (line  1278)
 * root file:                             Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 12425)
-* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line  9418)
-* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 11799)
-* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 11799)
-* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 11799)
-* row, tabbing:                          tabbing.           (line  4842)
-* rubber lengths, defining new:          \newlength.        (line  6684)
+                                                            (line 12576)
+* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line  9569)
+* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 11949)
+* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 11949)
+* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 11949)
+* row, tabbing:                          tabbing.           (line  4745)
+* rubber lengths, defining new:          \newlength.        (line  6700)
 * running header and footer:             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1769)
-* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line  9660)
+                                                            (line  1673)
+* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line  9810)
 * sagetex package:                       Command line options.
-                                                            (line 13821)
-* sans serif font:                       Font styles.       (line  1380)
-* Scaled point:                          Units of length.   (line  7492)
-* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 11866)
-* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 11897)
-* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line  8949)
-* script letters for math:               Font styles.       (line  1368)
-* secnumdepth:                           Sectioning.        (line  2108)
-* secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.        (line  2109)
-* section:                               Sectioning.        (line  2052)
-* section <1>:                           \section.          (line  2278)
-* section number, cross referencing:     \ref.              (line  2869)
-* section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.        (line  2109)
-* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 12075)
-* section, redefining:                   \@startsection.    (line  2548)
-* sectioning commands:                   Sectioning.        (line  2052)
-* sectioning, part:                      \part.             (line  2131)
+                                                            (line 13970)
+* sans serif font:                       Font styles.       (line  1284)
+* Scaled point:                          Units of length.   (line  7515)
+* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 12017)
+* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 12048)
+* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line  8988)
+* script letters for math:               Font styles.       (line  1272)
+* secnumdepth:                           Sectioning.        (line  2012)
+* secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.        (line  2013)
+* section:                               Sectioning.        (line  1956)
+* section <1>:                           \section.          (line  2182)
+* section number, cross referencing:     \ref.              (line  2773)
+* section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.        (line  2013)
+* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 12226)
+* section, redefining:                   \@startsection.    (line  2452)
+* sectioning commands:                   Sectioning.        (line  1956)
+* sectioning, part:                      \part.             (line  2035)
 * series, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1513)
+                                                            (line  1417)
 * setspace package:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1583)
-* setting counters:                      \setcounter.       (line  7281)
+                                                            (line  1487)
+* setting counters:                      \setcounter.       (line  7298)
 * shapes, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1553)
+                                                            (line  1457)
 * sharp S letters:                       Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12344)
-* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 12910)
-* simulating typed text:                 verbatim.          (line  5639)
-* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 12046)
-* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 12046)
-* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 12174)
-* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 12068)
-* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 12180)
-* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 12177)
-* siunitx package:                       ~.                 (line 10120)
-* sizes of text:                         Font sizes.        (line  1436)
-* skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  6684)
-* slanted font:                          Font styles.       (line  1383)
-* slides class:                          Document classes.  (line   734)
-* sloppypar:                             sloppypar.         (line  5975)
-* sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.         (line  5975)
-* small caps font:                       Font styles.       (line  1377)
-* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 13305)
-* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  7492)
-* space, hard:                           ~.                 (line 10094)
-* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line  9890)
-* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 10499)
+                                                            (line 12495)
+* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 13061)
+* simulating typed text:                 verbatim.          (line  5543)
+* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 12197)
+* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 12197)
+* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 12325)
+* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 12219)
+* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 12331)
+* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 12328)
+* siunitx package:                       ~.                 (line 10270)
+* sizes of text:                         Font sizes.        (line  1340)
+* skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  6700)
+* slanted font:                          Font styles.       (line  1287)
+* slides class:                          Document classes.  (line   635)
+* sloppypar:                             sloppypar.         (line  5879)
+* sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.         (line  5879)
+* small caps font:                       Font styles.       (line  1281)
+* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 13454)
+* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  7515)
+* space, hard:                           ~.                 (line 10244)
+* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line 10040)
+* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 10649)
 * space, negative thin:                  \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10150)
+                                                            (line 10300)
 * space, thin:                           \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10150)
-* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 10094)
-* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 10419)
-* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line  9772)
+                                                            (line 10300)
+* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 10244)
+* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 10569)
+* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line  9922)
 * spaces, ignore around commands:        \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7063)
+                                                            (line  7080)
 * spacing within math mode:              Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9272)
-* spacing, inter-sentence:               \frenchspacing.    (line 10023)
-* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 10043)
-* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 12159)
+                                                            (line  9311)
+* spacing, inter-sentence:               \frenchspacing.    (line 10173)
+* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 10193)
+* spacing, math mode:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                            (line  9429)
+* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 12310)
 * special characters:                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 11932)
+                                                            (line 12083)
 * special characters <1>:                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12298)
+                                                            (line 12449)
 * special insertions:                    Special insertions.
-                                                            (line 11926)
-* specifier, float placement:            Floats.            (line  1927)
+                                                            (line 12077)
+* specifier, float placement:            Floats.            (line  1831)
 * splitting the input file:              Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 12421)
-* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line  9418)
-* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line  9434)
-* star-variants, commands:               \@ifstar.          (line   642)
+                                                            (line 12572)
+* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line  9569)
+* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line  9585)
+* star-variants, commands:               \@ifstar.          (line  6598)
 * starred form, defining new commands:   \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6509)
-* starting a new page:                   \newpage.          (line  6124)
+                                                            (line  6413)
+* starting a new page:                   \newpage.          (line  6028)
 * starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6083)
+                                                            (line  5987)
 * starting and ending:                   Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   390)
+                                                            (line   399)
 * starting on a right-hand page:         \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6083)
-* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 12064)
-* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 12184)
-* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 12184)
-* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 12180)
-* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line  9857)
-* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 10470)
-* stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.     (line  1758)
-* strut:                                 \strut.            (line 10334)
-* styles of text:                        Font styles.       (line  1296)
-* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line  9518)
-* subparagraph:                          Sectioning.        (line  2052)
+                                                            (line  5987)
+* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 12215)
+* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 12335)
+* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 12335)
+* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 12331)
+* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line 10007)
+* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 10620)
+* stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.     (line  1662)
+* strut:                                 \strut.            (line 10484)
+* styles of text:                        Font styles.       (line  1200)
+* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line  9669)
+* subparagraph:                          Sectioning.        (line  1956)
 * subparagraph <1>:                      \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2420)
+                                                            (line  2324)
 * subscript:                             Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  7938)
-* subsection:                            Sectioning.        (line  2052)
-* subsection <1>:                        \subsection.       (line  2356)
+                                                            (line  7977)
+* subsection:                            Sectioning.        (line  1956)
+* subsection <1>:                        \subsection.       (line  2260)
 * subsubsection:                         \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2420)
+                                                            (line  2324)
 * superscript:                           Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  7938)
-* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 13309)
-* symbols package:                       Math symbols.      (line  8001)
+                                                            (line  7977)
+* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 13458)
+* symbols package:                       Math symbols.      (line  8040)
 * symbols, boldface:                     \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  8967)
-* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  8001)
-* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 12021)
-* tab stops, using:                      tabbing.           (line  4802)
-* tabbing environment:                   tabbing.           (line  4802)
-* table environment:                     table.             (line  4951)
+                                                            (line  9006)
+* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  8040)
+* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 12172)
+* tab stops, using:                      tabbing.           (line  4705)
+* tabbing environment:                   tabbing.           (line  4705)
+* table environment:                     table.             (line  4854)
 * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline.
-                                                            (line 12744)
-* table of contents file:                Output files.      (line   459)
+                                                            (line 12895)
+* table of contents file:                Output files.      (line   468)
 * table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings.
-                                                            (line  6380)
+                                                            (line  6284)
 * table of contents, creating:           Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12650)
+                                                            (line 12801)
 * table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.
-                                                            (line  2120)
-* tables, creating:                      table.             (line  4951)
-* tabular environment:                   tabular.           (line  5011)
-* template, article:                     article template.  (line 13969)
-* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 13938)
-* template, book:                        book template.     (line 13989)
+                                                            (line  2024)
+* tables, creating:                      table.             (line  4854)
+* tabular environment:                   tabular.           (line  4914)
+* template, article:                     article template.  (line 14118)
+* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 14087)
+* template, book:                        book template.     (line 14138)
 * template, book <1>:                    Larger book template.
-                                                            (line 14012)
-* template, TUGboat:                     tugboat template.  (line 14062)
+                                                            (line 14161)
+* template, TUGboat:                     tugboat template.  (line 14211)
 * templates, document:                   Document templates.
-                                                            (line 13931)
+                                                            (line 14080)
 * terminal input/output:                 Terminal input/output.
-                                                            (line 13642)
-* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 12078)
-* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 12021)
-* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 11866)
-* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 11897)
-* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 11866)
-* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 11897)
+                                                            (line 13791)
+* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 12229)
+* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 12172)
+* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 12017)
+* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 12048)
+* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 12017)
+* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 12048)
 * textcase package:                      Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12000)
-* textcomp package:                      Font styles.       (line  1422)
-* textcomp package <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 12021)
-* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line  9581)
-* thebibliography environment:           thebibliography.   (line  5337)
-* theorem environment:                   theorem.           (line  5570)
-* theorem-like environment:              \newtheorem.       (line  6867)
-* theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.       (line  6867)
-* theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.           (line  5570)
+                                                            (line 12151)
+* textcomp package:                      Font styles.       (line  1326)
+* textcomp package <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 12172)
+* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line  9732)
+* thebibliography environment:           thebibliography.   (line  5239)
+* theorem environment:                   theorem.           (line  5474)
+* theorem-like environment:              \newtheorem.       (line  6884)
+* theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.       (line  6884)
+* theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.           (line  5474)
 * thin space:                            Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9298)
+                                                            (line  9337)
 * thin space <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10150)
+                                                            (line 10300)
 * thin space, negative:                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9312)
+                                                            (line  9351)
 * thin space, negative <1>:              \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10150)
+                                                            (line 10300)
 * thorn, Icelandic letter:               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12348)
-* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 12193)
-* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 10094)
-* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 12285)
-* TikZ package:                          \line.             (line  4494)
-* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 10390)
-* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10621)
-* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 12250)
-* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9210)
-* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12084)
+                                                            (line 12499)
+* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 12344)
+* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 10244)
+* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 12436)
+* TikZ package:                          \line.             (line  4397)
+* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 10540)
+* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10771)
+* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 12401)
+* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9249)
+* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12235)
 * title page, separate or run-in:        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   828)
-* title pages, creating:                 titlepage.         (line  5600)
-* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line  9588)
-* titlepage environment:                 titlepage.         (line  5600)
+                                                            (line   729)
+* title pages, creating:                 titlepage.         (line  5504)
+* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line  9739)
+* titlepage environment:                 titlepage.         (line  5504)
 * titlepage option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   806)
-* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line  9530)
-* titlesec package:                      \part.             (line  2179)
-* titlesec package <1>:                  \chapter.          (line  2258)
-* titlesec package <2>:                  \section.          (line  2336)
-* titlesec package <3>:                  \subsection.       (line  2402)
+                                                            (line   707)
+* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line  9681)
+* titlesec package:                      \part.             (line  2083)
+* titlesec package <1>:                  \chapter.          (line  2162)
+* titlesec package <2>:                  \section.          (line  2240)
+* titlesec package <3>:                  \subsection.       (line  2306)
 * titlesec package <4>:                  \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2479)
+                                                            (line  2383)
 * tocbibbind package:                    Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12735)
-* tocdepth:                              Sectioning.        (line  2119)
-* tocdepth counter:                      Sectioning.        (line  2120)
+                                                            (line 12886)
+* tocdepth:                              Sectioning.        (line  2023)
+* tocdepth counter:                      Sectioning.        (line  2024)
 * tocloft package:                       Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12735)
-* today's date:                          \today.            (line 12390)
-* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 12362)
+                                                            (line 12886)
+* today's date:                          \today.            (line 12541)
+* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 12513)
 * topmargin:                             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1888)
-* topnumber:                             Floats.            (line  2034)
-* topnumber <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2035)
-* totalnumber:                           Floats.            (line  2038)
-* totalnumber <1>:                       Floats.            (line  2039)
-* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12196)
-* transcript file:                       Output files.      (line   444)
-* TrueType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   468)
-* TUGboat template:                      tugboat template.  (line 14062)
-* two-column output:                     \twocolumn.        (line  1630)
-* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 12199)
+                                                            (line  1792)
+* topnumber:                             Floats.            (line  1938)
+* topnumber <1>:                         Floats.            (line  1939)
+* totalnumber:                           Floats.            (line  1942)
+* totalnumber <1>:                       Floats.            (line  1943)
+* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12347)
+* transcript file:                       Output files.      (line   453)
+* TrueType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   477)
+* TUGboat template:                      tugboat template.  (line 14211)
+* two-column output:                     \twocolumn.        (line  1534)
+* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 12350)
 * twocolumn option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   835)
+                                                            (line   736)
 * twoside option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   835)
-* type styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1296)
-* typed text, simulating:                verbatim.          (line  5639)
-* typeface sizes:                        Font sizes.        (line  1436)
-* typefaces:                             Fonts.             (line  1290)
-* typewriter font:                       Font styles.       (line  1386)
-* typewriter labels in lists:            description.       (line  3160)
+                                                            (line   736)
+* type styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1200)
+* typed text, simulating:                verbatim.          (line  5543)
+* typeface sizes:                        Font sizes.        (line  1340)
+* typefaces:                             Fonts.             (line  1194)
+* typewriter font:                       Font styles.       (line  1290)
+* typewriter labels in lists:            description.       (line  3064)
 * ulem package:                          Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9236)
-* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 12227)
-* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 12255)
+                                                            (line  9275)
+* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 12378)
+* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 12406)
 * underlining:                           Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9227)
-* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12202)
-* Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.       (line   468)
-* units, of length:                      Units of length.   (line  7462)
+                                                            (line  9266)
+* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12353)
+* Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.       (line   477)
+* units, of length:                      Units of length.   (line  7485)
 * unofficial nature of this manual:      About this document.
-                                                            (line   331)
-* unordered lists:                       itemize.           (line  3624)
+                                                            (line   340)
+* unordered lists:                       itemize.           (line  3528)
 * uppercase:                             Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 11964)
-* url package:                           \verb.             (line  5710)
-* using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.      (line  5512)
+                                                            (line 12115)
+* url package:                           \verb.             (line  5614)
+* using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.      (line  5416)
 * usrguide official documentation:       About this document.
-                                                            (line   350)
-* UTF-8:                                 TeX engines.       (line   468)
-* variables, a list of:                  Counters.          (line  7138)
-* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line  9213)
-* verbatim environment:                  verbatim.          (line  5639)
-* verbatim text:                         verbatim.          (line  5639)
-* verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.             (line  5678)
-* verbatimbox package:                   verbatim.          (line  5670)
-* verse environment:                     verse.             (line  5725)
-* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12096)
-* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12093)
-* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line  9472)
-* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 10419)
-* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 10499)
+                                                            (line   359)
+* UTF-8:                                 TeX engines.       (line   477)
+* variables, a list of:                  Counters.          (line  7155)
+* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line  9252)
+* verbatim environment:                  verbatim.          (line  5543)
+* verbatim text:                         verbatim.          (line  5543)
+* verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.             (line  5582)
+* verbatimbox package:                   verbatim.          (line  5574)
+* verse environment:                     verse.             (line  5629)
+* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12247)
+* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12244)
+* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line  9623)
+* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 10569)
+* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 10649)
 * vertical space before paragraphs:      \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  7771)
-* visible space:                         \verb.             (line  5703)
-* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12205)
+                                                            (line  7810)
+* vertical spacing:                      \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
+                                                            (line  9429)
+* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.            (line  9368)
+* visible space:                         \verb.             (line  5607)
+* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12356)
 * weights, of fonts:                     Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1523)
-* white space:                           Spaces.            (line  9772)
-* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9216)
-* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9219)
+                                                            (line  1427)
+* white space:                           Spaces.            (line  9922)
+* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9255)
+* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9258)
 * widths, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1535)
-* writing external files:                filecontents.      (line  3469)
-* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 13345)
-* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  7494)
-* xdvi command:                          Output files.      (line   426)
-* xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.       (line   501)
-* xelatex command:                       TeX engines.       (line   501)
-* XeTeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   501)
-* xindy:                                 makeindex.         (line 13183)
-* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 13183)
+                                                            (line  1439)
+* writing external files:                filecontents.      (line  3373)
+* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 13494)
+* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  7517)
+* xdvi command:                          Output files.      (line   435)
+* xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.       (line   510)
+* xelatex command:                       TeX engines.       (line   510)
+* XeTeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   510)
+* xindy:                                 makeindex.         (line 13333)
+* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 13333)
 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml
index b8bafbf5b69..9ba4e402d78 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex2e-help-texinfo/latex2e.xml
@@ -3,20 +3,20 @@
 <texinfo xml:lang="en">
 <filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename>
 <preamble>\input texinfo
-</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 678 2018-07-02 20:51:26Z karl $ -->
+</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 710 2018-10-14 14:32:52Z karl $ -->
 <!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 <setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename>
-<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED July 2018">July 2018</set>
-<!-- c $Id$ -->
+<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED October 2018">October 2018</set>
+<!-- c $Id: common.texi 701 2018-10-08 14:32:37Z jimhefferon $ -->
 <!-- c Public domain. -->
-<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</set>
+<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</set>
 <set name="LTXREFMAN_BUGS" line=" LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org">latexrefman@@tug.org</set>
 <clear name="HAS-MATH" line=" HAS-MATH "></clear>
 <macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}"><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c
 </macro>
         
 
-<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2018)</settitle>
+<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</settitle>
 <!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 
 <!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
 <!-- c xx JH \baselineskip https://texfaq.org/FAQ-baselinepar -->
 <!-- c xx JH \contentsline, \@@dottedtocline? -->
 <!-- c xx JH more on \write18, beyond what's mentioned in Command line. -->
+<!-- c xx JH \numexpr, \dimexpr, \glueexpr, \muexpr -->
 <!-- c -->
 <!-- c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel -->
 <!-- c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. -->
@@ -49,10 +50,10 @@
 
 <copying endspaces=" ">
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of July 2018.
+document preparation system, version of October 2018.
 </para>
-<para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in
-the VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
+<para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the
+VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
 George&nbsp;D. Greenwade of Sam Houston State University.  The
 &latex;&nbsp;2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore.  The
 &latex;2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen.  Karl
@@ -60,8 +61,10 @@ Berry made further updates and additions, and gratefully acknowledges
 using <cite>Hypertext Help with &latex;</cite>, by Sheldon Green, and
 <cite>&latex; Command Summary</cite> (for &latex;&nbsp;2.09) by
 L.&nbsp;Botway and C.&nbsp;Biemesderfer (published by the &tex; Users
-Group as <cite>&tex;niques</cite> number 10), as reference material (no
-text was directly copied).
+Group as <cite>&tex;niques</cite> number 10), as reference material.  We also
+gratefully acknowledge additional material appearing in
+latex2e-reference by Martin Herbert Dietze.  (From these references no
+text was directly copied.)
 </para>
 <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 Karl Berry.&linebreak;
@@ -103,8 +106,8 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
 
 <titlepage endspaces=" ">
 <title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle spaces=" ">July 2018</subtitle>
-<author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url></author>
+<subtitle spaces=" ">October 2018</subtitle>
+<author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url></author>
 <page></page>
 <vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip>
 <insertcopying></insertcopying>
@@ -135,7 +138,7 @@ into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
 <top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle>
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-July 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
 <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -178,10 +181,17 @@ July 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1">home page for manual</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>This is an unofficial reference manual for the &latex;2e document
 preparation system, which is a macro package for the &tex;
-typesetting program (<pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>).  This document&textrsquo;s home page is
-<url><urefurl>puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url>.  That page has links to the
-current output in various formats, sources, mailing list archives and
-subscriptions, and other infrastructure.
+typesetting program (<pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>This document&textrsquo;s home page is <url><urefurl>https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url>.  There
+you can get the sources, subscribe to the mailing list or read its
+archives, see other infrastructure, and get the current output in
+various formats.  In particular, the output comes in two web formats.
+Probably the most convenient one, shown at <url><urefurl>http://latexref.xyz/</urefurl></url>,
+has pages for each topic and so is good for a quick lookup; see also the
+note there about easy-to-remember links.  The other, shown at
+<url><urefurl>http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.html?view=co</urefurl></url>,
+has all the information on single page.
 </para>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="2">&latex; vs.&noeos; &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In this document, we will mostly just use &textlsquo;&latex;&textrsquo; rather than
@@ -267,10 +277,11 @@ produce the logo with <code>\LaTeX</code>.  Where use of the logo is not
 sensible, such as in plain text, write it as <samp>LaTeX</samp>.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::    ">Starting and ending</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The standard beginning and end of a document.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::     ">Starting and ending</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">The standard beginning and end of a document.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::            ">Output files</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Files produced.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::          ">&tex; engines</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Programs that can compile &tex; and  &latex;.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">&latex; command syntax</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">General syntax of &latex; commands.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::             ">Environment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Area of the source giving distinct behavior.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                    ">CTAN</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Our repository.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
@@ -483,7 +494,7 @@ additional support for Japanese and other languages ([u]p&tex;,
 </para>
 
 </section>
-<node name="LaTeX-command-syntax" spaces=" "><nodename>&latex; command syntax</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">CTAN</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&tex; engines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
+<node name="LaTeX-command-syntax" spaces=" "><nodename>&latex; command syntax</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&tex; engines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex; command syntax</sectiontitle>
 
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="42">command syntax</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -513,6 +524,12 @@ argument comes last, with no required argument after it, then to make
 the first character of the following text be an open square bracket,
 hide it inside curly braces.
 </para>
+<para>Some of &latex;&textrsquo;s commands are a <dfn>declaration</dfn>.  Such a command
+changes the value the meaning of some other command or parameter.  For
+instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> declaration changes the typesetting of
+page numbers from roman numerals to arabic (<pxref label="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><xrefnodename>\frontmatter &amp;
+\mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
 <para>&latex; has the convention that some commands have a <code>*</code> form that
 is related to the form without a <code>*</code>, such as <code>\chapter</code> and
 <code>\chapter*</code>.  The exact difference in behavior varies from command
@@ -521,15 +538,10 @@ to command.
 <para>This manual describes all accepted options and <code>*</code>-forms for the
 commands it covers (barring unintentional omissions, a.k.a.&noeos; bugs).
 </para>
-<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::          ">Environment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Area of the source with distinct behavior.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::          ">Declaration</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the value or meaning of a command.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::  ">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the status of the at-sign character.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
-
-<node name="Environment" spaces=" "><nodename>Environment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Declaration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle>
+</section>
+<node name="Environment" spaces=" "><nodename>Environment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">CTAN</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environment</sectiontitle>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -550,7 +562,9 @@ behavior.  For instance, for poetry in &latex; put the lines between
 \end&lbrace;verse&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<para><xref label="Environments"><xrefnodename>Environments</xrefnodename></xref> for a list of environments. 
+<para><xref label="Environments"><xrefnodename>Environments</xrefnodename></xref> for a list of environments.  Particularly notable is
+that every &latex; document must have a <code>document</code> environment,
+a <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace; ... \end&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code> pair.
 </para>
 <para>The <var>environment name</var> at the beginning must exactly match that at
 the end.  This includes the case where <var>environment name</var> ends in a
@@ -569,160 +583,11 @@ required (it specifies the formatting of columns).
 </pre></example> 
 
 
-</subsection>
-<node name="Declaration" spaces=" "><nodename>Declaration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command declarations</sectiontitle>
-
-<para>A command that changes the value, or changes the meaning, of some other
-command or parameter.  For instance, the <code>\mainmatter</code> command
-changes the setting of page numbers from roman numerals to arabic.
-</para>
-
-</subsection>
-<node name="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" spaces=" "><nodename>\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Declaration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></sectiontitle>
-
-<para>Synopsis:
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter
-  ... definition of commands with &arobase; in their name ..
-\makeatother
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>Used to redefine internal &latex; commands.  <code>\makeatletter</code> makes
-the at-sign character&nbsp;<code>&arobase;</code> have the category code of a letter,
-11.  <code>\makeatother</code> sets the category code of&nbsp;<code>&arobase;</code> to 12,
-its original value.
-</para>
-<para>As each character is read by &tex; for &latex;, it is assigned a
-character category code, or 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
-<dfn>catcode</dfn> for short. For instance, the backslash&nbsp;<code>\</code> is
-assigned the catcode 0, for characters that start a command.  These two
-commands alter the catcode assigned to <code>&arobase;</code>.
-</para>
-<para>The alteration is needed because many of &latex;&textrsquo;s commands use
-<code>&arobase;</code> in their name, to prevent users from accidentally defining a
-command that replaces one of &latex;&textrsquo;s own.  Command names consist of a
-category&nbsp;0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed by letters,
-category&nbsp;11 characters (except that a command name can also consist
-of a category&nbsp;0 character followed by a single non-letter symbol).
-So under the default category codes, user-defined commands cannot
-contain an <code>&arobase;</code>.  But <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code>
-allow users to define or redefine commands named with <code>&arobase;</code>.
-</para>
-<para>Use these two commands inside a <file>.tex</file> file, in the preamble, when
-defining or redefining a command with <code>&arobase;</code> in its name.  Don&textrsquo;t use
-them inside <file>.sty</file> or <file>.cls</file> files since the
-<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands set the at sign to
-have the character code of a letter.
-</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign
-in their names see <url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>. These macros are
-mainly intended to package or class authors.
-</para>
-<para>In this example the class file has a command
-<code>\thesis&arobase;universityname</code> that the user wants to change.  These
-three lines should go in the preamble, before the
-<code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter
-\renewcommand&lbrace;\thesis&arobase;universityname&rbrace;&lbrace;Saint Michael's College&rbrace;
-\makeatother
-</pre></example>
-
-<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\&arobase;ifstar</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define your own commands with *-variants.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
-
-
-<node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodeup></node>
-<subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle>
-
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="27" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>Synopsis:
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\mycmd&rbrace;&lbrace;\&arobase;ifstar&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;star&rbrace;&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;nostar&rbrace;&rbrace;
-\newcommand&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;nostar&rbrace;[<var>nostar-num-args</var>]&lbrace;<var>nostar-body</var>&rbrace; 
-\newcommand&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;star&rbrace;[<var>star-num-args</var>]&lbrace;<var>star-body</var>&rbrace;
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>Many standard &latex; environments or commands have a variant with the
-same name but ending with a star character&nbsp;<code>*</code>, an asterisk.
-Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the
-<code>\section</code> and <code>\section*</code> commands.
-</para>
-<para>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
-because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the
-environment name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more
-complex.  As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command,
-given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed
-by a star.  For instance, &latex; does not really have a
-<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks
-ahead.  This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to
-one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In the synopsis these two
-are <code>\mycmd&arobase;nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd&arobase;star</code>.  They could take the
-same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all.
-As always, in a &latex; document a command using at-sign&nbsp;<code>&arobase;</code>
-must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block
-(<pxref label="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-</para>
-<para>This example of <code>\&arobase;ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a
-variant <code>\ciel*</code>.  Both have one required argument.  A call to
-<code>\ciel&lbrace;night&rbrace;</code> will return &quot;starry night sky&quot; while
-<code>\ciel*&lbrace;blue&rbrace;</code> will return &quot;starry not blue sky&quot;.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;starry #1 sky&rbrace;
-\newcommand*&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;starred&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;starry not #1 sky&rbrace;
-\newcommand*&lbrace;\ciel&rbrace;&lbrace;\&arobase;ifstar&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;starred&rbrace;&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;&rbrace;
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
-arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007&textrsquo;s
-<code>``My name is \agentsecret*&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;,
-\agentsecret&lbrace;James&rbrace;&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;.''</code> is equivalent to entering the commands
-<code>``My name is \textsc&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;, \textit&lbrace;James&rbrace; textsc&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;.''</code>
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;[2]&lbrace;\textit&lbrace;#1&rbrace; \textsc&lbrace;#2&rbrace;&rbrace;
-\newcommand*&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;starred&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\textsc&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;
-\newcommand*&lbrace;\agentsecret&rbrace;&lbrace;%
-  \&arobase;ifstar&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;starred&rbrace;&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;&rbrace;
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of
-<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>.  The <file>suffix</file> package allows the construct
-<code>\newcommand\mycommand&lbrace;<var>unstarred version</var>&rbrace;</code> followed by
-<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*&lbrace;<var>starred version</var>&rbrace;</code>.  And
-&latex;3 has the <file>xparse</file> package that allows this code.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\NewDocumentCommand\foo&lbrace;s&rbrace;&lbrace;\IfBooleanTF#1
-  &lbrace;<var>starred version</var>&rbrace;%
-  &lbrace;<var>unstarred version</var>&rbrace;% 
-  &rbrace;
-</pre></example>
-
-
-</subsubsection>
-</subsection>
 </section>
-<node name="CTAN" spaces=" "><nodename>CTAN</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>CTAN: Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</sectiontitle>
+<node name="CTAN" spaces=" "><nodename>CTAN</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Environment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>CTAN: the Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50">CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network, CTAN, is the &tex; and
 &latex; community&textrsquo;s repository of free material.  It is a set of
@@ -738,8 +603,8 @@ specifications.
 <para>In addition to the massive holdings, the web site offers features such
 as search by name or by functionality.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52">mirrors of CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">mirrors of CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>CTAN is not a single site, but instead is a set of sites. One of the
 sites is the core. This site actively manages the material, for
 instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. It is
@@ -756,9 +621,9 @@ at <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/mirrors</urefurl></url>.
 <node name="Document-classes" spaces=" "><nodename>Document classes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Fonts</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Overview</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document classes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53">document classes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="28" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46">document classes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="27" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>The document&textrsquo;s overall class is defined with this command, which is
 normally the first command in a &latex; source file.
@@ -767,11 +632,11 @@ normally the first command in a &latex; source file.
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>options</var>]&lbrace;<var>class</var>&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="29" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="30" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="31" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="32" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="33" mergedindex="cp">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="28" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="29" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="30" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="31" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="32" mergedindex="cp">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>The following document <var>class</var> names are built into &latex;.
 (Many other document classes are available as separate packages;
 <pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>.)
@@ -817,10 +682,10 @@ template</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 <node name="Document-class-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Document class options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional packages</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document class options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55">document class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">global options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48">document class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51">global options</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can specify <dfn>global options</dfn> or <dfn>class options</dfn> to the
 <code>\documentclass</code> command by enclosing them in square brackets.  To
@@ -832,9 +697,9 @@ specify more than one <var>option</var>, separate them with a comma.
 
 <para>Here is the list of the standard class options.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="34" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="33" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="34" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>All of the standard classes except <code>slides</code> accept the following
 options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>):
 </para>
@@ -842,12 +707,12 @@ options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>):
 <pre xml:space="preserve">10pt  11pt  12pt
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper
 size (these show height by width):
 </para>
@@ -871,63 +736,63 @@ size (these show height by width):
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 by 11&nbsp;inches (the default)
 </para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>When using one of the engines pdf&latex;, Lua&latex;, or Xe&latex;
 (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>), options other than <code>letterpaper</code> set
 the print area but you must also set the physical paper size.  One way
 to do that is to put <code>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
 <code>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in your document&textrsquo;s preamble.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
 <para>The <code>geometry</code> package provides flexible ways of setting the print
 area and physical page size.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Miscellaneous other options:
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">final</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a
 black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fleqn</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">centered equations</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">centered equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">landscape</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">leqno</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openbib</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Use &textldquo;open&textrdquo; bibliography format.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">titlepage</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">notitlepage</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and
 for the abstract also, if there is one.  The default for the
 <code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is
@@ -936,12 +801,12 @@ for the abstract also, if there is one.  The default for the
 
 <para>The following options are not available with the <code>slides</code> class.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">onecolumn</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twocolumn</itemformat></itemx>
@@ -949,8 +814,8 @@ for the abstract also, if there is one.  The default for the
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">oneside</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twoside</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code>oneside</code>, except
 that in the <code>book</code> class the default is <code>twoside</code>.
 </para>
@@ -967,7 +832,7 @@ being 40% of the difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and
 <code>openright</code> for <code>book</code>, and <code>openany</code> for <code>report</code>.
 </para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>option to <code>slides</code> class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>option to <code>slides</code> class</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>The <code>slides</code> class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing
 the time at the bottom of each note.
 </para>
@@ -976,10 +841,10 @@ the time at the bottom of each note.
 <node name="Additional-packages" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional packages</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document class options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional packages</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated
 list <var>options</var>, as here.
 </para>
@@ -991,8 +856,8 @@ list <var>options</var>, as here.
 as in <code>\usepackage&lbrace;<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...&rbrace;</code>, or use multiple
 <code>\usepackage</code> commands.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">global options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">options, global</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">global options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">options, global</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown
 to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
 <code>\usepackage</code>.
@@ -1002,9 +867,9 @@ to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
 <node name="Class-and-package-construction" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package construction</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional packages</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package construction</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">document class commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">new class commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">document class commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">new class commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can create new document classes and new packages.  For instance, if
 your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a
@@ -1017,8 +882,8 @@ package are useful across classes while those in a document class are
 specific to that class.  Thus, a command to set page headers is for a
 package while a command to make the page headers say <code>Memo from the
 SMC Math Department</code> is for a class.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
 <para>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> as a
 character in command names without having to surround the code
@@ -1040,20 +905,22 @@ others. For instance, the class <code>smcmemo</code> might have commands
 <node name="Class-and-package-structure" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package structure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package structure</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">class file layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">package file layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">class file layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">package file layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">package options</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A class file or package file typically has four parts.  
 </para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem><para>In the <dfn>identification part</dfn>, the file says that it is a &latex;
+<listitem>
+<para>In the <dfn>identification part</dfn>, the file says that it is a &latex;
 package or class and describes itself, using the <code>\NeedsTeXFormat</code>
 and <code>\ProvidesClass</code> or <code>\ProvidesPackage</code> commands.
-</para></beforefirstitem><listitem>
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem>
 <para>The <dfn>preliminary declarations part</dfn> declares some commands and
 can also load other files. Usually these commands will be those needed
 for the code used in the next part.  For example, an <code>smcmemo</code>
@@ -1062,14 +929,16 @@ people for the to-head, as <code>\documentclass[mathto]&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;</
 therefore needs to define a command
 <code>\newcommand&lbrace;\setto&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\def\&arobase;tolist&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;</code> used in that
 file.
-</para></listitem><listitem>
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem>
 <para>In the <dfn>handle options part</dfn> the class or package declares
 and processes its options.  Class options allow a user to start their
 document as <code>\documentclass[<var>option list</var>]&lbrace;<var>class
 name</var>&rbrace;</code>, to modify the behavior of the class.  An example is when you
 declare <code>\documentclass[11pt]&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code> to set the default
 document font size.  
-</para></listitem><listitem>
+</para>
+</listitem><listitem>
 <para>Finally, in the <dfn>more declarations part</dfn> the class or package usually does
 most of its work: declaring new variables, commands and fonts, and
 loading other files.
@@ -1086,7 +955,7 @@ where &latex; can find it, for example in the same directory as the
 \ProcessOptions\relax
 \LoadClass&lbrace;article&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">class file example</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">class file example</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
@@ -1103,21 +972,21 @@ of the descriptions here derive from this document), or the tutorial
 </subsection>
 <node name="Class-and-package-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Class and package structure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package commands</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtBeginDvi&lbrace;specials&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Save in a box register things that are written to the <file>.dvi</file> file
 at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfClass&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfPackage&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when &latex; finishes
 processing the current class or package.  You can use these hooks
 multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you
@@ -1125,13 +994,13 @@ called it.  See also <ref label="_005cAtBeginDocument"><xrefnodename>\AtBeginDoc
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand*&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">new command, check</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">new command, check</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but does
 not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
 <var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">long command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">long command</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>long</dfn> as expected.  A long command is a command that accepts
 <code>\par</code> within an argument.  The <var>cmd</var> command is expected to be
 long with the unstarred version of <code>\CheckCommand</code>.  Raises an
@@ -1149,16 +1018,16 @@ redefined this command.
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfo&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfoNoLine&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfoNoLine&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>info text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
 </para>
 <para>For <code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> the message is
@@ -1179,19 +1048,19 @@ character does not allow it, like after a command.  Note that &latex;
 appends a period to the messages.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CurrentOption</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option.  Can only
 be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code>
 or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption&lbrace;<var>option</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption*&lbrace;<var>code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">options, class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">options, class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
 <code>\documentclass</code> command.  For example, the <code>smcmemo</code> class
 could have an option <code>\documentclass[logo]&lbrace;smcmemo&rbrace;</code> allowing
@@ -1226,9 +1095,9 @@ passes the option to the <code>article</code> class.
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace; </itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand*&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]&lbrace;<var>definition</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand &amp;
 \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code
 within the <var>definition</var> is fragile.  (For a discussion of robust and
@@ -1242,8 +1111,8 @@ transcript file if a command is redefined.
 using <code>\newcommand</code> so unless the command&textrsquo;s data is fragile and the
 command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>The <file>etoolbox</file> package offers the commands
 <code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands
 <code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands
@@ -1268,8 +1137,8 @@ commands, so they do not just make a log message when you redefine
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IfFileExists&lbrace;<var>file name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>true code</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>false code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\InputIfFileExists&lbrace;<var>file name</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>true code</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>false code</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Execute <var>true code</var> if &latex; finds the file <file><var>file
 name</var></file> or <var>false code</var> otherwise.  In the first case it executing
 <var>true code</var> and then inputs the file.  Thus the command
@@ -1293,8 +1162,8 @@ extensions see <ref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></ref>
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClassWithOptions&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options
 list</var>]&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release info</var>]</code>.  An example is
 <code>\LoadClass[twoside]&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code>.
@@ -1323,7 +1192,7 @@ that lets you build classes on existing ones, such as the standard
 <code>article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ExecuteOptions&lbrace;<var>options-list</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex>
 <para>For each option <var>option</var> in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command
 executes the command <code>\ds&arobase;<var>option</var></code>.  If this command is not
 defined then that option is silently ignored.
@@ -1334,7 +1203,7 @@ default to be 11pt fonts then you could specify
 <code>\ExecuteOptions&lbrace;11pt&rbrace;\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NeedsTeXFormat&lbrace;<var>format</var>&rbrace;[<var>format date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Specifies the format that this class must be run under.  Often issued
 as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
 <code>\NeedsTeXFormat&lbrace;LaTeX2e&rbrace;</code>.  When a document using that class is
@@ -1355,7 +1224,7 @@ release `2016/02/01' is available.
 </pre></example>
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OptionNotUsed</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Adds the current option to the list of unused options.  Can only be used
 within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or
 <code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
@@ -1368,8 +1237,8 @@ within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToClass&lbrace;<var>option list</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToPackage&lbrace;<var>option list</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the
 options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or <code>\usepackage</code>
 command for package <var>package name</var> or the class <var>class name</var>.
@@ -1410,8 +1279,8 @@ option. The user could start their &latex; file with
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions*<var>\&arobase;options</var></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked.  Include it
 in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the
 existence of the starred command).
@@ -1455,8 +1324,8 @@ means that the global options are processed first.
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass&lbrace;<var>class name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and
 the log file.
 </para>
@@ -1489,7 +1358,7 @@ than the given date.  (Although, in practice package users only rarely
 include a date, and class users almost never do.)
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesFile&lbrace;<var>file name</var>&rbrace;[<var>additional information</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
 configuration files or font definition files.  Put this command in that
 file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config
@@ -1499,8 +1368,8 @@ file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions&lbrace;<var>package name</var>&rbrace;[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Load a package, like the command <code>\usepackage</code> (<pxref label="Additional-packages"><xrefnodename>Additional
 packages</xrefnodename></pxref>). The &latex; development team strongly recommends use of
 these commands over Plain&nbsp;&tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\input</code>; see the Class
@@ -1536,8 +1405,8 @@ causes &latex; to give error like <code>\usepackage before
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Fonts</sectiontitle>
 <anchor name="Typefaces">Typefaces</anchor><!-- c old name -->
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">typefaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">typefaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Two important aspects of selecting a <dfn>font</dfn> are specifying a size
 and a style.  The &latex; commands for doing this are described here.
@@ -1552,9 +1421,9 @@ and a style.  The &latex; commands for doing this are described here.
 <node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">font styles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">type styles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">styles of text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">font styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">type styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">styles of text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;.
 </para>
@@ -1571,8 +1440,8 @@ of the current group.  In addition, each has an environment form such as
 cumulative; for instance you can get bold sans serif by saying either of
 <code>\sffamily\bfseries</code> or <code>\bfseries\sffamily</code>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">\nocorrlist</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="99" mergedindex="cp">\nocorr</indexterm></findex>
 <para>One advantage of these commands is that they automatically insert italic
 corrections if needed (<pxref label="_005c_002f"><xrefnodename>\/</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Specifically, they insert the
 italic correction unless the following character is in the list
@@ -1583,59 +1452,59 @@ To suppress the automatic insertion of italic correction, use
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textrm (\rmfamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="100" mergedindex="cp">\textrm</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="101" mergedindex="cp">\rmfamily</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Roman.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textit (\itshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="102" mergedindex="cp">\textit</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="103" mergedindex="cp">\itshape</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Italics.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textmd (\mdseries)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="104" mergedindex="cp">\textmd</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="105" mergedindex="cp">\mdseries</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Medium weight (default).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textbf (\bfseries)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="106" mergedindex="cp">\textbf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="107" mergedindex="cp">\bfseries</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Boldface.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textup (\upshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="108" mergedindex="cp">\textup</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109" mergedindex="cp">\upshape</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Upright (default).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsl (\slshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\textsl</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\slshape</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Slanted.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsf (\sffamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\textsf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\sffamily</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Sans serif.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textsc (\scshape)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="114" mergedindex="cp">\textsc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="115" mergedindex="cp">\scshape</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Small caps.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\texttt (\ttfamily)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="116" mergedindex="cp">\texttt</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="117" mergedindex="cp">\ttfamily</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Typewriter.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\textnormal (\normalfont)</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="118" mergedindex="cp">\textnormal</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\normalfont</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Main document font.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code> command
 is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
 substitute for <code>\textit</code>.  For example, <code>\emph&lbrace;<var>start
@@ -1654,40 +1523,40 @@ circumstances. But sometimes an unconditional font switch is precisely
 what you want.)
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Switch to bold face.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Italics.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Roman.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Small caps.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Sans serif.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Slanted (oblique).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -1702,19 +1571,19 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment.
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathrm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\mathrm</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Roman, for use in math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathbf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="130" mergedindex="cp">\mathbf</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Boldface, for use in math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathsf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="131" mergedindex="cp">\mathsf</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Sans serif, for use in math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathtt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="132" mergedindex="cp">\mathtt</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Typewriter, for use in math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathit</itemformat></item>
@@ -1722,28 +1591,28 @@ typographic treatment, regardless of the surrounding environment.
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Italics, for use in math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathnormal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="133" mergedindex="cp">\mathnormal</indexterm></findex>
 <para>For use in math mode, e.g., inside another type style declaration.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\mathcal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="134" mergedindex="cp">\mathcal</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Calligraphic letters, for use in math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="135" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion&lbrace;bold&rbrace;</code> can be used for
 switching to bold letters and symbols in
 formulas. <code>\mathversion&lbrace;normal&rbrace;</code> restores the default.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums&lbrace;<var>numerals</var>&rbrace;</code> will typeset
 so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights and
@@ -1761,9 +1630,9 @@ are provided to make them the default.  FAQ entry:
 <node name="Font-sizes" spaces=" "><nodename>Font sizes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Low-level font commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Font styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font sizes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">font sizes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">font sizes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;.
 The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font
@@ -1771,16 +1640,16 @@ size used (in points) with the <samp>10pt</samp>, <samp>11pt</samp>, and
 <samp>12pt</samp> document size options, respectively (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
 options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\tiny</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="138" mergedindex="cp">\scriptsize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="139" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="140" mergedindex="cp">\small</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="141" mergedindex="cp">\normalsize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="142" mergedindex="cp">\large</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="143" mergedindex="cp">\Large</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="144" mergedindex="cp">\LARGE</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="145" mergedindex="cp">\huge</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="146" mergedindex="cp">\Huge</indexterm></findex>
 
 <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on"><code>\normalsize</code> (default)<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88<spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/></columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">24.88</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
 <thead><row><entry command="headitem" spaces=" "><para>Command  </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>10pt</code>  </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>11pt</code>  </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>12pt</code>
@@ -1828,8 +1697,8 @@ for instance, <code>\begin&lbrace;tiny&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;tiny&rbrace;</code>
 <node name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Font sizes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Low-level font commands</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
 packages.  The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
@@ -1840,7 +1709,7 @@ ones.
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontencoding">low level font commands fontencoding</anchor>
 </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontencoding&lbrace;<var>encoding</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="147" mergedindex="cp">\fontencoding</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Select the font encoding, the encoding of the output font. There are a
 large number of valid encodings.  The most common are <code>OT1</code>,
 Knuth&textrsquo;s original encoding for Computer Modern (the default), and
@@ -1852,9 +1721,9 @@ hyphenate words containing accented letters. For more, see
 </para>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily">low level font commands fontfamily</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily&lbrace;<var>family</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="148" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Select the font family.  The web page
 <url><urefurl>http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> provides one way to browse
 through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;.  Here are
@@ -1906,8 +1775,8 @@ examples of some common families.
 
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontseries">low level font commands fontseries</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries&lbrace;<var>series</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Select the font series.  A <dfn>series</dfn> combines a <dfn>weight</dfn> and a
 <dfn>width</dfn>.  Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
 combinations.  Some common combined series values include:
@@ -1925,7 +1794,7 @@ combinations.  Some common combined series values include:
 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bold extended
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The possible values for weight, individually, are:
 </para>
 <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal) xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
@@ -1949,7 +1818,7 @@ combinations.  Some common combined series values include:
 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Ultra bold
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
  
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and
 relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces):
 </para>
@@ -1980,8 +1849,8 @@ weight and width are <code>m</code>, in which case use just one
 (<samp><code>m</code></samp>).
 </para> 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape&lbrace;<var>shape</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape">low level font commands fontshape</anchor>
 <para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
 </para>
@@ -2005,9 +1874,9 @@ small caps are often missing as well.
 </para>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize&lbrace;<var>size</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>skip</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">font size</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">font size</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Set the font size and the line spacing.  The unit of both parameters
 defaults to points (<code>pt</code>).  The line spacing is the nominal
 vertical space between lines, baseline to baseline.  It is stored in the
@@ -2018,7 +1887,7 @@ reset every time a size change happens; see <code>\baselinestretch</code>, next.
 </para>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch">low level font commands baselinestretch</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\baselinestretch</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
 <para>&latex; multiplies the line spacing by the value of the
 <code>\baselinestretch</code> parameter; the default factor is 1.  A change
 takes effect when <code>\selectfont</code> (see below) is called.  You can
@@ -2026,10 +1895,10 @@ make a line skip change happen for the entire document, for instance
 doubling it, by doing <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\baselinestretch&rbrace;&lbrace;2.0&rbrace;</code> in
 the preamble.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">double spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">double spacing</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the
 <file>setspace</file> package.  In addition to offering a number of spacing
 options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places
@@ -2038,7 +1907,7 @@ captions.  See the package documentation.
 </para>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-linespread">low level font commands linespread</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\linespread&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Equivalent to
 <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\baselinestretch&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>factor</var>&rbrace;</code>, and
 therefore must be followed by <code>\selectfont</code> to have any effect.
@@ -2047,7 +1916,7 @@ just described.
 </para>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-selectfont">low level font commands selectfont</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\selectfont</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\selectfont</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The effects of the font commands described above do not happen until
 <code>\selectfont</code> is called, as in
 <code>\fontfamily&lbrace;<var>familyname</var>&rbrace;\selectfont</code>.  It is often useful
@@ -2057,7 +1926,7 @@ to put this in a macro:&linebreak;
 </para>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-usefont">low level font commands usefont</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\usefont&lbrace;<var>enc</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>family</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>series</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>shape</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\usefont</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The same as invoking <code>\fontencoding</code>, <code>\fontfamily</code>,
 <code>\fontseries</code> and <code>\fontshape</code> with the given parameters,
 followed by <code>\selectfont</code>.  For example:
@@ -2074,7 +1943,7 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>.  For example:
 <node name="Layout" spaces=" "><nodename>Layout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sectioning</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fonts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Layout</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">layout commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">layout commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Commands for controlling the general page layout.
 </para>
@@ -2091,8 +1960,8 @@ followed by <code>\selectfont</code>.  For example:
 <node name="_005conecolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\onecolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -2110,9 +1979,9 @@ behavior (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class opt
 <node name="_005ctwocolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\twocolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\onecolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -2133,14 +2002,14 @@ typesetting starts.
 <para>These parameters control typesetting in two-column output:
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnsep">twocolumn columnsep</anchor>
 <para>The distance between columns. The default is 35pt.  Change it with a
 command such as <code>\setlength&lbrace;\columnsep&rbrace;&lbrace;40pt&rbrace;</code> You must change
 it before the two column environment starts; in the preamble is a good
 place.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="160" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnseprule">twocolumn columnseprule</anchor>
 <para>The width of the rule between columns. The rule appears halfway between
 the two columns.  The default is 0pt, meaning that there is no rule.
@@ -2148,7 +2017,7 @@ Change it with a command such as
 <code>\setlength&lbrace;\columnseprule&rbrace;&lbrace;0.4pt&rbrace;</code>, before the two-column
 environment starts.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="161" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="twocolumn-columnwidth">twocolumn columnwidth</anchor>
 <para>The width of a single column.  In one-column mode this is equal to
 <code>\textwidth</code>.  In two-column mode by default &latex; sets the
@@ -2165,7 +2034,7 @@ The following parameters control float behavior of two-column output.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopfraction">twocolumn dbltopfraction</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="162" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopfraction</indexterm>\dbltopfraction</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>The maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be
 occupied by two-column wide floats.  The default is 0.7, meaning that
 the height of a <code>table*</code> or <code>figure*</code> environment must not
@@ -2191,13 +2060,13 @@ to avoid going to float pages so soon.
 <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\dbltopfraction&rbrace;&lbrace;0.9&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction">twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="163" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatpagefraction</indexterm>\dblfloatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>For a float page of two-column wide floats, this is the minimum fraction
 that must be occupied by floats, limiting the amount of blank space.
 &latex;&textrsquo;s default is <code>0.5</code>.  Change it with <code>\renewcommand</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="twocolumn-dblfloatsep">twocolumn dblfloatsep</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\dblfloatsep</indexterm>\dblfloatsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this length is the distance
 between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page.  The default is
 <code>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</code> for a document set at <code>10pt</code> or
@@ -2205,13 +2074,13 @@ between floats, at both the top and bottom of the page.  The default is
 <code>12pt</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep">twocolumn dbltextfloatsep</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\dbltextfloatsep</indexterm>\dbltextfloatsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>This length is the distance between a multi-column float at the top or
 bottom of a page and the main text.  The default is <code>20pt plus2pt
 minus4pt</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="twocolumn-dbltopnumber">twocolumn dbltopnumber</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="166" mergedindex="cp">\dbltopnumber</indexterm>\dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>On a float page of two-column wide floats, this counter gives the
 maximum number of floats allowed at the top of the page.  The &latex;
 default is <code>2</code>.
@@ -2247,7 +2116,7 @@ Two column text here.
 <node name="_005cflushbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\flushbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\twocolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\flushbottom</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="167" mergedindex="cp">\flushbottom</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Make all pages in the documents after this declaration have the same
 height, by stretching the vertical space where necessary to fill out the
@@ -2272,8 +2141,8 @@ is to, in a final editing stage, adjust the height of individual pages
 <node name="_005craggedbottom" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedbottom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page layout parameters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\flushbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="168" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
 rubber vertical lengths will be stretched.  Thus, in a two-sided
@@ -2288,20 +2157,20 @@ option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class optio
 <node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Floats</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page layout parameters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm>\columnseprule</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="171" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm>\columnwidth</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="172" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="173" mergedindex="cp">\columnseprule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="174" mergedindex="cp">\columnwidth</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnsep">page layout parameters columnsep</anchor>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnseprule">page layout parameters columnseprule</anchor>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-columnwidth">page layout parameters columnwidth</anchor>
@@ -2310,15 +2179,15 @@ columns, and the width of the columns, when the document class option
 <code>twocolumn</code> is in effect (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 <xref label="_005ctwocolumn"><xrefnodename>\twocolumn</xrefnodename></xref>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="175" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm>\headheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="176" mergedindex="cp">\headheight</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headheight">page layout parameters headheight</anchor>
 <para>Height of the box that contains the running head.  The default in the
 <code>article</code>, <code>report</code>, and <code>book</code> classes is <samp>12pt</samp>,
 at all type sizes.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm>\headsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\headsep</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-headsep">page layout parameters headsep</anchor>
 <para>Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top of
 the main text.  The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code>
@@ -2326,8 +2195,8 @@ classes is <samp>25pt</samp>.  In the <code>book</code> class the default is: if
 document is set at 10pt then it is <samp>0.25in</samp>, and at 11pt and 12pt
 it is <samp>0.275in</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm>\footskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\footskip</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-footskip">page layout parameters footskip</anchor>
 <para>Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline of
 the page footer.  The default in the <code>article</code> and <code>report</code>
@@ -2335,8 +2204,8 @@ classes is <samp>30pt</samp>.  In the <code>book</code> class the default is: wh
 the type size is 10pt the default is <samp>0.35in</samp>, while at 11pt it is
 <samp>0.38in</samp>, and at 12pt it is <samp>30pt</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm>\linewidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="182" mergedindex="cp">\linewidth</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-linewidth">page layout parameters linewidth</anchor>
 <para>Width of the current line, decreased for each nested <code>list</code>
 (<pxref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></pxref>).  That is, the nominal value for <code>\linewidth</code> is to
@@ -2347,12 +2216,12 @@ is decreased by the sum of that list&textrsquo;s <code>\leftmargin</code> and
 <!-- c etc.  For an @code{article} document set in 10pt, the default is -->
 <!-- c @samp{345pt}, while in two-column mode that becomes @samp{229.5pt}. -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="183" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="184" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm>\marginsep</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="187" mergedindex="cp">\marginsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="188" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush">page layout parameters marginparpush</anchor>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginsep">page layout parameters marginsep</anchor>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth">page layout parameters marginparwidth</anchor>
@@ -2380,10 +2249,10 @@ classes, in two-column mode the default is 60% of <code>\paperwidth
 &minus; \textwidth</code>, while in one-column mode it is 50% of that
 distance.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="189" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm>\oddsidemargin</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="190" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm>\evensidemargin</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="191" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="192" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin">page layout parameters oddsidemargin</anchor>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin">page layout parameters evensidemargin</anchor>
 <para>The <code>\oddsidemargin</code> is the extra distance between the left side of
@@ -2397,24 +2266,24 @@ even-numbered pages the extra distance on the left is
 difference between <code>\paperwidth</code> and <code>\textwidth</code>, and
 <code>\evensidemargin</code> is the remainder.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="193" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm>\paperheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="194" mergedindex="cp">\paperheight</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperheight">page layout parameters paperheight</anchor>
 <para>The height of the paper, as distinct from the height of the print area.
 Normally set with a document class option, as in
 <code>\documentclass[a4paper]&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
 options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="195" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm>\paperwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\paperwidth</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-paperwidth">page layout parameters paperwidth</anchor>
 <para>The width of the paper, as distinct from the width of the print area.
 Normally set with a document class option, as in
 <code>\documentclass[a4paper]&lbrace;article&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document class
 options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm>\textheight</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="198" mergedindex="cp">\textheight</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textheight">page layout parameters textheight</anchor>
 <para>The normal vertical height of the page body.  If the document is set at
 a nominal type size of 10pt then for an <code>article</code> or <code>report</code>
@@ -2423,8 +2292,8 @@ the default is <samp>43\baselineskip</samp>, while for a <code>book</code> it is
 <samp>38\baselineskip</samp> for all document classes.  At 12pt it is
 <samp>36\baselineskip</samp> for all classes.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="199" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm>\textwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="200" mergedindex="cp">\textwidth</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-textwidth">page layout parameters textwidth</anchor>
 <para>The full horizontal width of the entire page body.  For an
 <code>article</code> or <code>report</code> document, the default is <samp>345pt</samp>
@@ -2445,15 +2314,15 @@ column), while <code>\linewidth</code> may decrease for nested lists.
 specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of the
 <code>minipage</code> or <code>\parbox</code>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="201" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-hsize">page layout parameters hsize</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="202" mergedindex="cp">\hsize</indexterm>\hsize</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>This entry is included for completeness: <code>\hsize</code> is the &tex;
 primitive parameter used when text is broken into lines.  It should not
 be used in normal &latex; documents.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="203" mergedindex="cp">\topmargin</indexterm>\topmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="204" mergedindex="cp">topmargin</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topmargin">page layout parameters topmargin</anchor>
 <para>Space between the top of the &tex; page (one inch from the top of the
 paper, by default) and the top of the header.  The value is computed
@@ -2461,8 +2330,8 @@ based on many other parameters: <code>\paperheight &minus; 2in &minus;
 \headheight &minus; \headsep &minus; \textheight &minus; \footskip</code>,
 and then divided by two.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="205" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm>\topskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="206" mergedindex="cp">\topskip</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="page-layout-parameters-topskip">page layout parameters topskip</anchor>
 <para>Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline of
 the first line of text.  For the standard classes, the default is the
@@ -2500,8 +2369,8 @@ float that is big may migrate to the end of the document. In which
 event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order,
 every following float in that class also appears at the end.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak
 where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its
 <var>placement</var> argument.  The possible values are a sequence of the
@@ -2524,9 +2393,9 @@ FAQ: <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat</ure
 appears.  However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is
 automatically added.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To absolutely force a float to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can
 <code>\usepackage&lbrace;float&rbrace;</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it
@@ -2534,7 +2403,7 @@ defines.  For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at
 <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere</urefurl></url>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">float page</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">float page</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>(Page of floats)&textmdash;on a separate <dfn>float page</dfn>, which is a page
 containing no text, only floats.
 </para>
@@ -2562,8 +2431,8 @@ use the <file>afterpage</file> package and issue
 <code>\afterpage&lbrace;\clearpage&rbrace;</code>.  This will wait until the current page
 is finished and then flush all outstanding floats.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; can typeset a float before where it appears in the source
 (although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in
@@ -2571,7 +2440,7 @@ the <var>placement</var> parameter.  If this is not desired, and deleting
 the <code>t</code> is not acceptable as it keeps the float from being placed
 at the top of the next page, then you can prevent it by either using
 the <file>flafter</file> package or using the command
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="207" mergedindex="cp">\suppressfloats</indexterm></findex>
 <code>\suppressfloats[t]</code>, which causes floats for the top position on
 this page to moved to the next page.
 </para>
@@ -2580,27 +2449,27 @@ non-float text (change them with
 <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;<var>parameter</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>decimal between 0 and 1</var>&rbrace;</code>):
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="208" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm>\bottomfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="209" mergedindex="cp">\bottomfraction</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-bottomfraction">floats bottomfraction</anchor>
 <para>The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occupied by floats at
 the bottom; default <samp>.3</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="210" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm>\floatpagefraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="211" mergedindex="cp">\floatpagefraction</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-floatpagefraction">floats floatpagefraction</anchor>
 <para>The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by floats;
 default <samp>.5</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="212" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm>\textfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="213" mergedindex="cp">\textfraction</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-textfraction">floats textfraction</anchor>
 <para>Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
 much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a
 different page.  The default is <samp>.2</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="214" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm>\topfraction</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="215" mergedindex="cp">\topfraction</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-topfraction">floats topfraction</anchor>
 <para>Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
 floats; default <samp>.7</samp>.
@@ -2611,21 +2480,21 @@ command of the form <code>\setlength&lbrace;<var>parameter</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;
 expression</var>&rbrace;</code>):
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="216" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm>\floatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="217" mergedindex="cp">\floatsep</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-floatsep">floats floatsep</anchor>
 <para>Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default
 <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="218" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm>\intextsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="219" mergedindex="cp">\intextsep</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-intextsep">floats intextsep</anchor>
 <para>Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text; default
 <samp>12pt plus2pt minus2pt</samp> for 10 point and 11 point documents,
 and <samp>14pt plus4pt minus4pt</samp> for 12 point documents.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="220" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm>\textfloatsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="221" mergedindex="cp">\textfloatsep</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-textfloatsep">floats textfloatsep</anchor>
 <para>Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
 default <samp>20pt plus2pt minus4pt</samp>.
@@ -2636,26 +2505,26 @@ command of the form <code>\setcounter&lbrace;<var>ctrname</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<
 number</var>&rbrace;</code>):
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="222" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm>bottomnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="223" mergedindex="cp">bottomnumber</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-bottomnumber">floats bottomnumber</anchor>
 <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text page;
 default 1.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="224" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm>dbltopnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="225" mergedindex="cp">dbltopnumber</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-dbltopnumber">floats dbltopnumber</anchor>
 <para>Maximum number of full-sized floats that can appear at the top of a
 two-column page; default 2.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="226" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm>topnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="227" mergedindex="cp">topnumber</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-topnumber">floats topnumber</anchor>
 <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
 default 2.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="228" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm>totalnumber</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="229" mergedindex="cp">totalnumber</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="floats-totalnumber">floats totalnumber</anchor>
 <para>Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.
 </para></tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -2675,19 +2544,19 @@ influence the position of float environments like figure and table in
 <node name="Sectioning" spaces=" "><nodename>Sectioning</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cross references</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Layout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sectioning</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">part</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">section</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">section</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="230" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="234" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Structure your text into divisions: parts, chapters, sections, etc.  All
 sectioning commands have the same form, one of:
@@ -2725,7 +2594,7 @@ not available in <code>article</code>.
 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\subparagraph</code>   </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>5  
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>All these commands have a <code>*</code>-form that prints <var>title</var> as usual
 but is not numbered and does not make an entry in the table of contents.
 An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code> .  The
@@ -2758,9 +2627,9 @@ subsection numbered <samp>3.0.1</samp>.
 <para>Two counters relate to the appearance of sectioning commands.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="sectioning-secnumdepth">sectioning secnumdepth</anchor>
 <anchor name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</anchor>
 <para>Controls which sectioning commands are
@@ -2774,9 +2643,9 @@ like <samp>Discussion</samp>, without the number. &latex;&textrsquo;s default
 <code>secnumdepth</code> is&nbsp;3 in <file>article</file> class and &nbsp;2 in the
 <file>book</file> and <file>report</file> classes.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="sectioning-tocdepth">sectioning tocdepth</anchor>
 <anchor name="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</anchor>
 <para>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents.
@@ -2805,9 +2674,9 @@ list sections but not subsections.  &latex;&textrsquo;s default
 <node name="_005cpart" spaces=" "><nodename>\part</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\chapter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\part</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">part</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -2859,15 +2728,15 @@ out the break in the table of contents.
 the table of contents, the level number of a part is&nbsp;-1
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part
 title then it is not indented.  To get an indent you can use the package
 <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <file>titlesec</file>.
 See its documentation on CTAN.
@@ -2877,8 +2746,8 @@ See its documentation on CTAN.
 <node name="_005cchapter" spaces=" "><nodename>\chapter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\section</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\part</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\chapter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -2945,8 +2814,8 @@ the break in the contents
 the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is&nbsp;0
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  To get an indent use the package
@@ -2963,8 +2832,8 @@ something like <samp>Lecture 1</samp>, put in the preamble either
 \makeatother
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent> <para>To make this change because of the primary language for
 the document, see the package <file>babel</file>.
@@ -2974,8 +2843,8 @@ necessary leaving an even-numbered page that is blank except for any
 running headers.  To make that page completely blank,
 see&nbsp;<ref label="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></ref>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its
 definition from the &latex; format file and make adjustments.  But
@@ -3002,8 +2871,8 @@ running headers.
 <node name="_005csection" spaces=" "><nodename>\section</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsection</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\chapter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\section</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185">section</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">section</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3071,15 +2940,15 @@ so it is omitted from the contents and headers.
 the table of contents, the level number of a section is&nbsp;1
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there
 are a number of options.  One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command
@@ -3107,8 +2976,8 @@ example below gives a sense of what they can do.
 <node name="_005csubsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\subsection</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\section</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsection</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3161,15 +3030,15 @@ paper</samp> on the contents page.
 the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is&nbsp;2
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
 <code>\subsection</code> command.  One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command
@@ -3196,12 +3065,12 @@ text.
 
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3267,15 +3136,15 @@ the table of contents, the level number of a subsubsection is&nbsp;3, of
 a paragraph is&nbsp;4, and of a subparagraph is&nbsp;5
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands.
 One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -3288,9 +3157,9 @@ There are also many packages on CTAN that address this, including
 
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\appendix</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3322,8 +3191,8 @@ book or report, and in an article resets the <code>section</code> and
 <samp>Appendix A</samp> and <samp>Appendix B</samp>.  <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>
 for another example.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>The <file>appendix</file> package adds the command
 <code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate <samp>Appendices</samp> in the document
 body before the first appendix, and the command <code>\addappheadtotoc</code>
@@ -3338,13 +3207,13 @@ number of other features.  See the documentation on CTAN.
 
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3378,8 +3247,8 @@ numbered.  <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template
 <node name="_005c_0040startsection" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;startsection</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3617,9 +3486,9 @@ display that counter.
 <node name="Cross-references" spaces=" "><nodename>Cross references</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environments</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cross references</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211">cross references</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">cross references</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">label</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">label</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>We often want something like <samp>See Theorem~31</samp>.  But by-hand typing
 the 31 is poor practice.  Instead you should write a <dfn>label</dfn> such as
 <code>\label&lbrace;eq:GreensThm&rbrace;</code> and then <dfn>reference</dfn> it, as with
@@ -3643,8 +3512,8 @@ the <code>\label</code>.  So if <code>\label</code> is in <file>calculus.tex</fi
 the information is in <file>calculus.aux</file>.  &latex; puts the
 information in that file every time it runs across a <code>\label</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">forward reference</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">forward reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that
 happens when your document has a <dfn>forward reference</dfn>, a <code>\ref</code>
 that appears before the associated <code>\label</code>.  If this is the first
@@ -3656,8 +3525,8 @@ change some things so the references changes; you get the same warning
 and the output contains the old reference information.  In both cases,
 resolve this by compiling the document a second time.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>The <code>cleveref</code> package enhances &latex;&textrsquo;s
 cross referencing features.  You can arrange that if you enter
 <code>\begin&lbrace;thm&rbrace;\label&lbrace;th:Nerode&rbrace;...\end&lbrace;thm&rbrace;</code> then
@@ -3674,7 +3543,7 @@ having to enter the &textldquo;Theorem.&textrdquo;
 <node name="_005clabel" spaces=" "><nodename>\label</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pageref</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\label</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\label</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3746,9 +3615,9 @@ See Figure~\ref&lbrace;fig:test&rbrace;.
 <node name="_005cpageref" spaces=" "><nodename>\pageref</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ref</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\label</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="253" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3781,12 +3650,12 @@ those.)
 <node name="_005cref" spaces=" "><nodename>\ref</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pageref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3816,8 +3685,8 @@ so this document would have to be compiled twice.
 \end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>cleveref</file> package includes text such as <samp>Theorem</samp> in the
 reference.  See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -3828,9 +3697,9 @@ reference.  See the documentation on CTAN.
 <node name="Environments" spaces=" "><nodename>Environments</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Line breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cross references</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226">environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides many environments for delimiting certain behavior.
 An environment begins with <code>\begin</code> and ends with <code>\end</code>,
@@ -3848,7 +3717,7 @@ the end. For instance, the input
 <samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin&lbrace;table*&rbrace; on input line 5 ended by
 \end&lbrace;table&rbrace;.</samp>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Environments are executed within a group.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
@@ -3886,10 +3755,10 @@ the end. For instance, the input
 <node name="abstract" spaces=" "><nodename>abstract</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">array</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>abstract</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3946,10 +3815,10 @@ a more flexible solution, use the package <file>abstract</file>).
 <node name="array" spaces=" "><nodename>array</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">center</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">abstract</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>array</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4006,13 +3875,13 @@ the column with <code>p&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>, which causes the entry to be
 text mode.  The second is that, instead of <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s parameter
 <code>\tabcolsep</code>, &latex;&textrsquo;s intercolumn space in an <code>array</code> is
 governed by
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp">\arraycolsep</indexterm></findex>
 <code>\arraycolsep</code>, which gives half the width between columns. The
 default for this is <samp>5pt</samp> so that between two columns comes
 10<dmn>pt</dmn> of space.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <file>amsmath</file>
 package.  It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array
@@ -4023,8 +3892,8 @@ an array surrounded by vertical bars&nbsp;<code>|...|</code>, and
 <code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical
 bars&nbsp;<code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The next example uses the <file>amsmath</file> package.
 </para>
@@ -4039,11 +3908,11 @@ bars&nbsp;<code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs.
 \end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many packages concerning arrays.  The <file>array</file> package has
 many useful extensions, including more column types.  The <file>dcolumn</file>
@@ -4055,10 +3924,10 @@ the documentation on CTAN.
 <node name="center" spaces=" "><nodename>center</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">description</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">array</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>center</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="262" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4073,7 +3942,7 @@ the documentation on CTAN.
 <para>Create a new paragraph consisting of a sequence of lines that are
 centered within the left and right margins.  Use
 double-backslash, <code>\\</code>, to get a line break (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>center</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
 If some text is too long to fit on a line then &latex; will insert line
 breaks that avoid hyphenation and avoid stretching or shrinking any
 interword space.
@@ -4121,8 +3990,8 @@ entire page.
 <node name="_005ccentering" spaces=" "><nodename>\centering</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">center</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -4179,11 +4048,11 @@ centered lines <samp>xx</samp> and <samp>yy</samp>, followed by a new paragraph
 <node name="description" spaces=" "><nodename>description</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">displaymath</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">center</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>description</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4214,14 +4083,14 @@ missing \item</samp>.
 <para>The labels <samp>lama</samp> and <samp>llama</samp> are output in boldface, with the
 left edge on the left margin.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Use the
 optional labels, as in <code>\item[Main point]</code>, because there is
 no sensible default.  Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which
 may contain multiple paragraphs.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font
 change given in argument style (see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>) then it will come
 out bold.  For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with
@@ -4254,8 +4123,8 @@ lists.
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>displaymath</code></sectiontitle>
 <!-- c http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/40492/what-are-the-differences-between-align-equation-and-displaymath -->
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="269" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="270" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -4276,8 +4145,8 @@ math text. One way to get an equation number is to use the
 </para>
 <para>&latex; will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Note that the <file>amsmath</file> package has significantly more extensive
 displayed equation facilities.  For example, there are a number of
@@ -4313,8 +4182,8 @@ environment honors the <code>fleqn</code> option.)
 <node name="document" spaces=" "><nodename>document</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">enumerate</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">displaymath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>document</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="271" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>document</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp"><code>document</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 
 <para>The <code>document</code> environment encloses the entire body of a document.
@@ -4329,8 +4198,8 @@ It is required in every &latex; document.  <xref label="Starting-and-ending"><xr
 <node name="_005cAtBeginDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtBeginDocument</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\AtEndDocument</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4352,8 +4221,8 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them.
 <node name="_005cAtEndDocument" spaces=" "><nodename>\AtEndDocument</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\AtBeginDocument</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">document</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndDocument</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4377,10 +4246,10 @@ will be executed in the order that you gave them.
 <node name="enumerate" spaces=" "><nodename>enumerate</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">eqnarray</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">document</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>enumerate</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4410,7 +4279,7 @@ As a top-level list the labels would come out as <samp>1.</samp> and
 \end&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>).  If you
 give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
 brackets, as in <code>\item[Interstitial label]</code>, then the next item
@@ -4432,10 +4301,10 @@ the outermost level.
 </para></listitem><listitem spaces=" "><para>uppercase letter followed by a period: <samp>A.</samp>, <samp>B.</samp>,&nbsp;&dots;
 </para></listitem></enumerate>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\enumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\enumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\enumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\enumiv</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="enumerate-enumi">enumerate enumi</anchor>
 <anchor name="enumerate-enumii">enumerate enumii</anchor>
 <anchor name="enumerate-enumiii">enumerate enumiii</anchor>
@@ -4449,10 +4318,10 @@ parameters, including the default values, and for information about
 customizing list layout, see <ref label="list"><xrefnodename>list</xrefnodename></ref>.  The package <file>enumitem</file> is
 useful for customizing lists.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\labelenumiv</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumi">enumerate labelenumi</anchor>
 <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumii">enumerate labelenumii</anchor>
 <anchor name="enumerate-labelenumiii">enumerate labelenumiii</anchor>
@@ -4463,7 +4332,7 @@ through <code>\labelenumiv</code>. For instance, this first level list will be
 labelled with uppercase letters, in boldface, and without a trailing
 period.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\Alph <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\labelenumi&rbrace;&lbrace;\textbf&lbrace;\Alph&lbrace;enumi&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;
 \begin&lbrace;enumerate&rbrace;
@@ -4480,15 +4349,15 @@ period.
 <node name="eqnarray" spaces=" "><nodename>eqnarray</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">equation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">enumerate</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>eqnarray</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete.  It has infelicities,
 including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements.
 (See &textldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; by Lars Madsen
@@ -4517,7 +4386,7 @@ working with old documents.
 \end&lbrace;eqnarray*&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Display a sequence of equations or inequalities.  The left and right
 sides are typeset in display mode, while the middle is typeset in text
 mode.
@@ -4525,18 +4394,18 @@ mode.
 <para>It is similar to a three-column <code>array</code> environment, with items
 within a row separated by an ampersand&nbsp;(<code>&amp;</code>), and with rows
 separated by double backslash&nbsp; <code>\\</code>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\\* <r>(for <code>eqnarray</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
 The starred form of line break (<code>\\*</code>) can also be used to separate
 equations, and will disallow a page break there (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every
 line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a
 <code>\nonumber</code> command.  The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits
 equation numbering, while otherwise being the same.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\lefteqn</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The command <code>\lefteqn</code> is used for splitting long formulas across
 lines. It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
 zero width.
@@ -4557,11 +4426,11 @@ while the third line has not entry on the left side.
 <node name="equation" spaces=" "><nodename>equation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">figure</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">eqnarray</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>equation</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4579,8 +4448,8 @@ The equation number is generated using the <code>equation</code> counter.
 <code>\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;</code>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a
 missing dollar sign.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <file>amsmath</file> package has extensive displayed equation
 facilities.  New documents should include this package.
@@ -4590,11 +4459,11 @@ facilities.  New documents should include this package.
 <node name="figure" spaces=" "><nodename>figure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">filecontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">equation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>figure</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4640,7 +4509,7 @@ in <ref label="Floats"><xrefnodename>Floats</xrefnodename></ref>.
 </para>
 <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross
 references</xrefnodename></pxref>).
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
 The optional <code>\caption</code> command specifies caption text for the
 figure.  By default it is numbered.  If <var>loftitle</var> is present, it is
 used in the list of figures instead of <var>title</var> (<pxref label="Table-of-contents-etc_002e"><xrefnodename>Table of
@@ -4665,14 +4534,14 @@ end of the document, on a page of floats.
 <node name="filecontents" spaces=" "><nodename>filecontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushleft</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">figure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>filecontents</code>: Write an external file</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="298" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4737,11 +4606,11 @@ Article by \myname.
 <node name="flushleft" spaces=" "><nodename>flushleft</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">flushright</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">filecontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushleft</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4753,7 +4622,7 @@ Article by \myname.
 \end&lbrace;flushleft&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>flushleft</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
 left-hand margin, and ragged right. If you have lines that are too long
 then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that avoids hyphenation and
@@ -4783,10 +4652,10 @@ flush left and ragged right.
 <node name="_005craggedright" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedright</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushleft</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="305" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -4833,11 +4702,11 @@ delimit its effect.
 <node name="flushright" spaces=" "><nodename>flushright</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">itemize</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushleft</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>flushright</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;flushright&rbrace;
@@ -4847,7 +4716,7 @@ delimit its effect.
 \end&lbrace;flushright&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\\ (for <code>flushright</code>)</indexterm></findex>
 <para>An environment that creates a paragraph whose lines are flush to the
 right-hand margin and ragged left. If you have lines that are too long
 to fit the margins then &latex; will linebreak them in a way that
@@ -4865,10 +4734,10 @@ see&nbsp;<ref label="_005craggedleft"><xrefnodename>\raggedleft</xrefnodename></
 <node name="_005craggedleft" spaces=" "><nodename>\raggedleft</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">flushright</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -4904,14 +4773,14 @@ command that ends the paragraph unit.
 <node name="itemize" spaces=" "><nodename>itemize</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">letter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">flushright</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>itemize</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>itemize</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="311" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4940,7 +4809,7 @@ environment must have at least one <code>\item</code>; having none causes the
 <para>As a top-level list each label would come out as a bullet, &bullet;.
 The format of the labeling depends on the nesting level; see below.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Start list items with the <code>\item</code> command (<pxref label="_005citem"><xrefnodename>\item</xrefnodename></pxref>).  If you
 give <code>\item</code> an optional argument by following it with square
 brackets, as in <code>\item[Optional label]</code>, then by default it will
@@ -4949,10 +4818,10 @@ margin.  For labels that are flush left see the <ref label="description"><xrefno
 environment. Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which may
 contain multiple paragraphs.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="316" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="317" mergedindex="cp">\labelitemiv</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="itemize-labelitemi">itemize labelitemi</anchor>
 <anchor name="itemize-labelitemii">itemize labelitemii</anchor>
 <anchor name="itemize-labelitemiii">itemize labelitemiii</anchor>
@@ -4979,13 +4848,13 @@ the first level use diamonds.
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\labelitemi&rbrace;&lbrace;$\diamond$&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="318" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="319" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargini</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="320" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="321" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiii</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="322" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginiv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="323" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginv</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="324" mergedindex="cp">\leftmarginvi</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="itemize-leftmargin">itemize leftmargin</anchor>
 <anchor name="itemize-leftmargini">itemize leftmargini</anchor>
 <anchor name="itemize-leftmarginii">itemize leftmarginii</anchor>
@@ -5015,7 +4884,7 @@ lists.
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\leftmargini&rbrace;&lbrace;1.25em&rbrace; % default 2.5em
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="325" mergedindex="cp">\parskip <r>example</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide
 space between items.  Here is an example defining an <code>itemize*</code>
 environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs
@@ -5036,8 +4905,8 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific,
 <node name="letter" spaces=" "><nodename>letter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">list</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">itemize</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>letter</code> environment: writing letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>letter</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp"><code>letter</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 
 <para>This environment is used for creating letters.  <xref label="Letters"><xrefnodename>Letters</xrefnodename></xref>.
@@ -5047,10 +4916,10 @@ within a single item (<code>\parskip</code> is not list-specific,
 <node name="list" spaces=" "><nodename>list</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">math</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">letter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>list</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="328" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5113,7 +4982,7 @@ counter will be reset to zero each time &latex; enters the environment,
 and the counter is incremented by one each time &latex; encounters an
 <code>\item</code> that does not have an optional argument.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp">\makelabel</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="list-makelabel">list makelabel</anchor> <para>Another command that can go in <var>spacing</var> is
 <code>\makelabel</code>, which constructs the label box.  By default it puts
 the contents flush right.  Its only argument is the label, which it
@@ -5139,12 +5008,12 @@ command such as <code>\setlength&lbrace;itemsep&rbrace;&lbrace;2pt plus1pt minus
 For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="331" mergedindex="cp">\itemindent</indexterm>\itemindent</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemindent">list itemindent</anchor>
 <para>Extra horizontal space indentation, beyond <code>leftmargin</code>, of the
 first line each item.  Its default value is <code>0pt</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp">\itemsep</indexterm>\itemsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itemsep">list itemsep</anchor>
 <para>Vertical space between items, beyond the <code>\parsep</code>.  The defaults
 for the first three levels in &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>,
@@ -5157,13 +5026,13 @@ plus1pt minus1pt</code>).  The defaults at 12 point are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt
 minus1pt</code>, <code>\parsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>), and
 <code>\topsep</code> (that is, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp">\labelsep</indexterm>\labelsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelsep">list labelsep</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal space between the label and text of an item.
 The default for &latex;&textrsquo;s <samp>article</samp>, <samp>book</samp>,
 and <samp>report</samp> classes is <code>0.5em</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp">\labelwidth</indexterm>\labelwidth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-labelwidth">list labelwidth</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal width.  The box containing the label is nominally this wide.
 If <code>\makelabel</code> returns text that is wider than this then the first
@@ -5185,7 +5054,7 @@ mode and <code>1.5em</code> in two column mode).  At the second level it is
 label&textrsquo;s left edge coincide with the left margin of the enclosing
 environment.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp">\leftmargin</indexterm>\leftmargin</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-leftmargin">list leftmargin</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal space between the left margin of the enclosing environment
 (or the left margin of the page if this is a top-level list), and the
@@ -5203,14 +5072,14 @@ error message <samp>Too deeply nested</samp>.)
 <code>2.5em</code> (in two column mode, <code>2em</code>), <code>\leftmarginii</code> is
 <code>2.2em</code>, and <code>\leftmarginiii</code> is <code>1.87em</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="336" mergedindex="cp">\listparindent</indexterm>\listparindent</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-listparindent">list listparindent</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal space of additional line indentation, beyond
 <code>\leftmargin</code>, for second and subsequent paragraphs within a list
 item.  A negative value makes this an &textldquo;outdent&textrdquo;.  Its default value
 is <code>0pt</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="337" mergedindex="cp">\parsep</indexterm>\parsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-parsep">list parsep</anchor>
 <para>Vertical space between paragraphs within an item.  In the <samp>book</samp>
 and <samp>article</samp> classes The defaults for the first three levels in
@@ -5221,7 +5090,7 @@ minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>.  The defaults at 11 point size are:
 <code>0pt</code>.  The defaults at 12 point size are: <code>5pt plus2.5pt
 minus1pt</code>, <code>2.5pt plus1pt minus1pt</code>, and <code>0pt</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="338" mergedindex="cp">\partopsep</indexterm>\partopsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-partopsep">list partopsep</anchor>
 <para>Vertical space added, beyond <code>\topsep</code>+<code>\parskip</code>, to the top
 and bottom of the entire environment if the list instance is preceded by
@@ -5237,13 +5106,13 @@ minus1pt</code>.  The defaults at 11 point are: <code>3pt plus1pt minus1pt</code
 defaults at 12 point are: <code>3pt plus2pt minus3pt</code>, <code>3pt plus2pt
 minus2pt</code>, and <code>1pt plus0pt minus1pt</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp">\rightmargin</indexterm>\rightmargin</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-rightmargin">list rightmargin</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal space between the right margin of the list and the right
 margin of the enclosing environment.  Its default value is <code>0pt</code>.
 It must be non-negative.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp">\topsep</indexterm>\topsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-topsep">list topsep</anchor>
 <para>Vertical space added to both the top and bottom of the list, in addition
 to <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent &amp; \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The defaults for
@@ -5322,22 +5191,22 @@ e.g., <code>\&arobase;beginparpenalty=9999</code>; a value of 10000 prohibits a
 page break.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;beginparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;beginparpenalty</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-beginparpenalty">list beginparpenalty</anchor>
 <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before the list (default <code>-51</code>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;itempenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;itempenalty</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-itempenalty">list itempenalty</anchor>
 <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking before a list item (default <code>-51</code>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="343" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;endparpenalty</indexterm>\&arobase;endparpenalty</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="list-endparpenalty">list endparpenalty</anchor>
 <para>The page breaking penalty for breaking after a list (default <code>-51</code>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists.
 </para>
@@ -5390,7 +5259,7 @@ depends on the list type.
 </para>
 <para>Because the optional label is surrounded by square brackets
 <samp>[...]</samp>, if you have an item whose text starts with <samp>[</samp>, you
-have to to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item
+have to hide the bracket inside curly braces, as in: <code>\item
 &lbrace;[&rbrace; is an open square bracket</code>; otherwise, &latex; will think it
 marks the start of an optional label.
 </para>
@@ -5469,10 +5338,10 @@ default) they have no paragraph indent and are vertically separated.
 <node name="math" spaces=" "><nodename>math</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">minipage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">list</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>math</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">in-line formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">in-line formulas</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5491,10 +5360,10 @@ the running text.  <code>\(...\)</code> and <code>$...$</code> are synonyms.
 <node name="minipage" spaces=" "><nodename>minipage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">picture</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">math</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>minipage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -5600,7 +5469,7 @@ stretchable space.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<para>The <var>inner-pos</var> argument makes sense when the <var>height</var> options
+<para>The <var>inner-pos</var> argument makes sense when the <var>height</var> option
 is set to a value larger than the <code>minipage</code>&textrsquo;s natural height.  To
 see the effect of the options, run this example with the various choices
 in place of <code>b</code>.
@@ -5615,15 +5484,15 @@ in place of <code>b</code>.
 Text after  
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
 <para>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>.  Change
 that with a command such as <code>\setlength&lbrace;\parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;1pc&rbrace;</code> at
 the start of <var>contents</var>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is
 particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables.  A
 <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at
@@ -5680,11 +5549,11 @@ are vertically centered.
 <node name="picture" spaces=" "><nodename>picture</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">quotation &amp; quote</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">minipage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>picture</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses: 
 </para><example endspaces=" ">
@@ -5710,7 +5579,7 @@ or <code>Asymptote</code>.  These are not covered in this document; see CTAN.
 </para>
 <para>This shows the parallelogram law for adding vectors.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\unitlength</indexterm></findex>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\setlength&lbrace;\unitlength&rbrace;&lbrace;1cm&rbrace;
 \begin&lbrace;picture&rbrace;(6,6)      % picture box will be 6cm wide by 6cm tall
@@ -5774,7 +5643,7 @@ the origin at the lower-left corner.  If you then want to modify your
 picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate
 optional argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Each <var>picture command</var> tells &latex; where to put something by
 naming its position.  A <dfn>position</dfn> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>
 giving the x- and y-coordinates.  A <dfn>coordinate</dfn> is a not a length,
@@ -5807,7 +5676,7 @@ often used is <code>\put</code>. This
 <para>places the object with its reference point at coordinates
 <math>(11.3,-0.3)</math>.  The reference points for various objects will be
 described below.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="352" mergedindex="cp">LR box</indexterm></findex>
 The <code>\put</code> command creates an <dfn>LR box</dfn> (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 Anything that can go in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox &amp; \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) can
 go in the text argument of the <code>\put</code> command.  The reference point
@@ -5870,7 +5739,7 @@ that curve.
 <node name="_005cput" spaces=" "><nodename>\put</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\multiput</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\put</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="353" mergedindex="cp">\put</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5897,7 +5766,7 @@ text, at the bottom left of the <samp>A</samp>.
 <node name="_005cmultiput" spaces=" "><nodename>\multiput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\qbezier</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\put</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multiput</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="354" mergedindex="cp">\multiput</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5928,7 +5797,7 @@ text, at the bottom left of the <samp>A</samp>.
 <node name="_005cqbezier" spaces=" "><nodename>\qbezier</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multiput</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\qbezier</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="355" mergedindex="cp">\qbezier</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5964,7 +5833,7 @@ maximum number of points is <code>\qbeziermax</code> (change this value with
 <node name="_005cgraphpaper" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphpaper</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\qbezier</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphpaper</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="356" mergedindex="cp">\graphpaper</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -5996,7 +5865,7 @@ All arguments must be positive integers.
 <node name="_005cline" spaces=" "><nodename>\line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linethickness</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphpaper</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\line</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="357" mergedindex="cp">\line</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6036,22 +5905,22 @@ then the line&textrsquo;s ending point has a second coordinate that is less than
 <para>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or
 \vector argument.</code>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes
 because these lines are made by putting together line segments from
@@ -6070,7 +5939,7 @@ is to use a full-featured graphics system such as <file>TikZ</file>, or
 <node name="_005clinethickness" spaces=" "><nodename>\linethickness</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinlines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linethickness</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="358" mergedindex="cp">\linethickness</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6089,7 +5958,7 @@ lines, circles, or ovals.
 <node name="_005cthinlines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thinlines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thicklines</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\linethickness</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thinlines</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="359" mergedindex="cp">\thinlines</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
 in a picture environment to be 0.4<dmn>pt</dmn>.  This is the default
@@ -6101,7 +5970,7 @@ changed with either <ref label="_005clinethickness"><xrefnodename>\linethickness
 <node name="_005cthicklines" spaces=" "><nodename>\thicklines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\circle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinlines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thicklines</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="360" mergedindex="cp">\thicklines</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Declaration to set the thickness of subsequent lines, circles, and ovals
 in a picture environment to be 0.8<dmn>pt</dmn>.  See also
@@ -6113,7 +5982,7 @@ in the Trapezoidal Rule example of <ref label="picture"><xrefnodename>picture</x
 <node name="_005ccircle" spaces=" "><nodename>\circle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\oval</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thicklines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\circle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="361" mergedindex="cp">\circle</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6140,7 +6009,7 @@ integers from 1 to 15.
 <node name="_005coval" spaces=" "><nodename>\oval</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\shortstack</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\circle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\oval</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="362" mergedindex="cp">\oval</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6187,7 +6056,7 @@ boxes with a small amount of corner rounding.
 <node name="_005cshortstack" spaces=" "><nodename>\shortstack</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vector</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\oval</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\shortstack</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="363" mergedindex="cp">\shortstack</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6222,7 +6091,7 @@ the left of the <math>y</math>&nbsp;axis.
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Center objects (default)
 </para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="364" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\shortstack</code> objects)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Separate objects into lines with <code>\\</code>.  These stacks are short in
 that, unlike in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment, here the
 rows are not spaced out to be of even heights.  Thus, in
@@ -6241,7 +6110,7 @@ argument <code>\shortstack&lbrace;X\\[2pt] o\\o\\X&rbrace;</code>.
 <node name="_005cvector" spaces=" "><nodename>\vector</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\shortstack</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vector</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="365" mergedindex="cp">\vector</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6270,7 +6139,7 @@ not (if you use the latter then you get a sequence of arrowheads).
 <node name="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\makebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vector</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="366" mergedindex="cp">\makebox <r>(for <code>picture</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6319,7 +6188,7 @@ two of these letters.
 <node name="_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\framebox (picture)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frame</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\framebox</code> (picture)</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6351,8 +6220,8 @@ the text in the center.
 <var>text</var>; see <ref label="_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029"><xrefnodename>\makebox (picture)</xrefnodename></ref> for the values that it can
 take.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="369" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The rule has thickness <code>\fboxrule</code> and there is a blank space
 <code>\fboxsep</code> between the frame and the contents of the box.
 </para>
@@ -6366,7 +6235,7 @@ determined in some other way then either use <code>\fbox</code> (<pxref label="_
 <node name="_005cframe" spaces=" "><nodename>\frame</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\dashbox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\framebox (picture)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frame</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="370" mergedindex="cp">\frame</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6384,7 +6253,7 @@ between the frame and the object.  It is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><x
 <node name="_005cdashbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\dashbox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frame</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">picture</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\dashbox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="371" mergedindex="cp">\dashbox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6425,18 +6294,18 @@ take.
 <node name="quotation-_0026-quote" spaces=" "><nodename>quotation &amp; quote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabbing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">picture</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>quotation</code> &amp; <code>quote</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="372" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6477,12 +6346,12 @@ between paragraphs (it is the rubber length <code>\parsep</code>).
 <node name="tabbing" spaces=" "><nodename>tabbing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">quotation &amp; quote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabbing</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6530,7 +6399,7 @@ of a tabbed row.  The right margin of the <code>tabbing</code> environment is
 the end of line, so that the width of the environment is
 <code>\linewidth</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <dfn>tabbed
 rows</dfn>.  The first tabbed row begins immediately after
 <code>\begin&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;</code> and each row ends with <code>\\</code> or
@@ -6554,37 +6423,37 @@ done in LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>
 They are all fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\\ <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>End a tabbed line and typeset it.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="379" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\= <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets a tab stop at the current position.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\&gt; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\&gt; <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\&gt;</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="380" mergedindex="cp">\&gt; <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\&gt; <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="381" mergedindex="cp">\&gt;</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Advances to the next tab stop.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp">\&lt;</indexterm>\&lt;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="382" mergedindex="cp">\&lt;</indexterm>\&lt;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put following text to the left of the local margin (without changing
 the margin).  Can only be used at the start of the line.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp">\+</indexterm>\+</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the
 following commands one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if
 necessary.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp">\-</indexterm>\-</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves the left margin of the next and all the
 following commands one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if
 necessary.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="385" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\' <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column, i.e.,
 everything from the most recent <code>\&gt;</code>, <code>\&lt;</code>, <code>\'</code>,
 <code>\\</code>, or <code>\kill</code> command, to the previous column and aligned
 to the right, flush against the current column&textrsquo;s tab stop.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="386" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\` <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including tab
 stop&nbsp;0.  However, it can&textrsquo;t move text to the right of the last
 column because there&textrsquo;s no tab stop there.  The <code>\`</code> command moves
@@ -6594,29 +6463,29 @@ of the <code>tabbing</code> environment.  There must be no <code>\&gt;</code> or
 <code>\'</code> command between the <code>\`</code> and the <code>\\</code> or
 <code>\end&lbrace;tabbing&rbrace;</code> command that ends the line.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp">\a <r>(tabbing)</r></indexterm>\a <r>(tabbing)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp">\a' <r>(acute accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="389" mergedindex="cp">\a` <r>(grave accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="390" mergedindex="cp">\a= <r>(macron accent in tabbing)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>In a <code>tabbing</code> environment, the commands <code>\=</code>, <code>\'</code> and
 <code>\`</code> do not produce accents as usual (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Instead,
 use the commands <code>\a=</code>, <code>\a'</code> and <code>\a`</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\kill</indexterm>\kill</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets tab stops without producing text.  Works just like <code>\\</code> except
 that it throws away the current line instead of producing output for it.
 Any <code>\=</code>, <code>\+</code> or <code>\-</code> commands in that line remain in
 effect.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm>\poptabs</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp">\poptabs</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last <code>\pushtabs</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="394" mergedindex="cp">\pushtabs</indexterm>\pushtabs</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily changing
 tab stop positions in the middle of a <code>tabbing</code> environment.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="395" mergedindex="cp">\tabbingsep</indexterm>\tabbingsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Distance of the text moved by <code>\'</code> to left of current tab stop.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -6648,15 +6517,15 @@ function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
          end;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>This example is just for illustration of the environment.  To actually
@@ -6670,11 +6539,11 @@ there are quite a few packages, including <code>algorithm2e</code>,
 <node name="table" spaces=" "><nodename>table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tabular</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabbing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>table</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="396" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6719,7 +6588,7 @@ It can contain text, commands, graphics, etc.
 </para>
 <para>The label is optional; it is used for cross references (<pxref label="Cross-references"><xrefnodename>Cross
 references</xrefnodename></pxref>).  
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
 The <code>\caption</code> command is also optional.  It specifies caption text
 for the table.  By default it is numbered.  If its optional
 <var>lottitle</var> is present then that text is used in the list of tables
@@ -6746,11 +6615,11 @@ unless it is pushed to a float page at the end.
 <node name="tabular" spaces=" "><nodename>tabular</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">thebibliography</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tabular</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="399" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6788,14 +6657,14 @@ illustrates many of the features.
 <para>The output will have two left-aligned columns with a vertical bar
 between them.  This is specified in <code>tabular</code>&textrsquo;s argument
 <code>&lbrace;l|l&rbrace;</code>.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">&amp;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp">&amp;</indexterm></findex>
 Put the entries into different columns by separating them with an
 ampersand, <code>&amp;</code>.  The end of each row is marked with a double
 backslash, <code>\\</code>.  Put a horizontal rule below a row, after a double
 backslash, with <code>\hline</code>.
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-This <code>\\</code> is optional after the last row unless an <code>\hline</code>
-command follows, to put a rule below the table.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="402" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>tabular</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+After the last row the <code>\\</code> is optional, unless an <code>\hline</code>
+command follows to put a rule below the table.
 </para>
 <para>The required and optional arguments to <code>tabular</code> consist of:
 </para>
@@ -6848,9 +6717,9 @@ there.
 not insert <code>\tabcolsep</code> so you must insert any desired space
 yourself, as in <code>&arobase;&lbrace;\hspace&lbrace;1em&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-<para>An empty expression <code>&arobase;&lbrace;&rbrace;</code> will eliminate the space.  In
-particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the the space before the
-first column or after the last one, as in the example below where the
+<para>An empty expression <code>&arobase;&lbrace;&rbrace;</code> will eliminate the space. In
+particular, sometimes you want to eliminate the space before the first
+column or after the last one, as in the example below where the
 tabular lines need to lie on the left margin.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -6871,7 +6740,7 @@ arranged so the numbers in the table are aligned on it.
 \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="403" mergedindex="cp">\extracolsep</indexterm></findex>
 <para>An <code>\extracolsep&lbrace;<var>wd</var>&rbrace;</code> command in an &arobase;-expression causes an
 extra space of width <var>wd</var> to appear to the left of all subsequent
 columns, until countermanded by another <code>\extracolsep</code>.  Unlike
@@ -6930,25 +6799,25 @@ are likely to get the <code>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) in alignment
 <!-- c xx defaults, own node (xref from array)? -->
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="404" mergedindex="cp">\arrayrulewidth</indexterm>\arrayrulewidth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arrayrulewidth">tabular arrayrulewidth</anchor>
 <para>A length that is the thickness of the rule created by <code>|</code>,
 <code>\hline</code>, and <code>\vline</code> in the <code>tabular</code> and <code>array</code>
 environments.  The default is <samp>.4pt</samp>. Change it as in
 <code>\setlength&lbrace;\arrayrulewidth&rbrace;&lbrace;0.8pt&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="405" mergedindex="cp">\arraystretch</indexterm>\arraystretch</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-arraystrech">tabular arraystrech</anchor>
 <para>A factor by which the spacing between rows in the <code>tabular</code> and
 <code>array</code> environments is multiplied.  The default is <samp>1</samp>, for
 no scaling.  Change it as <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\arraystretch&rbrace;&lbrace;1.2&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="406" mergedindex="cp">\doublerulesep</indexterm>\doublerulesep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-doublerulesep">tabular doublerulesep</anchor>
 <para>A length that is the distance between the vertical rules produced by the
 <code>||</code> specifier.  The default is <samp>2pt</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="407" mergedindex="cp">\tabcolsep</indexterm>\tabcolsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="tabular-tabcolsep">tabular tabcolsep</anchor>
 <para>A length that is half of the space between columns. The default is
 <samp>6pt</samp>.  Change it with <code>\setlength</code>.
@@ -6970,7 +6839,7 @@ lines:
 <node name="_005cmulticolumn" spaces=" "><nodename>\multicolumn</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\multicolumn</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="408" mergedindex="cp">\multicolumn</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7060,17 +6929,17 @@ range en-dash.
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>Note that although the <code>tabular</code> specification by default puts a
-vertical rule between the first and second columns, because there is no
-vertical bar in the <var>cols</var> of either of the first row&textrsquo;s
-<code>\multicolumn</code> commands, no rule appears in the first row.
+<para>Although the <code>tabular</code> specification by default puts a vertical
+rule between the first and second columns, no such vertical rule appears
+in the first row here.  That&textrsquo;s because there is no vertical bar in the
+<var>cols</var> part of the first row&textrsquo;s first <code>\multicolumn</code> command.
 </para>
 
 </subsection>
 <node name="_005cvline" spaces=" "><nodename>\vline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\multicolumn</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="409" mergedindex="cp">\vline</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Draw a vertical line in a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment
 extending the full height and depth of an entry&textrsquo;s row.  Can also be
 used in an &arobase;-expression, although its synonym vertical
@@ -7103,7 +6972,7 @@ the vertical line in that entry appears immediately next to the
 <node name="_005ccline" spaces=" "><nodename>\cline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="410" mergedindex="cp">\cline</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7133,7 +7002,7 @@ height.
 <node name="_005chline" spaces=" "><nodename>\hline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\cline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">tabular</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="411" mergedindex="cp">\hline</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Draw a horizontal line the width of the enclosing <code>tabular</code> or
 <code>array</code> environment.  It&textrsquo;s most commonly used to draw a line at the
@@ -7158,10 +7027,10 @@ is required.
 <node name="thebibliography" spaces=" "><nodename>thebibliography</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">theorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">tabular</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>thebibliography</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="412" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7216,8 +7085,8 @@ title is in macro <code>\refname</code>.  Change it by redefining the command,
 as with <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\refname&rbrace;&lbrace;Cited references&rbrace;</code> after
 <code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Language support packages such as <file>babel</file> will automatically
 redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected
@@ -7234,7 +7103,7 @@ language.
 <node name="_005cbibitem" spaces=" "><nodename>\bibitem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cite</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\bibitem</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp">\bibitem</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7251,7 +7120,7 @@ language.
 
 <para>Generate an entry labeled by <var>label</var>.  The default is for &latex; to
 generates a number using the <code>enumi</code> counter.  The <dfn>citation key</dfn> 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">citation key</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">citation key</indexterm></cindex>
 <var>cite_key</var> is a string of
 letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
 </para>
@@ -7308,7 +7177,7 @@ recompiling.
 <node name="_005ccite" spaces=" "><nodename>\cite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nocite</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bibitem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cite</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp">\cite</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7341,12 +7210,21 @@ comma-separated list of citation keys (<pxref label="_005cbibitem"><xrefnodename
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>produces the output <samp>... source is [1]</samp>.
+<para>produces output like <samp>... source is [1]</samp>.  (You can change the
+appearance of the citation with bibliography styles.  More is in
+<ref label="Using-BibTeX"><xrefnodename>Using BibTeX</xrefnodename></ref>.)
 </para>
 <para>The optional argument <var>subcite</var> is appended to the citation.  For
 example, <code>See 14.3 in \cite[p.~314]&lbrace;texbook&rbrace;</code> might produce
 <samp>See 14.3 in [1, p.&nbsp;314]</samp>.
 </para>
+<para>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes
+information to the auxiliary file <file><var>filename</var>.aux</file>.  For
+instance, <code>\cite&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;</code> writes <samp>\citation&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;</samp>
+to that file.  This information is used by Bib&tex; to include in your
+reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see
+<ref label="_005cnocite"><xrefnodename>\nocite</xrefnodename></ref> also.
+</para>
 <para>If <var>keys</var> is not in your bibliography information then you get
 <samp>LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references</samp>, and in the output
 the citation shows as a boldface question mark between square brackets.
@@ -7354,21 +7232,14 @@ There are two possible causes.  If you have mistyped something, as in
 <code>\cite&lbrace;texbok&rbrace;</code> then you need to correct the spelling.  On the
 other hand, if you have just added or modified the bibliographic
 information and so changed the <file>.aux</file> file (<pxref label="_005cbibitem"><xrefnodename>\bibitem</xrefnodename></pxref>) then
-the fix may be to just run &latex; again.
-</para>
-<para>In addition to what appears in the output, <code>\cite</code> writes
-information to the auxiliary file <file><var>filename</var>.aux</file>.  For
-instance, <code>\cite&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;</code> writes <samp>\citation&lbrace;latexdps&rbrace;</samp>
-to that file.  This information is used by Bib&tex; to include in your
-reference list only those works that you have actually cited; see
-<ref label="_005cnocite"><xrefnodename>\nocite</xrefnodename></ref> also.
+the fix may be to run &latex; again.
 </para>
 
 </subsection>
 <node name="_005cnocite" spaces=" "><nodename>\nocite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nocite</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp">\nocite</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7389,11 +7260,11 @@ have not cited them (<pxref label="_005ccite"><xrefnodename>\cite</xrefnodename>
 <node name="Using-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Using Bib&tex;</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>As described in <code>thebibliography</code> (<pxref label="thebibliography"><xrefnodename>thebibliography</xrefnodename></pxref>), a
 sophisticated approach to managing bibliographies is provided by the
@@ -7465,10 +7336,10 @@ you used.
 <node name="theorem" spaces=" "><nodename>theorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">titlepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>theorem</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7496,11 +7367,11 @@ The next result follows immediately.
 \end&lbrace;thm&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Most new documents use the packages <code>amsthm</code> and <code>amsmath</code>
 from the American Mathematical Society.  Among other things these
@@ -7512,11 +7383,11 @@ such as styling options.
 <node name="titlepage" spaces=" "><nodename>titlepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verbatim</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">theorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>titlepage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7563,14 +7434,14 @@ environment, use <code>\maketitle</code> (<pxref label="_005cmaketitle"><xrefnod
 <node name="verbatim" spaces=" "><nodename>verbatim</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">verse</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">titlepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verbatim</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7596,19 +7467,19 @@ Symbol swearing: %&amp;$#?&eosexcl;.
 <para>The only restriction on <code>literal-text</code> is that it cannot include
 the string <code>\end&lbrace;verbatim&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for
 instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>.  This is not the same as
 commands being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>), instead it just cannot appear
 there. (But the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code.  There are
 packages that are an improvement the <code>verbatim</code> environment.  For
@@ -7616,11 +7487,11 @@ instance, one improvement is to allow the verbatim inclusion of external
 files, or parts of those files.  Such packages include <code>listings</code>,
 and <code>minted</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is
 <code>fancyvrb</code>.  Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>.
@@ -7635,8 +7506,8 @@ and <code>minted</code>.
 <node name="_005cverb" spaces=" "><nodename>\verb</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">verbatim</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7669,7 +7540,7 @@ shows a space only to distinguish one component from the other).  The
 delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The <var>literal-text</var>
 cannot include a line break.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">visible space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346">visible space</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
 space character.
 <tex endspaces=" ">
@@ -7681,24 +7552,24 @@ space character.
 <pre xml:space="preserve">The commands's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ...
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code>url</code>
 provides an option that is better than the <code>\verb</code> command, since
 it allows line breaks.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over
 <code>\verb</code>.  One is <file>listings</file>, another is <file>minted</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in
 the argument to a <code>\section</code>.  It is not a question of <code>\verb</code>
@@ -7711,10 +7582,10 @@ being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename>
 <node name="verse" spaces=" "><nodename>verse</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">verbatim</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Environments</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>verse</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7735,7 +7606,7 @@ being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename>
 On the fair daughter of rich Capulet.
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>verse</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Separate the lines of each stanza with <code>\\</code>, and use one or more
 blank lines to separate the stanzas.
 </para>
@@ -7763,8 +7634,8 @@ are not indented, and the text is not right-justified.
 <node name="Line-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Line breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environments</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Line breaking</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">line breaking</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">line breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to
 translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces.  To
@@ -7795,9 +7666,9 @@ fiddling with breaks that will change anyway.
 <node name="_005c_005c" spaces=" "><nodename>\\</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="429" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -7879,9 +7750,9 @@ something like this.
 <node name="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr" spaces=" "><nodename>\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\\</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\obeycr</code> &amp; <code>\restorecr</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>,
 internally) the same as <code>\\</code>, followed by <code>\relax</code>.  So each
@@ -7931,8 +7802,8 @@ fff ggg
 <node name="_005cnewline" spaces=" "><nodename>\newline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\obeycr &amp; \restorecr</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify
 the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph mode
@@ -7964,8 +7835,8 @@ single cell of the table.
 <node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Tell &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point.  When you
 insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
@@ -8006,8 +7877,8 @@ care.
 </section>
 <node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8038,9 +7909,9 @@ automatically by &tex;&textrsquo;s hyphenation algorithm.
 <node name="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy" spaces=" "><nodename>\fussy &amp; \sloppy</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\discretionary</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\fussy</code> &amp; <code>\sloppy</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Declarations to make &tex; more picky or less picky about line
 breaking.  Declaring <code>\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between
@@ -8062,8 +7933,8 @@ the command.
 <node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8100,8 +7971,8 @@ the command.
 <node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8127,10 +7998,10 @@ exactly.  Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code> commands accumulate.
 <node name="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8175,8 +8046,8 @@ and&nbsp;<ref label="_005cnewline"><xrefnodename>\newline</xrefnodename></ref> t
 <node name="Page-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Page breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page breaking</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">page breaking</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">page breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Ordinarily &latex; automatically takes care of breaking output into
 pages with its usual aplomb.  But if you are writing commands, or
@@ -8219,11 +8090,11 @@ influence page breaks while preparing a final version of a document.
 <node name="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> &amp; <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8278,9 +8149,9 @@ two-column mode then <code>\newpage</code> ends the current column while
 <node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8323,8 +8194,8 @@ stretch out the page, as <code>\pagebreak</code> does.
 <node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8357,10 +8228,10 @@ explicit <code>\pagebreak</code>.
 <node name="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -8416,7 +8287,7 @@ does not have these effects.
 <node name="Footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here.
 </para>
@@ -8450,7 +8321,7 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><x
 <node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8474,9 +8345,9 @@ include a bibliographic style with that behavior (<pxref label="Using-BibTeX"><x
 the footnote.  If you use this then &latex; does not increment the
 <code>footnote</code> counter.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="447" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
 <para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers.  Change
 this with something like
 <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\thefootnote&rbrace;&lbrace;\fnsymbol&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>, which
@@ -8487,11 +8358,11 @@ you make the change local then you may want to reset the counter with
 </para>
 <para>&latex; determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor>
 <para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s
 footnotes.  Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except
@@ -8507,7 +8378,7 @@ Change the rule with something like this.
   \kern 2pt&rbrace;                         % and this 2
 </pre></example>
 
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor>
 <para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
 (<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>).  By default, this is set to the normal strut for
@@ -8526,8 +8397,8 @@ sectioning command such as <code>\chapter</code> (it can only be used in outer
 paragraph mode; <pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  There are some workarounds; see
 following sections.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391">Footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">Footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the
 <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so
 they are numbered independently.  They are shown at the bottom of the
@@ -8539,7 +8410,7 @@ shown alphabetically. <xref label="minipage"><xrefnodename>minipage</xrefnodenam
 <node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="451" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8592,11 +8463,11 @@ Illogical persons are despised.\footnotemark[\value&lbrace;footnoteValueSaver&rb
 Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby.
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <file>cleveref</file>.
 </para>
@@ -8610,8 +8481,8 @@ The corollary is from Chance.\footnote&lbrace;Evers, Chance, 1990.&rbrace;
 But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref&lbrace;fn:TE&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>It will work with the package <file>hyperref</file>.
 </para>
@@ -8620,7 +8491,7 @@ But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref&lbrace;fn:TE&rbrace;
 <node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="452" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8643,8 +8514,8 @@ examples.
 <node name="Footnotes-in-section-headings" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in section headings</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in section headings</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in:
 </para>
@@ -8673,7 +8544,7 @@ what gets moved to the table of contents is the optional argument.
 <node name="Footnotes-in-a-table" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in a table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes of footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in a table</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code>
 command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but
@@ -8754,10 +8625,10 @@ other footnotes.
 <node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
 footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes.  The package
@@ -8780,20 +8651,22 @@ second.\footnotefrom&lbrace;%
 <node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::           ">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">(Re)define a new command.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                       ">\providecommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new command, if name not used.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                           ">\newcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new counter.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                            ">\newlength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new length.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                           ">\newsavebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new box.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::    ">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">(Re)define a new command.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                ">\providecommand</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new command, if name not used.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::   ">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the status of the at-sign character.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                      ">\&arobase;ifstar</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define your own commands with *-variants.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                    ">\newcounter</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new counter.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                     ">\newlength</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new length.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                    ">\newsavebox</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new box.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::   ">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new environment.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                           ">\newtheorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new theorem-like environment.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                              ">\newfont</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new font name.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                              ">\protect</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Using tricky commands.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                    ">\newtheorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new theorem-like environment.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                       ">\newfont</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Define a new font name.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                       ">\protect</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Using tricky commands.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Discard extra spaces.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
@@ -8801,11 +8674,11 @@ second.\footnotefrom&lbrace;%
 <node name="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\providecommand</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="453" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8832,8 +8705,8 @@ second.\footnotefrom&lbrace;%
 
 <para>Define or redefine a command.  See also the discussion of
 <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
 The starred form of these two requires that the arguments not contain
 multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms that it not be
 <code>\long</code>).
@@ -8861,7 +8734,7 @@ different number of arguments than the old version.
 (which may be the empty string).  If this argument is not present then
 <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in
 <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]&lbrace;...&rbrace;...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the
 parameter&nbsp;<code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>.  On the
@@ -8959,13 +8832,13 @@ is to put another pair of braces inside the definition:
 </para>
 
 </section>
-<node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8999,7 +8872,142 @@ the repeated use of <code>\providecommand</code> does not give an error.
 </para>
 
 </section>
-<node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\providecommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother" spaces=" "><nodename>\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\providecommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makeatletter</code> &amp; <code>\makeatother</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter
+  ... definition of commands with &arobase; in their name ..
+\makeatother
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Use this pair when you redefine &latex; commands that are named with an
+at-sign character&nbsp;<samp><code>&arobase;</code></samp>.  The <code>\makeatletter</code>
+declaration makes the at-sign character have the category code of a
+letter, code&nbsp;11.  The <code>\makeatother</code> declaration sets the
+category code of the at-sign to code&nbsp;12, its default value.
+</para>
+<para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
+<dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
+character&nbsp;<samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode&nbsp;0.  Command names
+consist of a category&nbsp;0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
+by letters, category&nbsp;11 characters (except that a command name can
+also consist of a category&nbsp;0 character followed by a single
+non-letter symbol).
+</para>
+<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s source code has the convention that some commands use
+<code>&arobase;</code> in their name.  These commands are mainly intended for package
+or class writers.  The convention prevents authors who are just using a
+package or class from accidentally replacing such a command with one of
+their own, because by default the at-sign has catcode&nbsp;12.
+</para>
+<para>The pair <code>\makeatletter</code> and <code>\makeatother</code> changes the
+default code and then changes it back.  Use them inside a <file>.tex</file>
+file, in the preamble, when you are defining or redefining commands
+named with <code>&arobase;</code>, by having them surround your definition.  Don&textrsquo;t
+use these inside <file>.sty</file> or <file>.cls</file> files since the
+<code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands already arrange
+that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode&nbsp;11.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
+<url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+<para>In this example the class file has a command
+<code>\thesis&arobase;universityname</code> that the user wants to change.  These
+three lines should go in the preamble, before the
+<code>\begin&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code>.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\makeatletter
+\renewcommand&lbrace;\thesis&arobase;universityname&rbrace;&lbrace;Saint Michael's College&rbrace;
+\makeatother
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\mycmd&rbrace;&lbrace;\&arobase;ifstar&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;star&rbrace;&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;nostar&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\newcommand&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;nostar&rbrace;[<var>nostar-num-args</var>]&lbrace;<var>nostar-body</var>&rbrace; 
+\newcommand&lbrace;\mycmd&arobase;star&rbrace;[<var>star-num-args</var>]&lbrace;<var>star-body</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Many standard &latex; environments or commands have a variant with the
+same name but ending with a star character&nbsp;<code>*</code>, an asterisk.
+Examples are the <code>table</code> and <code>table*</code> environments and the
+<code>\section</code> and <code>\section*</code> commands.
+</para>
+<para>When defining environments, following this pattern is straightforward
+because <code>\newenvironment</code> and <code>\renewenvironment</code> allow the
+environment name to contain a star.  For commands the situation is more
+complex.  As in the synopsis above, there will be a user-called command,
+given above as <code>\mycmd</code>, which peeks ahead to see if it is followed
+by a star.  For instance, &latex; does not really have a
+<code>\section*</code> command; instead, the <code>\section</code> command peeks
+ahead.  This command does not accept arguments but instead expands to
+one of two commands that do accept arguments.  In the synopsis these two
+are <code>\mycmd&arobase;nostar</code> and <code>\mycmd&arobase;star</code>.  They could take the
+same number of arguments or a different number, or no arguments at all.
+As always, in a &latex; document a command using at-sign&nbsp;<code>&arobase;</code>
+must be enclosed inside a <code>\makeatletter ... \makeatother</code> block
+(<pxref label="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>This example of <code>\&arobase;ifstar</code> defines the command <code>\ciel</code> and a
+variant <code>\ciel*</code>.  Both have one required argument.  A call to
+<code>\ciel&lbrace;night&rbrace;</code> will return &quot;starry night sky&quot; while
+<code>\ciel*&lbrace;blue&rbrace;</code> will return &quot;starry not blue sky&quot;.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;starry #1 sky&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;starred&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;starry not #1 sky&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\ciel&rbrace;&lbrace;\&arobase;ifstar&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;starred&rbrace;&lbrace;\ciel&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>In the next example, the starred variant takes a different number of
+arguments than the unstarred one.  With this definition, Agent 007&textrsquo;s
+<code>``My name is \agentsecret*&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;,
+\agentsecret&lbrace;James&rbrace;&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;.''</code> is equivalent to entering the commands
+<code>``My name is \textsc&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;, \textit&lbrace;James&rbrace; textsc&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;.''</code>
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand*&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;[2]&lbrace;\textit&lbrace;#1&rbrace; \textsc&lbrace;#2&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;starred&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\textsc&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\newcommand*&lbrace;\agentsecret&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+  \&arobase;ifstar&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;starred&rbrace;&lbrace;\agentsecret&arobase;unstarred&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>There are two sometimes more convenient ways to accomplish the work of
+<code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>.  The <file>suffix</file> package allows the construct
+<code>\newcommand\mycommand&lbrace;<var>unstarred version</var>&rbrace;</code> followed by
+<code>\WithSuffix\newcommand\mycommand*&lbrace;<var>starred version</var>&rbrace;</code>.  And
+&latex;3 has the <file>xparse</file> package that allows this code.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\NewDocumentCommand\foo&lbrace;s&rbrace;&lbrace;\IfBooleanTF#1
+  &lbrace;<var>starred version</var>&rbrace;%
+  &lbrace;<var>unstarred version</var>&rbrace;% 
+  &rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
@@ -9096,16 +9104,17 @@ Or name \end... illegal, see p.192 of the manual</samp>.
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox&lbrace;<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox&lbrace;\<var>cmd</var>&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>Define <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> to refer to a new &textldquo;bin&textrdquo; for storing boxes.
-Such a box is for holding typeset material, to use multiple times or to
-measure or manipulate (<pxref label="Boxes"><xrefnodename>Boxes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The required bin name
-<code><var>cmd</var></code> must start with a backslash, <code>\</code>, and must not
-already be defined.  This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Define \<var>cmd</var>, the string consisting of a backslash followed by
+<var>cmd</var>, to refer to a new bin for storing material.  These bins hold
+material that has been typeset, to use multiple times or to measure or
+manipulate (<pxref label="Boxes"><xrefnodename>Boxes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The bin name \<var>cmd</var> is required, must
+start with a backslash, \, and must not already be a defined command.
+This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<para>The first line here sets you up to save the material for later use. 
+<para>This allocates a bin and then puts typeset material into it.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\newsavebox&lbrace;\logobox&rbrace;
@@ -9446,8 +9455,8 @@ boldface with a roman (<pxref label="Fonts"><xrefnodename>Fonts</xrefnodename></
 </pre></example>
 
 <para>Define a command <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> that will change the current font.
-The control sequence must must not already be defined.  It must begin
-with a backslash, <code>\</code>.
+The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
+backslash, <code>\</code>.
 </para>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
@@ -9973,30 +9982,37 @@ bogus month value produces no output).
 <para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance.  Many &latex; commands take a
 length as an argument.
 </para>
-<para>This shows a box of the given length.
+<para>Lengths come in two types.  A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> such as <code>10pt</code>
+does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component.  (Plain &tex;
+calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.)  A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what Plain &tex;
+calls a <dfn>skip</dfn>) such as as with <code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code>
+can contain either or both of those components.  In that rubber length,
+the <code>1cm</code> is the <dfn>natural length</dfn> while the other two, the
+<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components, allow &tex; to stretch or
+shrink the length to optimize placement.
+</para>
+<para>The illustrations below use these two commands.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\blackbar&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\rule&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&lbrace;10pt&rbrace;&rbrace;   % make a bar 
-\newcommand&lbrace;\showhbox&rbrace;[2]&lbrace;\fboxsep=0pt\fbox&lbrace;\hbox to #1&lbrace;#2&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace; % box it
-XXX\showhbox&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;&lbrace;\blackbar&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;&rbrace;YYY
+<pre xml:space="preserve">% make a black bar 10pt tall and #1 wide
+\newcommand&lbrace;\blackbar&rbrace;[1]&lbrace;\rule&lbrace;#1&rbrace;&lbrace;10pt&rbrace;&rbrace;
+
+% Make a box around #2 that is #1 wide (excluding the border)
+\newcommand&lbrace;\showhbox&rbrace;[2]&lbrace;%
+  \fboxsep=0pt\fbox&lbrace;\hbox to #1&lbrace;#2&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace; 
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>It produces a black bar 100&nbsp;points long between <samp>XXX</samp> and
-<samp>YYY</samp>.
-</para>
-<para>Lengths come in two types.  A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> (what Plain &tex;
-calls a <dfn>dimen</dfn>) such as <code>10pt</code> does not contain a <code>plus</code>
-or <code>minus</code> component.  The above example shows a rigid length. A
-<dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what Plain &tex; calls a <dfn>skip</dfn>) can contain
-those components, as with <code>1cm plus0.05cm minus0.01cm</code>.  Here the
-<code>1cm</code> is the <dfn>natural length</dfn> while the other two, the
-<code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components, allow the length to stretch or
-shrink.
-</para>
-<para>Shrinking is simpler: with <code>1cm minus 0.05cm</code>, the natural length
-is 1<dmn>cm</dmn> but if smaller is needed then &tex; can shrink it down as
-far as 0.95<dmn>cm</dmn>.  Beyond that, &tex; refuses to shrink any more.
+<para>This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100&nbsp;points
+long between <samp>XXX</samp> and <samp>YYY</samp>.  This length is rigid.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;&lbrace;\blackbar&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;&rbrace;YYY
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>As for rubber lengths, shrinking is simpler one: with <code>1cm minus
+0.05cm</code>, the natural length is 1<dmn>cm</dmn> but &tex; can shrink it down
+as far as 0.95<dmn>cm</dmn>.  Beyond that, &tex; refuses to shrink any more.
 Thus, below the first one works fine, producing a space of
 98&nbsp;points between the two bars.
 </para>
@@ -10016,7 +10032,7 @@ wider than the 300<dmn>pt</dmn> allocated, as &tex; has refused to shrink
 the total to less than 309&nbsp;points.
 </para>
 <para>Stretching is like shrinking except that if &tex; is asked to stretch
-beyond the given amount, it won&textrsquo;t refuse.  Here the first line is fine,
+beyond the given amount, it will do it.  Here the first line is fine,
 producing a space of 110&nbsp;points between the bars.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10029,11 +10045,9 @@ XXX\showhbox&lbrace;300pt&rbrace;&lbrace;%
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>In the second line &tex; needs a stretch of 10&nbsp;points and only
-1&nbsp;point was specified.  In this situation, &tex; stretches the
-space to the required length, but it complains with a warning like
-<samp>Underfull \hbox (badness 10000) detected at line 22</samp>.  (We won&textrsquo;t
-discuss badness; the point is that the system was not given as much
-stretch as needed.)
+1&nbsp;point was specified.  &tex; stretches the space to the required
+length but it gives you a warning like <samp>Underfull \hbox (badness
+10000) detected at line 22</samp>.  (We won&textrsquo;t discuss badness.)
 </para>
 <para>You can put both stretch and shrink in the same length, as in
 <code>1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.02ex</code>.
@@ -10042,17 +10056,18 @@ stretch as needed.)
 stretch or shrink in proportion.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox&lbrace;300pt&rbrace;&lbrace;\blackbar&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;%  left
+<pre xml:space="preserve">XXX\showhbox&lbrace;300pt&rbrace;&lbrace;%
+  \blackbar&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;%  left
   \hspace&lbrace;0pt plus 50pt&rbrace;\blackbar&lbrace;80pt&rbrace;\hspace&lbrace;0pt plus 10pt&rbrace;%  middle
   \blackbar&lbrace;100pt&rbrace;&rbrace;YYY  % right
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>The outside bars take up 100&nbsp;points, so the middle needs another
-100.  In the middle the bar takes up 80&nbsp;points, so the two
-<code>\hspace</code>&textrsquo;s must stretch 20&nbsp;points.  Because the two say
-<code>plus 50pt</code> and <code>plus 10pt</code>, &tex; gets 5/6 of the
-stretch from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
+<para>The left and right bars take up 100&nbsp;points, so the middle needs
+another 100.  The middle bar is 80&nbsp;points so the two
+<code>\hspace</code>&textrsquo;s must stretch 20&nbsp;points.  Because the two are
+<code>plus 50pt</code> and <code>plus 10pt</code>, &tex; gets 5/6 of the stretch
+from the first space and 1/6 from the second.
 </para>
 <para>The <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component of a rubber length can contain
 a <dfn>fill</dfn> component, as in <code>1in plus2fill</code>.  This gives the
@@ -10068,10 +10083,10 @@ the page.
 \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>&tex; actually has three infinite glue components <code>fil</code>,
-<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more infinite than
-the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
-(<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>&tex; actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
+<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more
+infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
+the middle one (<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <para>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after <code>\setlength&lbrace;\ylength&rbrace;&lbrace;1in plus 0.2in&rbrace;</code> and
@@ -10102,7 +10117,7 @@ math mode.
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm></findex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">Point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor>
-<para>Point 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
+<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
 places, is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = 2.85<dmn>mm</dmn> = 28.45<dmn>cm</dmn>. 
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pc</itemformat></item>
@@ -10216,8 +10231,13 @@ while the second will not.
 He said stop going to those places.
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like
-<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</samp>.
+<para>If you did not declare <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, for example if
+you mistype the above as
+<code>\newlength&lbrace;\specparindent&rbrace;\setlength&lbrace;\sepcparindent&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>,
+then you get an error like <samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\sepcindent</samp>.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
+then you get an error like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be
+read again&gt; \relax l.19 \setlength&lbrace;specparindent&rbrace;&lbrace;0.6\parindent&rbrace;</samp>
 </para>
 
 </section>
@@ -10242,8 +10262,8 @@ length</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 <para>Below, if <code>\parskip</code> starts with the value <code>0pt plus 1pt</code> 
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\addtolength&lbrace;\parskip&rbrace;&lbrace;1pt&rbrace;
-Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
+<pre xml:space="preserve">Doctor: how is the boy who swallowed the silver dollar?
+\addtolength&lbrace;\parskip&rbrace;&lbrace;1pt&rbrace;
 
 Nurse: no change.
 </pre></example>
@@ -10251,9 +10271,11 @@ Nurse: no change.
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>then it has the value <code>1pt plus 1pt</code> for the second paragraph.
 </para>
-<para>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like
-<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</samp>.  If you leave
-off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in
+<para>If you did not declare the length <var>len</var> with <code>\newlength</code>, if
+for example you mistype the above as
+<code>\addtolength&lbrace;\specparindent&rbrace;&lbrace;0.6\praindent&rbrace;</code>, then you get
+something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \praindent</samp>.
+If you leave off the backslash at the start of <var>len</var>, as in
 <code>\addtolength&lbrace;parindent&rbrace;&lbrace;1pt&rbrace;</code>, then you get something like
 <samp>You can't use `the letter p' after \advance</samp>.
 </para>
@@ -10282,9 +10304,10 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>.
 \the\alphabetdepth
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like
-<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetdepth</samp>.  If you
-leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
+<para>If you did not set aside the length <var>len</var>, if for example you
+mistype the above as <code>\settodepth&lbrace;\aplhabetdepth&rbrace;&lbrace;abc...&rbrace;</code>,
+then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\aplhabetdepth</samp>.  If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
 <code>\settodepth&lbrace;alphabetdepth&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> then you get something like
 <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>.
 </para>
@@ -10313,9 +10336,11 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>.
 \the\alphabetheight
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like
-<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetheight</samp>.  If you
-leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
+<para>If no such length <var>len</var> has been declared with <code>\newlength</code>, if
+for example you mistype as
+<code>\settoheight&lbrace;\aplhabetheight&rbrace;&lbrace;abc...&rbrace;</code>, then you get something
+like <samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetheight</samp>.  If
+you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
 <code>\settoheight&lbrace;alphabetheight&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> then you get something like
 <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>.
 </para>
@@ -10344,42 +10369,14 @@ begin with a backslash, <code>\</code>.
 \the\alphabetwidth
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>If there is no such length <var>len</var> then you get something like
-<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt; \alphabetwidth</samp>.  If you
-leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
+<para>If no such length <var>len</var> has been set aside, if for example you
+mistype the above as <code>\settowidth&lbrace;\aplhabetwidth&rbrace;&lbrace;abc...&rbrace;</code>,
+then you get something like <samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
+\aplhabetwidth</samp>.  If you leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
 <code>\settoheight&lbrace;alphabetwidth&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code> then you get something like
 <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be read again&gt; \setbox</samp>.
 </para>
 
-<!-- c @node Predefined lengths -->
-<!-- c @section Predefined lengths -->
-
-<!-- c @cindex lengths, predefined -->
-<!-- c @cindex predefined lengths -->
-
-<!-- c @code{\width} -->
-<!-- c @findex \width -->
-
-<!-- c @code{\height} -->
-<!-- c @findex \height -->
-
-<!-- c @code{\depth} -->
-<!-- c @findex \depth -->
-
-<!-- c @code{\totalheight} -->
-<!-- c @findex \totalheight -->
-
-<!-- c These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the box-making -->
-<!-- c commands (@pxref{Boxes}).  They specify the natural width, etc., of the -->
-<!-- c text in the box. @code{\totalheight} equals -->
-<!-- c @math{@code{@backslashchar{}height} + @code{@backslashchar{}depth}}. To -->
-<!-- c make a box with the text stretched to double the natural size, e.g., say -->
-
-<!-- c @example -->
-<!-- c \makebox[2\width]@{Get a stretcher@} -->
-<!-- c @end example -->
-
-
 </section>
 </chapter>
 <node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
@@ -10388,9 +10385,9 @@ leave the backslash out of <var>len</var>, as in
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<para>Once &latex; has all of a paragraph&textrsquo;s contents it divides it into
-lines, in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph (<pxref label="Line-breaking"><xrefnodename>Line
-breaking</xrefnodename></pxref>).  To end the current paragraph, put an empty line.
+<para>To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
+paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, separated by
+two empty lines.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession
@@ -10408,6 +10405,10 @@ of some one or other of their daughters.
 <para>The separator lines must be empty, including not containing a comment
 character, <code>%</code>.
 </para>
+<para>Once &latex; has gathered all of a paragraph&textrsquo;s contents it divides that
+content into lines in a way that is optimized over the entire paragraph
+(<pxref label="Line-breaking"><xrefnodename>Line breaking</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
 <para>There are places where a new paragraph is not permitted.  Don&textrsquo;t put a
 blank line in math mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>); here the line before the
 <code>\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;</code>
@@ -10448,7 +10449,7 @@ complete</samp>.
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex;, converts two
+<para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts two
 consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>):
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10467,22 +10468,25 @@ readability.
   \whatCheatingIs\par\whatHappensWhenICatchYou&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>The <code>\par</code> command does nothing in LR mode or a vertical mode but
-it terminates paragraph mode, bringing &latex; to vertical mode
+<para>In LR mode or a vertical mode the <code>\par</code> command does nothing but
+it terminates paragraph mode, switching &latex; to vertical mode
 (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<para>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in math mode or in the argument
-of many commands, such as the <code>\section</code> command (<pxref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making
-paragraphs</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>You cannot use the <code>\par</code> command in a math mode.  You also cannot
+use it in the argument of many commands, such as the <code>\section</code>
+command (<pxref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making paragraphs</xrefnodename></pxref> and <ref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand &amp;
+\renewcommand</xrefnodename></ref>).
 </para>
-<para>The <code>\par</code> command differs from the <code>\paragraph</code> command in
-that the latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a
-sectioning unit used by the standard &latex; documents.
+<para>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as the <code>\paragraph</code>
+command. The latter is, like <code>\section</code> or <code>\subsection</code>, a
+sectioning unit used by the standard &latex; documents
+(<pxref label="_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph"><xrefnodename>\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<para>The <code>\par</code> command differs from <code>\newline</code> and the line break
-double backslash, <code>\\</code>, in that \par ends the paragraph not just
-the line.  It also triggers the addition of the between-paragraph
-vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent &amp; \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>The <code>\par</code> command is not the same as <code>\newline</code> or the line
+break double backslash, <code>\\</code>.  The difference is that <code>\par</code>
+ends the paragraph, not just the line, and also triggers the addition of
+the between-paragraph vertical space <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent
+&amp; \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <para>The output from this example
 </para>
@@ -10646,9 +10650,9 @@ subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the
 prior paragraph.  Revert that to the default position with
 <code>\normalmarginpar</code>.
 </para>
-<para>When you specify the optional argument <var>left</var> then it is used for a
-note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <var>right</var> is
-used for a note in the the right margin.
+<para>When you specify the optional argument <var>left</var> then it is used for
+a note in the left margin, while the mandatory argument <var>right</var> is
+used for a note in the right margin.
 </para>
 <para>Normally, a note&textrsquo;s first word will not be hyphenated.  You can enable
 hyphenation there by beginning <var>left</var> or <var>right</var> with
@@ -10940,7 +10944,7 @@ said otherwise, the commands for these symbols can be used only in math
 mode.  To redefine a command so that it can be used whatever the current
 mode, see <ref label="_005censuremath"><xrefnodename>\ensuremath</xrefnodename></ref>.
 </para>
-<!-- c xx Add Negation: @code{} for negations of relevant symbols -->
+<!-- c xx Add Negation: for negations of relevant symbols -->
 <!-- c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html -->
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
@@ -12414,12 +12418,172 @@ in both text and math mode.
 both text and math mode.
 </para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
+<menu endspaces=" ">
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                            ">\smash</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Eliminate height or depth of a subformula.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::  ">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make empty box with the same size as the argument.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
+
+
+<node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\smash&lbrace;<var>subformula</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Typeset <var>subformula</var> as if its height and depth were zero.
+</para>
+<para>In this example the exponential is so tall that without the
+<code>\smash</code> command &latex; would separate its line from the line
+above it, and the uneven line spacing might be unsightly.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">To compute the tetration $\smash&lbrace;2^&lbrace;2^&lbrace;2^2&rbrace;&rbrace;&rbrace;$,
+evaluate from the top down, as $2^&lbrace;2^4&rbrace;=2^&lbrace;16&rbrace;=65536$.
+</pre></example>
 
+<para>(Because of the <code>\smash</code> the printed expression could run into the
+line above so you may want to wait until the final version of the
+document to make such adjustments.)
+</para>
+<para>This pictures the effect of <code>\smash</code> by using <code>\fbox</code> to
+surround the box that &latex; will put on the line.  The
+<code>\blackbar</code> command makes a bar extending from 10&nbsp;points below
+the baseline to 20&nbsp;points above.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\blackbar&rbrace;&lbrace;\rule[-10pt]&lbrace;5pt&rbrace;&lbrace;30pt&rbrace;&rbrace;
+\fbox&lbrace;\blackbar&rbrace;
+\fbox&lbrace;\smash&lbrace;\blackbar&rbrace;&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The first box that &latex; places is 20&nbsp;points high and
+10&nbsp;points deep.  But the second box is treated by &latex; as
+having zero height and zero depth, despite that the ink printed on the
+page still extends well above and below the line.
+</para>
+<para>The <code>\smash</code> command appears often in mathematics to adjust the
+size of an element that surrounds a subformula.  Here the first radical
+extends below the baseline while the second lies just on the baseline.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+\sqrt&lbrace;\sum_&lbrace;0\leq k&lt; n&rbrace; f(k)&rbrace;
+\sqrt&lbrace;\vphantom&lbrace;\sum&rbrace;\smash&lbrace;\sum_&lbrace;0\leq k&lt; n&rbrace;&rbrace; f(k)&rbrace;
+\end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Note the use of <code>\vphantom</code> to give the <code>\sqrt</code> command an
+argument with the height of the <code>\sum</code> (<pxref label="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom"><xrefnodename>\phantom &amp; \vphantom
+&amp; \hphantom</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>While most often used in mathematics, the <code>\smash</code> command can
+appear in other contexts.  However, it doesn&textrsquo;t change into horizontal
+mode.  So if it starts a paragraph then you should first put a
+<code>\leavevmode</code>, as in the bottom line below.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">xxx xxx xxx
+
+\smash&lbrace;yyy&rbrace;  % no paragraph indent
+
+\leavevmode\smash&lbrace;zzz&rbrace;  % usual paragraph indent
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
+control over smashing a subformula box.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
+<node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
+<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\phantom&lbrace;<var>subformula</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>or
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\vphantom&lbrace;<var>subformula</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>or
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\hphantom&lbrace;<var>subformula</var>&rbrace;
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The <code>\phantom</code> command creates a box with the same height, depth,
+and width as <var>subformula</var>, but empty.  That is, this command causes
+&latex; to typeset the box but not its ink.  The <code>\vphantom</code>
+variant also produces an invisible box with the same height and depth as
+<var>subformula</var>, but it has width zero.  And <code>\hphantom</code> makes a
+box with the same width as <var>subformula</var> but with height and depth
+zero.
+</para>
+<para>Without the <code>\vphantom</code> in this example, the top bars of the two
+square roots would be at different heights.
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\( \sqrt&lbrace;\vphantom&lbrace;a^3&rbrace;a&rbrace;\cdot\sqrt&lbrace;a^3&rbrace; \)
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>The <code>\vphantom&lbrace;a^3&rbrace;</code> causes the first <code>\sqrt</code> to have inside
+it a box of the same height as the second <code>\sqrt</code>, so &latex;
+makes the bars align.
+</para>
+<para>These commands often are combined with <code>\smash</code>.  <xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>
+for another example of the use of <code>\vphantom</code>.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides
+a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
+convenient, including <code>\makebox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox &amp; \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>) as well
+as <code>\settodepth</code> (<pxref label="_005csettodepth"><xrefnodename>\settodepth</xrefnodename></pxref>), <code>\settoheight</code>
+(<pxref label="_005csettoheight"><xrefnodename>\settoheight</xrefnodename></pxref>), and <code>\settowidth</code> (<pxref label="_005csettowidth"><xrefnodename>\settowidth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+In addition, the <file>mathtools</file> package has many commands that offer
+fine-grained control over spacing.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
+mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
+should give it such a status, for example with the <code>\operatorname</code>
+command from the package <file>amsmath</file>.
+</para>
+<para>While most often used in mathematics, these three can appear in other
+contexts.  However, they don&textrsquo;t cause &latex; to change into horizontal
+mode.  So if one of these starts a paragraph then you should prefix it
+with <code>\leavevmode</code>.
+</para>
+
+</subsection>
 </section>
 <node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities.  Here are
 some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
@@ -12437,8 +12601,8 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
 <node name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces="  ">Colon character &amp; \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> &amp; <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">:</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">:</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">:</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -12455,16 +12619,16 @@ some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
 <pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character
 with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
 <code>\&lbrace;x\colon 0\leq x&lt;1\&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>But the widely-used <file>amsmath</file> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use
 in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>.  So if you want
@@ -12475,10 +12639,10 @@ the colon character as a punctuation then use <code>\mathpunct&lbrace;:&rbrace;<
 <node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character &amp; \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -12502,7 +12666,7 @@ break, followed by <code>\( A_3 A_4 \)</code>.
 <node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\left &amp; \right</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -12521,11 +12685,11 @@ mode it comes out small; see the discussion of <code>\displaystyle</code>
 <node name="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left &amp; \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> &amp; <code>\right</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -12573,9 +12737,9 @@ backslash, <code>\&lbrace;</code>.
 <node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\left &amp; \right</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">square root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">roots</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">radical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">square root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">roots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">radical</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12599,8 +12763,8 @@ a large enough <code>arg</code>, it is vertical).
 <node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12619,7 +12783,7 @@ arrow enter <code>\stackrel&lbrace;f&rbrace;&lbrace;\longrightarrow&rbrace;</cod
 <node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">modes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">modes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six
 modes.  They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal
@@ -12630,13 +12794,13 @@ the math modes), and error messages will refer to these.
 <itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" ">
 <listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
 <anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary
 text.  It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into
 pages.  This is the mode &latex; is in most of the time.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called
 <dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts
@@ -12649,24 +12813,24 @@ that box into a line, it could very well complain that the finished LR
 box won&textrsquo;t fit there.)
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating
 an inline mathematical formula.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed
 mathematical formula.  (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline
 ones.  One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code>
 differs in the two situations.)
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is building the list of lines and
 other material making the output page.  This is the mode &latex; is in
 when it starts a document.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a
 <code>\vbox</code>.  This is the vertical analogue of LR mode.
@@ -12681,11 +12845,11 @@ mode, then the next switch happens at the <samp>\(</samp> where &latex;
 changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops
 back to paragraph mode.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor>
 <anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor>
-<para>Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command or
+<para>Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command
 or a <code>minipage</code> then &latex; is put into paragraph mode.  But it
 will not put a page break here.  Inside one of these boxes, called a
 <dfn>parbox</dfn>, &latex; is in <dfn>inner paragraph mode</dfn>.  Its more usual
@@ -12693,7 +12857,7 @@ situation, where it can put page breaks, is <dfn>outer paragraph mode</dfn>
 (<pxref label="Page-breaking"><xrefnodename>Page breaking</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ensuremath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ensure that math mode is active
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator=":: ">\ensuremath</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Ensure that math mode is active.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
 <node name="_005censuremath" spaces=" "><nodename>\ensuremath</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Modes</nodeup></node>
@@ -12732,8 +12896,8 @@ But compare the correct spacing in $\alf+\alf$ with that in \alf+\alf.
 <node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of
 that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body.  This
@@ -12741,8 +12905,8 @@ includes pages in the main part of the document but also includes
 special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or
 the first page of an article.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <file>fancyhdr</file> is very helpful for constructing page
 styles.  See its documentation on CTAN.
@@ -12758,7 +12922,7 @@ styles.  See its documentation on CTAN.
 <node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -12803,7 +12967,7 @@ the following declarations.  These must come before the
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\author&lbrace;<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...&rbrace;</indexterm>\author&lbrace;<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Required.  Declare the document author or authors.  The argument is a
@@ -12814,22 +12978,23 @@ the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Warning: No
 \author given</samp>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\date&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\date&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Optional.  Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date.  The <var>text</var>
 doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all.  If you
 omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 To have no date, instead use <code>\date&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\thanks&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\thanks&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
-for acknowledgements, as illustrated below, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text so
-you can use it to print an email address, or for any purpose.
+for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
+the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text at
+all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
+address.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\title&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\title&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Required.  Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document.  Get line
 breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>.  If you
@@ -12838,11 +13003,11 @@ omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: No
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<para>Many publishers will provide a class to use in place of <code>article</code>
-in that example, that formats the title according to their house
-requirements.  To make your own, see&nbsp;<ref label="titlepage"><xrefnodename>titlepage</xrefnodename></ref>. You can
-either create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a
-renewed <code>\maketitle</code> command.
+<para>To make your own title page, see&nbsp;<ref label="titlepage"><xrefnodename>titlepage</xrefnodename></ref>. You can either
+create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
+<code>\maketitle</code> command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use
+in place of <code>article</code> that formats the title according to their
+house requirements.)
 </para>
 
 </section>
@@ -12850,7 +13015,7 @@ renewed <code>\maketitle</code> command.
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12879,7 +13044,7 @@ also&nbsp;<ref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">arabic</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>arabic numerals: 1, 2, &dots; 
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Arabic numerals: 1, 2, &dots; 
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">roman</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>lowercase Roman numerals: i, ii, &dots;
@@ -12896,8 +13061,8 @@ get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>.
 get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it
 does get reset.  References to that page also are blank.  (This does not
 work with the popular package <file>hyperref</file> so to have the page number
@@ -12922,9 +13087,9 @@ number then you will manipulate the <code>page</code> counter
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">header style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">header style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12935,8 +13100,8 @@ number then you will manipulate the <code>page</code> counter
 <para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset,
 from the current page onwards.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A discussion with an example is below.  Note first that the package
 <file>fancyhdr</file> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
@@ -13029,7 +13194,7 @@ the last one that came before that page.
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13044,7 +13209,7 @@ or environments.
 </para>
 <para>Often the first page of a chapter or section has a different style.  For
 example, this &latex; book document has the first page of the first
-chapter in in <code>plain</code> style, as is the default (<pxref label="Page-styles"><xrefnodename>Page
+chapter in <code>plain</code> style, as is the default (<pxref label="Page-styles"><xrefnodename>Page
 styles</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -13069,8 +13234,8 @@ To make the page entirely empty, the command
 <node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">white space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">white space</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space.  Some of
 these are best suited to mathematical text; see&nbsp;<ref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in
@@ -13205,8 +13370,8 @@ space won&textrsquo;t shrink more than 0.25<dmn>cm</dmn> (<pxref label="Lengths"
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13252,9 +13417,9 @@ so the space can be discarded at line breaks.  To avoid that instead use
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13360,9 +13525,9 @@ then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command.
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name -->
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -13425,7 +13590,7 @@ Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -13452,7 +13617,7 @@ spaces are treated equally.
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13469,9 +13634,9 @@ spaces are treated equally.
 <node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">\TAB</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">\TAB</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
 backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
@@ -13483,35 +13648,35 @@ backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
 <para>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length
 3.33333<dmn>pt</dmn> plus 1.66666<dmn>pt</dmn> minus 1.11111<dmn>pt</dmn>.
 </para>
-<para>A blank is not a space.  When you type a blank between words, &latex;
-produces white space.  That&textrsquo;s different from an explicit space.  This
-illustrates.
+<para>When you type one or more blanks between words, &latex; produces white
+space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;&lbrace;l&rbrace;
+One blank: makes some space \\
 Three blanks:   in a row \\
 Three spaces:\ \ \ in a row \\
 \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>On the first line &latex; collapses the three blanks to output one
-whitespace (it would be the same with a single blank or, for instance,
-with a blank and an tab and a blank, or a blank and a newline and a
-blank). But the second line asks for three spaces so the white area is
-wider.  Thus, the backslash-space command will create some horizontal
-space.  (But the best way to create horizontal space is with
-<code>\hspace</code>; <xref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></xref>.)
-</para>
-<para>The backslash-space command has two main uses.  First, it is often used
-after control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that
-follows, as in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>.  (But the approach of using curly
-parentheses, as in <code>\TeX&lbrace;&rbrace; is nice</code>, has the advantage of still
-working if the next character is a period.)
-</para>
-<para>The second common use is that
-it mark  a period as ending an abbreviation instead of ending
-a sentence, as in <code>So says Prof.\ Smith</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>On the first line &latex; puts some space after the colon.  On the
+second line &latex; collapses the three blanks to output one
+whitespace, so you end with the same space after the colon as in the
+first line.  &latex; would similarly collapse a blank followed by a
+tab, or a blank and a newline and a blank.  However, the bottom line
+asks for three spaces so the white area is wider.  That is, the
+backslash-space command creates a fixed amount of horizontal space.
+(Note that you can define a horizontal space of any width at all with
+<code>\hspace</code>; see&nbsp;<ref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></ref>.)
+</para>
+<para>The backslash-space command has two main uses.  It is often used after
+control sequences to keep them from gobbling the space that follows, as
+in <code>\TeX\ is nice</code>.  (But using curly parentheses, as in
+<code>\TeX&lbrace;&rbrace; is best</code>, has the advantage of still working if the next
+character is a period.)  The other common use is that it marks a period
+as ending an abbreviation instead of ending a sentence, as in <code>So
+says Prof.\ Smith</code> (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <para>Under normal circumstances, <code>\</code><key>tab</key> and <code>\</code><key>newline</key>
 are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>.
@@ -13526,10 +13691,10 @@ are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>.
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">tie</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">space, hard</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">tie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">space, hard</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13565,8 +13730,8 @@ here are some usage models, many of them from the &tex;book.
 <code>Figure~\ref&lbrace;fig:KGraph&rbrace;</code>. When cases are enumerated inline:
 <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
 <para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the
@@ -13610,10 +13775,10 @@ said~--- plausible</code>.
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -13647,7 +13812,7 @@ use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\ Knuth</code>.
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13860,7 +14025,7 @@ with <samp>def</samp>.
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">strut</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13919,16 +14084,16 @@ item&textrsquo;s second line.
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>The final two lists use <code>fbox</code> to show what&textrsquo;s happening.  The third
-list&textrsquo;s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second <samp>test</samp>,
-which happens not have any characters that descend below the baseline.
-The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed extra
-below-baseline space.
+<para>The final two lists use <code>\fbox</code> to show what&textrsquo;s happening.  The
+third list&textrsquo;s <code>\parbox</code> goes only to the bottom of its second
+<samp>test</samp>, which happens not have any characters that descend below
+the baseline.  The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed
+extra below-baseline space.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in
 <file>TikZ</file> or <file>Asymptote</file>.  For instance, you may have a command
@@ -13965,8 +14130,8 @@ integral would still hit the line.)
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14033,8 +14198,8 @@ the page, with at least one inch of space below each.
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14073,8 +14238,8 @@ Lost Dog!
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14133,8 +14298,9 @@ with a <code>\par</code> command (<pxref label="_005cpar"><xrefnodename>\par</xr
 <node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
 
+<!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. -->
 <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
 page.  So these commands are central.
 </para>
@@ -14157,9 +14323,9 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is <file>adjustbox</file>.
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14170,7 +14336,7 @@ One useful adjunct to the commands here is <file>adjustbox</file>.
 \makebox[<var>width</var>][<var>position</var>]&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>Create a box, a container for material.  The <var>text</var> is is typeset in
+<para>Create a box, a container for material.  The <var>text</var> is typeset in
 LR mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>) so it is not broken into lines.  The
 <code>\mbox</code> command is robust, while <code>\makebox</code> is fragile
 (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -14248,11 +14414,11 @@ puts the value of the quiz questions to the left of those questions.
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space)
 will be just before the <samp>What</samp> (note the space after
@@ -14327,7 +14493,7 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4<dmn>in</dmn> wide.
 </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box.  The default is
 0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>.  Change it with a command such as
 <code>\setlength&lbrace;\fboxrule&rbrace;&lbrace;0.8pt&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -14335,7 +14501,7 @@ here is an example creating an empty box that is 1/4<dmn>in</dmn> wide.
 <anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>.
 Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength&lbrace;\fboxsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;</code>
 (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes:
@@ -14376,8 +14542,8 @@ units depend on <code>picture</code>&textrsquo;s <code>\unitlength</code> (<pxre
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14506,7 +14672,7 @@ second is the height of <file>meta.png</file>.
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14641,7 +14807,7 @@ and <code>\savebox</code> commands, and is equivalent to them. <xref label="_005
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14661,14 +14827,14 @@ robust (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref
 <node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">color</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
 or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
 </para>
-<para>Color support comes as an additional package.  So all the commands below
-will only work if your document preamble contains
-<code>\usepackage&lbrace;color&rbrace;</code>, that brings in the standard package.
+<para>Color support comes as an additional package.  So put
+<code>\usepackage&lbrace;color&rbrace;</code> in your document preamble to use the
+commands described here.
 </para>
 <para>Many other packages also supplement &latex;&textrsquo;s color abilities.
 Particularly worth mentioning is <file>xcolor</file>, which is widely used and
@@ -14685,8 +14851,8 @@ significantly extends the capabilities described here, including adding
 <node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
 </para>
@@ -14736,7 +14902,7 @@ memory space.
 <node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">color models</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">color models</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors.  &latex;&textrsquo;s
 capabilities depend on the printer driver.  However, the <file>pdftex</file>,
@@ -14797,7 +14963,7 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>,
 <node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package.
 </para>
@@ -14812,9 +14978,9 @@ names depends on the driver, but all support the names <samp>black</samp>,
 <node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652">define color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">define color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14848,8 +15014,8 @@ or style, rather than in the document body.
 <node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -14950,9 +15116,9 @@ numbers, <code>gray</code> takes only one.
 <node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -15006,10 +15172,10 @@ of the second line.
 <node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -15040,8 +15206,8 @@ rather than the default transparent background.)
 <node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document.
 You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;.
@@ -15090,8 +15256,8 @@ see their documentation on CTAN.
 <node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
 </para>
@@ -15171,14 +15337,14 @@ option has &latex; to read the size from the latter.
 <node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces="  "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for
 the graphic.
@@ -15398,7 +15564,7 @@ file. This is very often left blank. This command must start with a
 single backward quote.  Thus,
 <code>\DeclareGraphicsRule&lbrace;.eps.gz&rbrace;&lbrace;eps&rbrace;&lbrace;.eps.bb&rbrace;&lbrace;`gunzip -c
 #1&rbrace;</code> specifies that any file with the extension <file>.eps.gz</file> should
-be treated as an <code>eps</code> file, with the the BoundingBox information
+be treated as an <code>eps</code> file, with the BoundingBox information
 stored in the file with extension <file>.eps.bb</file>, and that the command
 <code>gunzip -c</code> will run on your platform to decompresses the file.
 </para>
@@ -15414,8 +15580,8 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution.
 <node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands available with the <file>graphics</file> and
 <file>graphicx</file> packages.
@@ -15431,15 +15597,15 @@ See the documentation for your &tex; distribution.
 <node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses for <file>graphics</file> package:
@@ -15830,18 +15996,18 @@ external commands.
 <node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
 
-<para>Synopsis for <file>graphics</file> package:
+<para>Synopsis if you use the <file>graphics</file> package:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox&lbrace;<var>angle</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>Synopses for <file>graphicx</file> package:
+<para>Synopses if you use the <file>graphicx</file> package:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox&lbrace;<var>angle</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>material</var>&rbrace;
@@ -15878,10 +16044,11 @@ bounding box, in its new position, is what &latex; uses as the box when
 typesetting this material.
 </para>
 <para>If you use the <file>graphics</file> package then the rotation is about the
-reference point of the box.  If you use the <file>graphicx</file> package then
-then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>, but
-note that you can get the same effect without needing this package,
-except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options (<pxref label="_005cincludegraphics"><xrefnodename>\includegraphics</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+reference point of the box. If you use the <file>graphicx</file> package
+then these are the options that can go in the <var>key-value list</var>,
+but note that you can get the same effect without needing this
+package, except for the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> options
+(<pxref label="_005cincludegraphics"><xrefnodename>\includegraphics</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">origin</itemformat></item>
@@ -15891,16 +16058,16 @@ left, <code>r</code> for right, <code>b</code> for bottom, <code>c</code> for ce
 <code>t</code> for top, and <code>B</code> for baseline.  Thus, the first line here
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=c]&lbrace;moon&rbrace;
-\includegraphics[angle=180,origin=lB]&lbrace;LeBateau&rbrace;
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\rotatebox[origin=c]&lbrace;180&rbrace;&lbrace;moon&rbrace;
+\rotatebox[origin=lB]&lbrace;180&rbrace;&lbrace;LeBateau&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>will turn the picture upside down from the center while the second will
 turn its picture upside down about its left baseline.  (The character
 <code>c</code> gives the horizontal center in <code>bc</code> or <code>tc</code> but gives
-the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>.)  The default is
-<code>lB</code>.
+the vertical center in <code>lc</code> or <code>rc</code>, and gives both in
+<code>c</code>.)  The default is <code>lB</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">x, y</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Specify an arbitrary point of rotation with
@@ -15920,12 +16087,12 @@ setting <code>units=6.283185</code> changes to radians counterclockwise.
 <node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -15970,12 +16137,12 @@ immediately followed by its mirror reflection.
 <node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
@@ -16015,8 +16182,8 @@ text two inches wide but keep the original height with
 <node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a
 special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
@@ -16036,10 +16203,10 @@ special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
 <node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
 example, the percent sign&nbsp;<code>%</code> is for comments.  They are
 called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>.
@@ -16085,9 +16252,9 @@ there to split the lines).
 <node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16130,15 +16297,15 @@ you need to do expansion.  Here the <code>\Schoolname</code> produces
 <w>                           </w>\expandafter&lbrace;\schoolname&rbrace;&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>textcase</file> package brings some of the missing feature of the
 standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and
 <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  
 <para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
 <file>mfirstuc</file>.
@@ -16149,8 +16316,8 @@ standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with
 the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character
@@ -16167,8 +16334,8 @@ example could also be written as <code>\symbol&lbrace;'40&rbrace;</code> or
 <node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in
@@ -16179,148 +16346,148 @@ you may need to load the <code>textcomp</code> package.
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&copyright; The copyright symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &latex; logo.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &latex;2e logo.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&laquo;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&laquo;)</r></itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&raquo;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&raquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&laquo;, &raquo;, &lsaquo;, &rsaquo;
 Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&dots;  An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline):  <code>\ldots</code>
 and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&pound; English pounds sterling.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&bdquo; and &sbquo;
 Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00A7</U> Section sign.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &tex; logo.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>^ ASCII circumflex.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>~ ASCII tilde.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>* Centered asterisk.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>\ Backslash.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>| Vertical bar.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>25EF</U> Big circle symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&lbrace; Left brace.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&rbrace; Right brace.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&bullet; Bullet.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>24B6</U> Circle around <var>letter</var>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example,
 <code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This
 is most useful in non-English languages.  The
@@ -16328,138 +16495,138 @@ is most useful in non-English languages.  The
 while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2020</U> Dagger.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2021</U> Double dagger.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>$ Dollar sign.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textmdash; Em-dash (used for punctuation, as in
 <code>The playoffs --- if you are fortunate enough to make the playoffs ---
 is more like a sprint.</code>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textndash; En-dash (used for ranges, as in <code>See pages 12--14</code>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The Euro symbol: &euro;. For an alternative glyph design, try the
 <file>eurosym</file> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
 Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&iexcl; Upside down exclamation point.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&gt; Greater than symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&lt; Less than symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2190</U> Left arrow.   
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&ordf;, &ordm; Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00B7</U> Centered period.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&iquest; Upside down question mark.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textldquo; Double left quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrdquo; Double right quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textlsquo; Single left quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrsquo; Single right quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>0027</U> Straight single quote.  (From TS1 encoding.)  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark -->
 <para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&registered; Registered symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2192</U> Right arrow.  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>FE58</U> &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol.
 </para>
 <!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash?  In Unicode? -->
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>FE58</U> &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.   
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>_ Underscore.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2423</U> Visible space symbol.  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -16469,17 +16636,17 @@ Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).
 <node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and languages,
 through the <code>babel</code> package and related support if you are using
 pdf&latex;, or <file>polyglossia</file> if you are using Xe&latex; or
@@ -16492,11 +16659,11 @@ with capital letters.  These are not available with OT1.
 lowercase <samp>o</samp>.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i,
 <!-- c @dotless{i}, -->
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
 and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j.
 <!-- c @dotless{j}. -->
 These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
@@ -16507,61 +16674,61 @@ accented.
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\&quot; <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent>  Dot accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Related to this, <code>\underbar&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code> produces a bar under
 <var>text</var>.  The argument is always processed in LR mode
 (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
@@ -16572,35 +16739,35 @@ thus crossing through descenders.  See also <code>\underline</code> in
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek.  Not available in the OT1 encoding.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item>
@@ -16611,7 +16778,7 @@ thus crossing through descenders.  See also <code>\underline</code> in
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="tieaccent">oo</accent> Tie-after accent.  The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in
 its box.
 </para>
@@ -16619,16 +16786,16 @@ its box.
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="caron">o</accent>  H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -16639,12 +16806,12 @@ its box.
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond
 A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other
@@ -16655,22 +16822,22 @@ than English.
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\aa (&aring;)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\AA (&Aring;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">aring</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">aring</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&aring; and &Aring;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\ae (&aelig;)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\AE (&AElig;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&aelig; and &AElig;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\dh (&eth;)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\DH (&ETH;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Icelandic letter eth: &eth; and &ETH;. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
 encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
 font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -16687,14 +16854,14 @@ select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&lslash; and &Lslash;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item>
@@ -16707,30 +16874,30 @@ select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\o (&oslash;)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\O (&Oslash;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&oslash; and &Oslash;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\oe (&oelig;)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\OE (&OElig;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&oelig; and &OElig;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\ss (&szlig;)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&szlig; and SS.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\th (&thorn;)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\TH (&THORN;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Icelandic letter thorn: &thorn; and &THORN;. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
 encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
 font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -16753,8 +16920,8 @@ font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
 
 <para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
 often used to mark the end of a proof.
 </para>
@@ -16762,8 +16929,8 @@ often used to mark the end of a proof.
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\qedsymbol&rbrace;&lbrace;\rule&lbrace;0.4em&rbrace;&lbrace;2ex&rbrace;&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>The <file>amsthm</file> package includes this command, with a somewhat
@@ -16795,8 +16962,8 @@ output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it.
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16808,11 +16975,11 @@ output, but can cause &latex; to change the output around it.
 <var>yyyy</var></samp>.  An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4,
 1976</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Multilingual packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>, or
 classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example,
@@ -16831,8 +16998,8 @@ the following will output <samp>4 juillet 1976</samp>:
 <para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and
 <code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates.  One is <file>datetime</file> package
 which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards.
@@ -16846,16 +17013,16 @@ date could be incorrect by the time the program finishes.
 <node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">input file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones.
 This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the
 document.  It can also speed processing.
 </para>
 <para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts.  This shows such
 a file with five included files.
 </para>
@@ -17067,7 +17234,7 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux:
 \end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or
 you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp>  The
 <code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will
@@ -17150,7 +17317,7 @@ this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux:
 <node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents etc.</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
@@ -17245,11 +17412,11 @@ list of figures and a list of tables.  They work the same way as the
 contents commands; for instance, these work with information stored in
 <file>.lof</file> and <file>.lot</file> files.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To change the header for the table of contents page do something like
 the first line here.
@@ -17265,11 +17432,11 @@ the first line here.
 Internationalization packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>
 will change the headers depending on the chosen base language.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
 and tables.  One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the
@@ -17288,7 +17455,7 @@ contents.
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -17478,11 +17645,11 @@ the old information.
 <node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This document has an index.
 </para>
@@ -17514,11 +17681,11 @@ These output a file <file><var>root-name</var>.ind</file>.  Finally, you bring t
 information back into your document and typeset it with the
 <code>\printindex</code> command (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many packages that apply to indexing commands.  The
 <code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the
@@ -17537,7 +17704,7 @@ also the &tex; FAQ entry on this topic,
 <node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -17580,7 +17747,7 @@ document as above will give an index entry like <samp>Ackermann, 22,
 instance <code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function&rbrace;</code> could come before
 <code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -17601,14 +17768,14 @@ the output is the item <samp>Jones</samp> with no comma or page number,
 followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results,
 51</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces="  "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces="  "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>See</samp> by using a vertical bar
@@ -17666,8 +17833,8 @@ would naturally give it.
 entry, preceding it with a double quote, <code>&quot;</code>.  (The double quote
 gets deleted before alphabetization.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that
 provided by <file>makeidx</file>.  One is <file>index</file>, which allows for
@@ -17676,11 +17843,11 @@ multiple indices and contains a command
 <var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
 <file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file.  Specifically, it writes text of the
 command
-<code>\indexentry&lbrace;<var>index-entry-string</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>page-num</var>&rbrace;</code>, where
+<code>\indexentry&lbrace;<var>index-entry-string</var>&rbrace;&lbrace;<var>page-num</var>&rbrace;</code>,
 where <var>page-num</var> is the value of the <code>\thepage</code> counter.  On
 occasion, when the <code>\printindex</code> command is confused, you have to
 delete this file to start with a fresh slate.
@@ -17698,11 +17865,11 @@ message like this.
 <node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">makeindex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -17718,7 +17885,7 @@ raw index files, <file><var>filename</var>.idx</file> files, and produces the
 actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by
 <code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses.  The second allows
@@ -17779,7 +17946,7 @@ plus5pt minus3pt</code>).
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer.  It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.  If
 it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing
-will be inserted before the group. If it is is positive then at a new
+will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new
 letter the <code>lethead_prefix</code> and <code>lethead_suffix</code> will be
 inserted, with that letter in uppercase between them.  If it is negative
 then what will be inserted is the letter in lowercase.  The default
@@ -17885,20 +18052,20 @@ roman <code>R</code>, and uppercase alphabetic <code>A</code>.  Default:
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">xindy</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>There are a number of other programs that do the job <command>makeindex</command>
-does.  One is <command>xindy</command>, which does internationalization and can
-process indexes for documents marked up using &latex; and a number of
-other languages.  It is is highly configurable, both in markup terms and
-in terms of the collating order of the text.  See the documentation on
-CTAN.
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>There are a number of other programs that do the job
+<command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>, which does
+internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up
+using &latex; and a number of other languages. It is highly
+configurable, both in markup terms and in terms of the collating order
+of the text, as described in its documentation.
 </para>
 
 </subsection>
 <node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -17922,9 +18089,9 @@ discussion and an example of the use of <code>\printindex</code>.
 <node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -17972,7 +18139,7 @@ of a Turing machine</samp>.  In addition, in a separate sectional unit headed
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the
 entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>.  Put the
 <code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear
@@ -17992,7 +18159,7 @@ CTAN.
 <node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of: 
@@ -18064,7 +18231,7 @@ form given in the synopsis.
 <node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of: 
@@ -18106,8 +18273,8 @@ which also takes the plural.
 <node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis: 
 </para>
@@ -18245,7 +18412,7 @@ is formatted as a personal letter.
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18270,8 +18437,8 @@ with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>, as in:
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18292,7 +18459,7 @@ at the end of a letter, above a handwritten signature.  For example:
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18388,8 +18555,8 @@ columns having two labels each.
 <para>The first column contains the return address twice.  The second column
 contains the address for each recipient.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with
 standard sizes already provided.  The preamble lines
@@ -18418,7 +18585,7 @@ with the return address.
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18438,7 +18605,7 @@ with the return address.
 <node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18543,8 +18710,8 @@ page.
 <node name="Terminal-input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Terminal input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Terminal input/output</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <menu endspaces=" ">
 <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::             ">\typein</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Read text from the terminal.
@@ -18664,7 +18831,7 @@ character with <code>\csname &arobase;percentchar\endcsname</code>.
 <node name="Command-line" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Document templates</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Terminal input/output</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
 </para>
@@ -18725,7 +18892,7 @@ to do.
 <node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
 authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the
@@ -18779,9 +18946,9 @@ and output file will then be named <file><var>string</var>.log</file> and
 <var>argument</var> does not start with a backslash then &tex; considers it
 the name of a file to input. Otherwise it waits for the first
 <code>\input</code> instruction and the name of the input file will be the job
-name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  This option
-overrides that process and directly specifies the name.  <xref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command
-line input</xrefnodename></xref> for an example of its use.
+name. This is used to name the log file the output file.  The
+<code>jobname</code> option overrides that process and directly specifies the
+name.  <xref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></xref> for an example of its use.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item>
@@ -18791,16 +18958,16 @@ line input</xrefnodename></xref> for an example of its use.
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">shell-escape</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">no-shell-escape</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">enable-write18</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">disable-write18</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--shell-escape</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--no-shell-escape</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--enable-write18</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--disable-write18</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Enable or disable <code>\write18&lbrace;<var>shell command</var>&rbrace;</code>.  The first two
 options are for with &tex; Live or Mac&tex; while the second two are
 for MiK&tex;.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942"><r>package</r>, <code>sagetex</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943"><code>sagetex</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956"><r>package</r>, <code>sagetex</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957"><code>sagetex</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Sometimes you want to run external system commands from inside a
 &latex; file. For instance the package <file>sagetex</file> allows you to
@@ -18835,15 +19002,15 @@ error messages.  These are only available with &tex; Live or Mac&tex;.
 <node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recovering from errors</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>As part of the command line invocation <code>pdflatex <var>options</var>
 <var>argument</var></code> you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting
 <var>argument</var> with a backslash. This allows you to do some special
 effects.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For example, this file (which uses the <file>hyperref</file> package for
 hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a
@@ -18863,8 +19030,8 @@ PDF.
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>Compiling this document <file>book.tex</file> with the command line
-<code>pdflatex test</code> will give the <samp>CTAN</samp> link in blue.  But
-compiling it with <code>pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion&lbrace;&rbrace;\input test.tex&quot;</code>
+<code>pdflatex book</code> will give the <samp>CTAN</samp> link in blue.  But
+compiling it with <code>pdflatex &quot;\def\paperversion&lbrace;&rbrace;\input book.tex&quot;</code>
 has the link in black.  (Note the use of double quotes to prevent
 interpretation of the symbols by the command line shell; your system may
 do this differently.)
@@ -18892,7 +19059,7 @@ called <file>main.pdf</file> and the second would overwrite the first.
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>so the graphic files are read for their size information but not
-incorporated into the PDF.  (The <code>jobname</code> option is needed because
+incorporated into the PDF.  (The <code>jobname</code> option is there because
 otherwise the output file would be <file>graphicx.pdf</file>, as
 <code>\RequirePackage</code> does an <code>\input</code> of its own.)
 </para>
@@ -18925,8 +19092,8 @@ l.5 The \PN
 typo.  You could instead enter <samp>?</samp> and <code>&lt;return&gt;</code> to see other
 options.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
 <para>There are two other error scenarios.  The first is that you forgot to
 include the <code>\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code> or misspelled it.  In this case
@@ -18945,8 +19112,8 @@ Please type another input file name:
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>The simplest thing is to enter <code>&lt;Contol&gt;</code> and <samp>d</samp> (holding
-them down at the same time), and just fix the command line.
+<para>The simplest thing is to enter <code>&lt;Control&gt;</code> and <samp>d</samp> (holding
+them down at the same time), and then retype the correct command line.
 </para>
 
 </section>
@@ -18954,8 +19121,8 @@ them down at the same time), and just fix the command line.
 <node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will
 be useful.  Additional template resources are listed at
@@ -18973,8 +19140,8 @@ be useful.  Additional template resources are listed at
 <node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides.  It has a vast
 array of features, but here is a basic template:
@@ -19011,7 +19178,7 @@ array of features, but here is a basic template:
 <node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">template, <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">template, <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <verbatim xml:space="preserve">
 \documentclass{article}
@@ -19037,7 +19204,7 @@ Some more text.
 <node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This is a straightforward template for a book.  See <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book
 template</xrefnodename></xref> for a more elaborate one.
@@ -19066,7 +19233,7 @@ The end.
 <node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tugboat template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This is a more elaborate template for a book.  It has
 <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, and <code>\backmatter</code> to
@@ -19123,9 +19290,9 @@ come on a new page is brought in with <code>\input</code> instead of
 <node name="tugboat-template" spaces=" "><nodename>tugboat template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Larger book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tugboat</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">template, TUGboat</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">TUGboat template</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958"><code>ltugboat</code> class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">template, TUGboat</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">TUGboat template</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972"><code>ltugboat</code> class</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para><cite>TUGboat</cite> is the journal of the &tex; Users Group,
 <url><urefurl>http://tug.org/TUGboat</urefurl></url>.